eup preparatory studies lot 26: networked standby losses...an offered network service. we call this...

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 1: Definition 1-1

http://www.ecostandby.org

EuPLot 26

Networked Standby Losses

TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26

Preparatory Studies for Eco-design Requirements of EuP

Study funded by the European Commission

EuP Preparatory Studies

Lot 26: Networked Standby Losses

Final Report Task 1

Definition

Contractor:

Fraunhofer Institute for Reliability and Microintegration, IZM

Department Environmental and Reliability Engineering

Dr.-Ing. Nils F. Nissen

Gustav-Meyer-Allee 25, 13355 Berlin, Germany

Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131

Email: [email protected]

Berlin, Paris 21st June 2011



Authors:

Dr. Nils F. Nissen, Fraunhofer IZM

Dr. Lutz Stobbe, Fraunhofer IZM

Kurt Muehmel, Bio Intelligence Service

Shailendra Mudgal, Bio Intelligence Service

Additional Contributions:

Karsten Schischke, Fraunhofer IZM

Sascha Scheiber, Fraunhofer IZM

Dr. Andreas Middendorf, Technische Universität Berlin and Fraunhofer IZM

Disclaimer

The findings presented in this document are results of the research conducted by the IZM

consortium and are not to be perceived as the opinion of the European Commission.



Contents

1 Task 1: Definition ......................................................................................................... 1-5

1.1 Mode definition and product scope ....................................................................... 1-5

1.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................... 1-5

1.1.2 Mode terminology .......................................................................................... 1-6

1.1.3 Network and Equipment ................................................................................ 1-6

1.1.4 Definition: Networked Standby ...................................................................... 1-8

1.1.5 Reasoning behind the modified definition .................................................... 1-10

1.1.6 Proposed product scope ............................................................................. 1-11

1.1.7 Reasoning behind the proposed product scope ........................................... 1-12

1.1.8 Network availability concept (performance parameter) ................................ 1-13

1.1.9 Functional unit ............................................................................................. 1-14

1.1.10 Power measurement and testing ................................................................. 1-15

1.2 Standardization (terminology and test procedures)............................................. 1-16

1.2.1 International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) ......................................... 1-16

1.2.2 ECMA International ..................................................................................... 1-18

1.2.3 ETSI EE EEPS ............................................................................................ 1-21

1.2.4 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) .................................. 1-22

1.2.5 Desktop and mobile Architecture for System Hardware (DASH).................. 1-23

1.2.6 CENELEC – European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization ..... 1-23

1.2.7 ENERGY STAR Test Method for Small Network Equipment ....................... 1-24

1.3 Existing legislation .............................................................................................. 1-25

1.3.1 Legislation and agreements at European Community level ......................... 1-25

1.3.2 Codes of Conduct ....................................................................................... 1-26

1.3.3 Legislation at Member State level ................................................................ 1-30



1.3.4 Energy Star Programme .............................................................................. 1-31

1.3.5 Third country legislation and initiatives ........................................................ 1-35

Third country legislation ......................................................................................... 1-35

Parallel efforts ........................................................................................................ 1-36



1 Task 1: Definition

1.1 Mode definition and product scope

1.1.1 Introduction

The ENER Lot 26 Preparatory Study has been motivated by the results of the previous

TREN Lot 6 preparatory study on standby and off-mode losses.1 This earlier study by

Fraunhofer IZM and BIO Intelligence Service identified the issue of networked standby,

coining the term in the process. The study concluded that, with increasing network

capabilities and context, more and more products will offer functions and services accessible

via an existing network link. Due to the understanding that such network-based services are

typically provided by the products out of a higher power mode (e.g. active, idle), regular

standby and off-mode might not be utilized. This situation would result in increasing energy

consumption. The first estimate showed an order of magnitude of over 25 terawatt-hours per

year for the European Union. The study also indicated that products offering network

services should be specifically designed for low power networked standby in order to avoid

increasing energy consumption thorough prolonged high power states. Proper power

management is the requirement for maintaining network services in an energy efficient way.

At the time of the Lot 6 study, it became clear that networked standby functionality will not be

covered by the regular standby and off-modes. Following the study, the Commission

Regulation (EC) No 1275/2008 (standby/off) excluded the networked standby topic with the

indication that further investigations are necessary to address this still quite new issue.

Against that background the ENER Lot 26 preparatory study was launched with the task to

define Networked Standby, determine a product scope horizontally by focusing on mass

product home and office equipment, to investigate the application and environmental impacts

of networked standby as well as to assess the improvement potential by considering best

available technology. The final task of this study is to provide recommendations on feasible

eco-design measures that support the substantial improvement and avoid growing future

environmental impacts.

The ENER Lot 26 preparatory study has been tasked with a horizontal approach. This means

that networked standby should be addressed without limitation to a predefined product

spectrum. In other words, the definition of networked standby should be generally applicable

to existing and future products. Due to this condition, the selection of coherent terminology

and concepts for defining networked standby and addressing the related energy

1 The final reports of the TREN Lot 6 study “standby and off-mode losses” are available at:

http://www.ecodesign.org.



consumption issues is very important. On the other hand, the study is not required to

harmonize existing terminology and concepts; the study is free in the selection or introduction

of new terminology and concepts. In the following paragraphs we will shortly explain our

perspective concerning mode definitions and related terminology. This should be beneficial

for the understanding of our own mode definition and key concepts used in this study.

1.1.2 Mode terminology

Over the past years we could observe an increasing number of modes (terminology and

concepts) that basically define conditions of a product with respect to specific functionality

and related power consumption (functional approach). In the context of energy efficiency

labeling, environmental regulation, and product testing these modes are not only technical

instruments for distinguishing different power states and functionality, but instruments for the

implementation of energy-related product requirements. These are two different purposes.

The existing large number of mode definitions derives from various standardization

initiatives. They have been influenced by various industry sectors (PC, CE, ICT, etc.),

governmental and non-governmental agency as well as research organizations.

Unfortunately, international standardization has not been able to harmonize the power mode

definitions. With the recent postponement of the IEC 62542 “Glossary of Terms” these

difficulties were once more manifested.

Despite the missing harmonization, most stakeholders understand the basic concept of

power modes and they distinguish three larger mode categories; namely (a) on/active, (b)

on/idle, (c) on/standby, and (d) off-modes. If compared, the mode definitions in the same

category describe similar issues only with different terminology. Take the example of

standby, for which similar terms such as “ready”, “low power”, and “sleep” exists. More

important are the nuances with respect to the content; most considerably the spectrum of

functions allocated to the mode. With increasing product variety, optional product

configurations, new network architectures and interacting hardware and services, the so

called “functional approach” in the mode definition process could reach its limits.2

For more information on existing mode concepts, terminology and respective definitions see

Chapter 1.2 (standardization).

1.1.3 Network and Equipment

With respect to networked standby it is necessary to distinguish between network,

equipment, and the resulting conditions.

2 The Report from Energy Efficient Strategies for APP and IEA 4E with the title „Standby Power and Low Energy

Networks – Issues and Directions” (September 2010) comes to a similar conclusion (p.50-53).



• Network is an infrastructure with a certain topology of links, an architecture including

the physical components, organizational principles, communication procedures and

formats (protocols). The energy consumption of the physical components of the

network (even networks of same topology and architecture) depends on the actual

layout of the network in the field (implementation).

• Equipment is an energy-using product (EuP) featuring network interfaces (hardware

and software components) for providing network functionality including:

o Establishing and maintaining a network link (physical),

o Establishing and maintaining a network connection (protocol),

o Utilizing the network connection (payload traffic)

Lost or No Link

Network interface enabled, Link detection active,No link,

Establishing Link

Link detected,Changestatus from no link to link established,

No network t raf f ic

Maintaining Link

Link established (PHY),Traf f icdetect ion active, No connection

Establishing Connect ion

Traff ic detected, Changestatus from no connect ion to connection,

Low level traff ic (protocol)

Maintaining Connect ion

Low level communicat ion PHY and MAC establishedNo traff ic w ith payload

Traf f ic w ith Payload

Connect ion

Network connection fully active

Netw ork Status CommentsDiagramEquipmentNetwork

Figure 1: Network conditions, identifying link and connection concept

The Figure 1 above provides a simplified description of typical network conditions and

functionality. The initiation (establishing) of a link or connection is of cause bidirectional. The

network interface (and the equipment respectively) requires specific energy for each of these



conditions. With increasing network capability (point-to-multipoint) and number of network

options (wired and wireless) the energy consumption is typically increasing as well.

Networked standby is addressing the capability of one or multiple equipments in the network

to reduce power consumption while at the same time maintaining a certain level of access to

an offered network service. We call this service “network availability”. The resume-time-to-

application is the basic indicator for network availability. Due to the fact that the resume-time-

to-application of the powered-down equipment is influenced by e.g. the internal device

configuration and interoperability, network availability is not a fixed condition. Assuming that

the highest network availability is provided in active/idle (typically >>8 Watt) and no network

availability in regular standby/off-mode (<<2 Watt, and often much less), we can notice a

certain range of power consumption within one or more networked standby modes could be

established.

Following an extended stakeholder dialogue discussing these aspects, we have modified the

draft definition and will introduce the network availability concept as an instrument to analyze

the networked standby issue.

1.1.4 Definition: Networked Standby

The newly-proposed definition is as follows:

“Networked standby modes are conditions, in which the equipment provides reduced

functionality, but retains the capability to resume applications through a remotely

initiated trigger via network connection.

Networked standby modes may distinguish different levels of network availability and

by that different resume-times-to-application as well as power consumption.”3

Reduced functionality means that for different levels of network availability the equipment

maintains certain network interfaces, signal processing, power supply and other hardware

components (devices) in an active/idle condition. This may include low level duty cycles

(fluctuation of available functionality) to maintain network integrity communication as well as

resume-time-to-application at the required quality-of-serve level. Reduced functionality

however does not mean active (payload) traffic processing such as downloads.

Resume application means a shift from networked standby into active mode in order to

provide a beneficial network service to an authorized user. Resume-time-to-application is

therefore the time needed for the product to provide the desired service (e.g. main function).

3 The bold text could potentially be used as the wording of a regulation. The non-bold text which follows serves

as an explanation for the purposes of this report.



Resume-time-to-application defines a level of network availability (see chapter 1.1.8).

Resume-time-to-application is not to be misunderstood as the reaction time (latency) of the

network interface.

Network connection considers two general types of networks:

• Simple line connections - point to point. Apart from communication, these line

connections provide the functions to switch one product on upon a trigger from the

other product (this can sometimes work two ways).

• Advanced Networks with multiple nodes, and more or less advanced network

functions during network standby (e.g. bridging, firewalling, NAT i.e. all routing

functions may be functions in NW standby mode).

Remotely initiated trigger means that the trigger is received from outside of the product

and can be received by the equipment in networked standby mode.

Three types of wake-up functionality:

• Trigger Wake-up: Wake-up is triggered by a simple event which is signaled via a wire

(single transitioning from an inactive to an active state).

• Address wake-up: Wake-up is triggered by a specific pattern or code. Example would

include WOL where the Ethernet NIC receives a specific “magic packet” address.

• Protocol wake-up: Wake-up is triggered by a sequence of events (protocol). Example

would include waking-up due to an incoming VOIP ring from a SIP server.



What network service is offered?

What is resume time to application?

Active Networked

StandbyActivation / Wake-up Trigger

Active orProxy or

Networked

Standby

Networked StandbyMaintaining link / connection

Basic Understanding of Networked Standby

Condition 2

Condition 1

Networked standby for saving energy

Figure 2: Networked Standby

1.1.5 Reasoning behind the modified definition

The revised definition focuses on the service provided to the user, and not the functionality

built into the device. In this new definition, reactivation via network remains the primary and

required service provided by the mode. Network integrity communication is a necessary

condition for this, but is not sufficient on its own to justify Networked Standby Modes.

Equipment in Networked Standby should provide a beneficial network service to an

authorised user, via network connections, in addition to functionalities defined by EC

1275/2008. The mere fact that a product has an integrated network interface and could be

connected to network should not be enough to allow the product to have a higher standby

consumption than required in the horizontal standby regulation (Commission Regulation (EC)

No 1275/2008)1275/2008), because no additional (network) services are provided to the

consumer.



By taking this service-oriented perspective, the definition remains neutral with respect to

different technologies and functionalities which can provide a desired service. A strict

functional approach limits the horizontal applicability of the definition, particularly with regard

to future (unknown) product developments and network configurations.

In a specific Networked Standby Mode, the power level of the equipment may fluctuate

according to the processes that are still maintained (duty cycles in conjunction with network

integrity communication, necessary synchronizations, handshakes, etc.), though this does

not include “active mode” functions such as downloads, charging, etc. As such, the power

consumption in Networked Standby should be understood as an average value over time

(Wh/h) and should be tested accordingly.4

1.1.6 Proposed product scope

The definition of networked standby mode applies horizontally to a broad spectrum of

equipment. We recommend that the scope covers stand-alone and mobile equipment

typically used in home and office environments including the following categories:

• House equipment with integrated network interfaces (including, but not limited to,

washing machines, dishwashers, smart meters, and building automation devices)5

• Information technology equipment (including, but not limited to, computing, imaging,

communications, networking, displays and consumer premises equipment).

• Consumer electronics equipment (including, but not limited to, televisions, audio-

video equipment, streaming clients, and complex set-top boxes)

• Other electrical and electronic equipment (including, but not limited to, toys, leisure

and sports equipment)

This scope corresponds with EC 1275/2008 and (for the IT equipment) class B equipment as

set out in EN 55022:2006.

Some limits to the scope are discussed in the following paragraph.

4 See Chapter 1.1.10.

5 It is worth noting that building automation devices and certain other networked products are designed to

limit the overall power consumption of a larger system. As such, maintaining that functionality is key to

overall energy savings and is reflected in the “Network Availability” concept presented later.



1.1.7 Reasoning behind the proposed product scope

The dynamic technical progress (digitalization and miniaturization) creates challenges as a

result of the following three aspects:

1. There is now the option to combine any kind of functionality in one device. This

creates a dilemma for allocating new (multi-functional) products to a specific product

category.

2. By adding networking capability to these devices, the equipment can conceivably be

designed to serve any role within in a given network architecture (e.g. node, server,

etc.). This also includes DC-power small attachments such as e.g. USB-WiFi dongle.

3. Power over the network (e.g. power-over-Ethernet, power-over-USB) is becoming a

viable option of supplying power to the equipment in addition to the other options,

namely mains-connected or mains-independent (e.g. battery, fuel cell, solar, etc.).

This variability makes the allocation to specific product categories very difficult, while at the

same time it currently seems to be the only possible way to define appropriate and effective

implementing measures. With respect to the setting of long-term requirements, it is also

recommended to maintain a horizontal application of the definition to ensure that new and

emerging products are covered.

The distinction between home/office equipment and professional equipment is driven by the

consideration that e.g. professional IT equipment is embedded into a larger technical

infrastructure with considerably higher quality-of-service requirements. The second driver is

operating costs (OPEX). Energy consumption contributes considerably due to raising prices.

Industry is aware of the service provider requirement for lower operation expenditure. The

market displays a clear trend featuring hardware and software solutions in support of energy

efficiency (Green IT). As an example, datacenter-type (rackmount) networking equipment,

server, and storage equipment are considered professional equipment with considerable

higher quality-of-service requirements (service availability). Such type of equipment have

most often considerable more signal processing and computing capacity (on larger, multiple

or distributed boards), rack-level or central power supply units (PSU), simple or dual-

conversion uninterruptible power supply (UPS), as well as system-integrated cooling and

ventilation solutions. These technical aspects indicate that network functionality is provided

not only by a single product but in conjunction with other components as systems.



Further reasoning for the distinction between home and office IT equipment (Class B) from

professional IT equipment (Class A) is that Class A has less strict EMC requirements and

therefore is not intended for rooms in which persons can continuously be present. Although

networked standby mode could apply to Class A products in principle, these products include

highly diverse professional equipment typically designed for constant active use (always on)

and/or designed along the line of Quality of Service (QoS) requirements. Examples would be

carrier and enterprise grade networking equipment (gateways, switches, router etc.),

professional imaging equipment (digital press, embedded printers etc.), and commercial

information displays (electronic billboards, digital signing etc.). In terms of numbers, the

installed base (stock) of such equipment is clearly lower in comparison to mainstream

consumer and office products.

In terms of technical characteristics important differences are the typically much higher rated

power consumption, a necessary support infrastructure (including uninterruptible power

supply [UPS]), and in the case of network equipment a large number of high speed network

interfaces (ports). Nevertheless, power management including low power states for

professional equipment – although it cannot be addressed in this study – is an important

issue and should not be neglected.

1.1.8 Network availability concept (performance parameter)

As the first standby study already showed that networked standby modes have great

potential for saving energy, the analysis of performance parameters relevant for networked

standby mode is done not only with a view to the services provided to the user via networked

standby mode, but also with a view to the environmental performance, in particular energy

consumption. Generally speaking, substantial amounts of energy are saved by facilitating a

technical power management that shifts the networked product automatically from a higher

power level (active/idle) into a lower power level (networked/standby/off) when the full

functionality is not required.

The overarching objective is to balance the benefit of the network service to the user (incl.

QoS requirements) against the equipment’s energy consumption. In this context, the service

benefit is network connectivity and the speed (latency) at which the equipment can provide

its full functionality after having been triggered over the network. The main performance

parameter for networked standby, then, is resume time to application.



The “Network Availability Concept” was developed for the purposes of this study. It

recognizes the following aspects:

• Connectivity: Reaction latency, complexity of network integrity communication

• Configuration: Number and type of network options (LAN, WLAN, USB, HDMi, etc.)

• Quality-of-service: Redundancy, security, scalability

This concept also reflects indirectly different utilization patterns e.g. in home and offices,

technical options and configurations for networked standby (technical capabilities), and their

respective power consumptions. This concept is primarily based on the resume-time-to-

application which is required to provide the desired service. Resume-time-to-application is

not to be misunderstood as the reaction time (latency) of the network interface.

For the purpose of this study we introduce four Network Availability levels, as follows:

• High Network Availability (HiNA): Resume-time-to-application in milliseconds.

• Medium Network Availability (MeNA): Resume-time-to-application <<10 seconds.

• Low Network Availability (LoNA): Resume-time-to-application >>10 seconds.

• No Network Availability (NoNA): Resuming application via network command is

never or not always possible. This level is included to allow for realistic calculations.

The network availability concept will be fully explained in later reports. Depending on its

application please see remarks the tasks reports 4 (technical assessment), 5 (environmental

impact assessment), and 7 (improvement options).

1.1.9 Functional unit

The functional unit is once more very hard to describe for such a horizontal approach.

In general the functional unit covers the equipment as bought or as installed, including the

relevant networking and user context. In a detailed technical view, changing the user

behavior or changing the surrounding network or network events will impact the energy

consumption of the equipment. This needs to be considered when the functional unit is used

in a one-to-one comparison.

For the purposes of this study, the summarized functional unit is the average power

consumption (Wh/h) of the equipment with respect to the following network availability levels:



• High Network Availability

• Medium Network Availability

• Low Network Availability

The eco-design improvement potential will be calculated based on the energy savings

achieved through the use of networked standby modes for maintaining a defined level of

network availability and through that the desired quality of network service.

1.1.10 Power measurement and testing

At present, no sufficient (standardized) testing procedures exist.

Broadband Equipment Code of Conduct - Version 4 form (published 11-02-2011) states in

that respect: “In the Spirit of industry harmonization, ETSI EE and the Broadband Forum will

collaborate on the review/definition of the Broadband Energy efficiency measurement

methods standards and test plans for xDSL CPE and network equipment published by ETSI

with the aim of making joint recommendations for the next revision of the Code of Conduct.”

IEC 62301:2011 (respective EN50564/2011) specifies methods of measurement of electrical

power consumption in standby mode(s) and other low power modes (off mode and network

mode), as applicable. It is applicable to electrical products with a rated input voltage or

voltage range that lies wholly or partly in the range 100 V a.c. to 250 V a.c. for single phase

products and 130 V a.c. to 480 V a.c. for other products. The objective of this standard is to

provide a method of test to determine the power consumption of a range of products in

relevant low power modes (see 3.4), generally where the product is not in active mode (i.e.

not performing a primary function).

EPA Energy Star Program is currently developing a new product specification for Small

Network Equipment. For data collection EPA published in February 2011 a test method

(revision 4) which provides some helpful concepts also with respect to testing of networked

standby.



1.2 Standardization (terminology and test procedures)

Since the publication of the first stakeholder document in September 2009 there have been

considerable developments with respect to the definition of networked standby mode and

respective product scope. In the following chapter we will identify and discuss technical

standards and standardization processes, which overlap with the TREN Lot 26. We like to

remind the reader that standardization is an ongoing process. The situation presented in this

report might change in the future.

The focus of the following description of technical standards is mode definitions and

terminology.

1.2.1 International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

The IEC is a global organisation that prepares and publishes international standards for all

electrical, electronic, and related technologies. There are a variety of standards that relate to

the study of networked standby.

IEC 62542 Ed. 1.0: Environmental standardization for electrical and electronic products and

systems – Standardization of environmental aspects – Glossary of Terms.6 The latest draft

distinguished under the umbrella of “standby modes” three different conditions including

“reactivation mode”, “status information mode” and “network integrity mode”. The term

“network integrity mode” is replacing the term “networked standby mode” and focused

through that on the function provided by the mode. It is important to notice that transitions to

and from network integrity mode as well as the functions “maintenance” and “download” are

considered active modes.

IEC 62301 Ed. 2.0 (2011): Household electrical appliances – measurement of standby

power. The standard specifies methods of measurement of electrical power consumption in

standby mode(s) and other low power modes (off mode and network mode), as applicable.

This document relates to domestic appliances (white goods) only and provides a generic

method for measuring off-mode and standby powers and is referenced by more specific

standards covering other white goods: it also describes various modes. This standard also

covers power measurement in network modes. The first edition of this standard was

published in 2005 and an FDIS was circulated in 2010 which was positively voted in January

6 As of the publication date (May 2011), this standard is not yet finalized, though publication is scheduled for

the end of the month.



2011. Consequently IEC 62301 Ed 2.0 will be published in 2011. According to an earlier

draft version low power modes include off-mode, standby modes and network modes:

• Standby Mode(s): this mode category includes any product modes where the energy

using product is connected to a mains power source and offers one or more of the

following user oriented or protective functions which usually persist:

o To facilitate the activation of other modes (including activation or deactivation

of active mode) by remote switch (including remote control), internal sensor,

timer;

o Continuous function: information or status displays including clocks;

o Continuous function: sensor-based functions

• Network Mode(s): this mode category includes any product modes where the energy

using product is connected to a mains power source and at least one network

function is activated (such as reactivation via network command or network integrity

communication) but where the primary function is not active

The main changes from the previous edition are as follows:

• greater detail in set-up procedures and introduction of stability requirements for all

measurement methods to ensure that results are as representative as possible;

• refinement of measurement uncertainty requirements for power measuring

instruments, especially for more difficult loads with high crest factor and/or low power

factor;

• updated guidance on product configuration, instrumentation and calculation of

measurement uncertainty;

• inclusion of definitions for low power modes as requested by TC59 and use of these

new definitions and more rigorous terminology throughout the standard;

• inclusion of specific test conditions where power consumption is affected by ambient

illumination.

IEC 62087 Ed. 2.0: Methods of measurement for the power consumption of audio, video and

related equipment. This standard was published in 2008 and provides “active standby low”

and “active standby high” references for networked standby mode as well as test conditions

and measurement procedures.

IEC 62075 Ed. 1.0: Audio/video, information and communication technology equipment –

environmentally conscious design. This standard derived from ECMA-341 and was adopted

by IEC and published in 15 January 2008. The IEC 62075 specifies requirements and

recommendation for the design of environmentally sound products regarding life cycle

thinking aspects, material efficiency, consumables and batteries, extension of product



lifetime, hazardous substances/preparations, and product packaging. This standard includes

the definitions of energy saving modes. According to this energy saving modes, often

denoted as low power, sleep, deep sleep or stand-by, are states in which the equipment is

connected to an electrical supply and is ready to resume an operational mode, within a user

acceptable timeframe, through the use of remote control or another signal. In complex

systems, various energy saving modes may be present.

IEC 62430 Ed. 1.0: Environmental conscious design for electrical and electronic products.

This standard was published in February 2009 and specifies requirements and procedures to

integrate environmental aspects into design and development processes of electrical and

electronic products, including combination of products, and the materials and components of

which they are composed. The standard provides relevant generic definitions as well as

other terminology and documentation of environmental impacts and information disclosure.

1.2.2 ECMA International

The scope of ECMA TC38 is AV, CE and ICT products. Task is to develop environmental

standards for a globally acting industry.

IEC TC108

WG EnvironmentISO/IEC JTC 1IEC TC100

IEC 62623

IEC 62075

IEC xxxxx

ISO/IECxxxxx

Input into

sector specific

EE standards

ErP

+ other

ICT & CE products

Ecma-383Ecma-341

Ecma-370

proxZzzy™

Ecma- 393

Figure 3: ECMA relations to technical standards

ECMA 383 2nd Ed: Measuring the Energy Consumption of Personal Computing Products.

Ecma developed and published the world’s first environmentally conscious design standard

(ECD) for the ICT & CE industries in 2003.



ECMA 383 provides following mode definition:

• Sleep Mode (Psleep): The lowest power mode that the UUT is capable of entering

automatically after a period of inactivity or by manual selection. A UUT with sleep

capability can quickly wake in response to network connections or user interface

devices with a latency of ≤ 5 seconds from initiation of wake event to product

becoming fully usable including rendering of display. For products where ACPI

standards are applicable sleep mode most commonly correlates to ACPI system level

S3 (suspend to RAM) or S4 (suspend to disk) state. When the UUT is tested with the

WoL capability disabled in the sleep state it is referred to as Sleep Mode. Psleep

represents the average power measured in the Sleep mode with the WoL capability

disabled.

• Wake on LAN Sleep Mode (PsleepWoL): The lowest power mode that the UUT is

capable of entering automatically after a period of inactivity or by manual selection. A

UUT with sleep capability can quickly wake in response to network connections or

user interface devices with a latency of ≤ 5 seconds from initiation of wake event to

product becoming fully usable including rendering of display. For products where

ACPI standards are applicable sleep mode most commonly correlates to ACPI

system level S3 (suspend to RAM) or S4 (suspend to disk) state. When the UUT is

tested with the WoL capability enabled in the sleep state it is referred to as Wake on

LAN Sleep Mode. PsleepWoL represents the average power measured in the Sleep

mode with the WoL capability enabled.

• On Mode (Pon): The on mode represents the mode the UUT is in when not in the

sleep or off modes. The on mode has several sub-modes that include the long idle

mode, the short idle mode and the active (work) mode. Pon represents the average

power measured when in the on mode.

• Idle Modes: The modes in which the operating system and other software have

completed loading, the product is not in sleep mode, and activity is limited to those

basic applications that the product starts by default. There are two forms of idle that

comprise the idle modes, they are:

o Short Idle (Psidle): The mode where the UUT has reached an idle condition

(e.g. 5 minutes after OS boot or after completing an active workload or after

resuming from sleep), the screen is on and set to a shipped brightness and

long idle power management features should not have engaged (e.g. HDD is

spinning and the UUT is prevented from entering sleep mode). Psidle

represents the average power measured when in the short idle mode.



o Long Idle (Pidle): The mode where the UUT has reached an idle condition (e.g.

15 minutes after OS boot or after completing an active workload or after

resuming from sleep), the screen has just blanked but remains in the working

mode (ACPI G0/S0). Power management features if configured as shipped

should have engaged (e.g. display is on, HDD may have spun-down) but the

UUT is prevented from entering sleep mode. Pidle represents the average

power measured when in the long idle mode.

IEC 62623 Ed. 1.0: Measuring energy consumption of personal computing products. This

standard draft is based on ECMA 383. Voting in September 2010 indicates disapproved as

IEC standard.

It should be noted that the definitions used in IEC62542 and ECMA 383 (IEC62623) are not

consistent: where IEC62542 puts network standby under the header “standby modes”, the

ECMA 383 standard defines network standby as a mode that can either be a form of standby

or a form of active mode, especially when the product in sleep mode can send basic

communication messages over the network. It is essential that these two different types of

network standby behaviour are recognized and studied in the preparatory study, as

stipulated above.

Ecma 393: ProxZzzyTM for sleeping hosts:7 Ecma International published their ProxZzzy

Standard for network connected sleep states in Information and Communications

Technology (ICT) devices as ECMA-393 on their public website for unrestricted download.

The Standard specifies responses to traffic so sleeping PC or ICT devices maintain network

presence.

The ProxZzzy standard addresses a fundamental problem with today’s PCs: when they go to

sleep, they ‘fall off’ the network. This is a reason that many PCs are left on continuously, both

in homes and offices. It is estimated that most computing energy consumption in the U.S.

occurs when no one is present. The energy savings potential of a ProxZzzy enabled device

is measured in billions of dollars per year for PCs, and grows even larger when application to

game consoles, printers, set-top boxes and other digital devices is considered.

The standard provides an overall architecture for a proxy and key requirements for proxying

select protocols. Handling of incoming traffic can require generating a reply packet, causing a

system wakeup, or ignoring it. Proxies also do some routine packet generation on their own,

and data are exchanged between a host and a proxy when the host goes to sleep and when

it wakes up. Existing technologies require other entities on the network to know that the host

is asleep and alter their behaviour appropriately. A key goal of a proxy is to save energy,

7 www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-393.htm



while simultaneously keeping the device accessible (or at a minimum "looking alive") to the

rest of the network.

The operations of the proxy are best-effort, both in attempting to extend sleep time, as well

as maintaining network access. There are many possible ways to implement proxy

functionality, and this standard seeks to avoid unduly restricting choices in those designs. In

particular, it does not specify the location of the proxy, within the host itself or in attached

network devices.

The standard defines following terms:

• Host: entity that uses a lower-power Proxy for maintaining network presence

• Proxy: entity that maintains network presence for a sleeping higher-power host

• Sleep: mode in which the host uses less energy than it does when fully operational

This Standard specifies maintenance of network connectivity and presence by proxies to

extend the sleep duration of hosts.

This Standard specifies:

• Capabilities that a proxy may expose to a host.

• Information that must be exchanged between a host and a proxy.

• Proxy behaviour for 802.3 (Ethernet) and 802.11 (WiFi).

• Required and Option behaviour of a proxy while it is operating, including responding

to packets, generating packets, ignoring packets, and waking the host.

This Standard does not:

• Specify communication mechanisms between hosts and proxies.

• Extend or modify the referenced specifications (and for any discrepancies those

specifications are authoritative).

• Support security and communication protocols such as IPsec, MACSec, SSL, TLS,

Mobile IP, etc

1.2.3 ETSI EE EEPS

ETSI EE EEPS is working on two work items:

• DEN-EE/00021 “Measurement method for energy consumption of Customer

Premises Equipment (CPE)". Write a EN containing measurement methods not only

for the Code of Conduct: The scope is "Define the methodology and the tests

conditions to measure the power consumption of end-user broadband equipment

(CPE) within the scope of EU regulation 1275/2008 in Off mode (as defined in



Commission Regulation 1275/2008) Standby (as defined in Commission Regulation

1275/2008) Networked Standby / Low Power states On mode"

• DTS-EE/00018: "Eco Environmental Product Standards Metrics and target value for

Energy consumption of End-user Broadband equipment (CPE)". The target of the

document is to define metrics and power limits for Customer premises networking

equipment based on European code of Conduct, ATIS and HGI documents. Metrics

and limits will be basically according to the specifications of the European Code of

Conduct. Alternative metrics may be proposed in the next tiers, if necessary.

The definitions of standby in IEC 62542 and IEC62301 are different. IEC62301 used as the

basis for the standby definition in Regulation (EC) 1275/2008. We propose to keep these

definitions harmonized within the framework of the Eco-design Directive and its underlying

regulations.

1.2.4 Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI)

The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) specification provides an open

standard for unified operating system-centric device configuration and power management.8

The standard has been developed mainly by Intel, Microsoft, and Toshiba. The current

"Revision 4.0" was published on 16 June 2009. The ACPI specification defines the following

seven states (so-called global states) for an ACPI-compliant computer-system:

• G0 (S0) Working

• G1 Sleeping (subdivides into the four states S1 through S4)

• The S1 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state. In this state, no system

context is lost (CPU or chip set) and hardware maintains all system context.

• The S2 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state (CPU powered off). This

state is similar to the S1 sleeping state except that the CPU and system cache

context is lost (the OS is responsible for maintaining the caches and CPU context).

Control starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake event.

• The S3 sleeping state is a low wake latency sleeping state where all system context

is lost except system memory. CPU, cache, and chip set context are lost in this state.

Hardware maintains memory context and restores some CPU and L2 configuration

context. Control starts from the processor’s reset vector after the wake event.

8 http://www.acpi.info



• The S4 sleeping state is the lowest power, longest wake latency sleeping state

supported by ACPI. In order to reduce power to a minimum, it is assumed that the

hardware platform has powered off all devices. Platform context is maintained.

• The G2/S5 (soft off) is similar to the S4 state except that the OS does not save any

context. The system is in the “soft” off state and requires a complete boot when it

wakes. Software uses a different state value to distinguish between the S5 state and

the S4 state to allow for initial boot operations within the BIOS to distinguish whether

or not the boot is going to wake from a saved memory image.

• G3 Mechanical Off: The computer's power consumption approaches close to zero, to

the point that the power cord can be removed and the system is safe for disassembly

(typically, only the real-time clock is running off its own small battery).

The ACPI sleep states are a commonly used terminology which supports product designers

in the facilitation of power management. The ACPI terminology however does not follow the

“functional approach” for defining power modes and is therefore not fully compatible to the

definition proposed by TREN Lot 26.

1.2.5 Desktop and mobile Architecture for System Hardware (DASH)

DASH Implementation Requirements V1.0.1: The Distributed Management Task Force

(DMTF) DASH Initiative is a suite of specifications that takes full advantage of the DMTF’s

Web Services for Management (WS-Management) specification – delivering standards-

based Web services management for desktop and mobile client systems. Through the DASH

Initiative, the DMTF provides the next generation of standards for secure out-of-band and

remote management of desktop and mobile systems.9 DIGITALEUROPE suggested

investigating DASH standard regarding power states and functionality relevant for energy

saving (e.g. networked standby mode).

1.2.6 CENELEC – European Committee for Electrotechnical

Standardization

CENELEC accepted Mandate M/439 for the preparation of standard(s) to support EC

Regulation 1275/2008. This Regulation applies to electrical and electronic household and

office equipment and consequently cut-across the various standards developed by IEC and,

to address this, a Joint Working Group was set up comprising experts from the domestic

appliance, ICT and consumer electronics sectors.

9 http://www.dmft.org/standards/mgmt/dash



EN 62301-1, Electrical and electronic household and office equipment - Measurement

of low power consumption: This describes the method for measuring the input power from

electrical and electronic household and office equipment when operating in off-mode and

standby modes and, as such, it supports EC Regulation 1275/2008. Because the set-up

procedures for standby modes are product specific this standard does not address this topic,

instead this matter has to be described in product-specific standards. This standard is based

on IEC 62301 2nd Edition. It was positively voted in January 2011 and will then be the

subject of Ratification by the CENELEC Technical Board prior to being published.

EN50523-1, Household appliances interworking - Part 1: Functional specification: This

standard does not describe the measurement of power but instead it focuses on interworking

of household appliances and describes the necessary control and monitoring. It defines a set

of functions of household and similar electrical appliances which are connected together and

to other devices by a network in the home. It does not handle power measurement

procedures.

EN50523-2, Household appliances interworking – Part 2: Data structures: This standard

does not describe the measurement of power but instead it specifies the message data

structures used for communication between devices that comply with the Household

Appliances Interworking standard. It is a companion document to EN 50523 1, Functional

specification.

EN 60350, EN 60456, EN60463, EN 60705, EN 61121, prEN 62552: These are various

product-specific standards covering the performance of a range of domestic appliances and

all stem from IEC standards having the same numbers. These standards include set-up

procedures for modes applicable to the specific appliance and the measurement of input

power during those modes. Presently these standards do not address network modes.

EN 50229, EN 50350, EN50440, EN60456: These are various product-specific standards

covering the performance of a range of domestic appliances have been developed entirely

within CENELEC. These standards include set-up procedures for modes applicable to the

specific appliance and the measurement of input power during those modes. Presently

these standards do not address network modes.

1.2.7 ENERGY STAR Test Method for Small Network Equipment

Draft 4 of the ENERGY STAR Test Method for Small Network Equipment10 was published in

February 2011 and provide guidelines for testing the power consumption of modems,

10

www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/prod_development/new_specs/downloads/small_network_equip/SNE_Tes

t_Method_Rev_4_Dataset.pdf



integrated access devices11, switches/routers, wireless products, and wired/wireless

products. The test method specifies requirements for variables such as input power, unit

configuration, performance evaluation and reporting.

1.3 Existing legislation

The following section details already existing legislation, voluntary agreements and labelling

initiatives related to networked standby. It is divided by region: European Community,

Member States, and third countries outside of the EU-27.

1.3.1 Legislation and agreements at European Community level

Regulation 1275/2008/EC – standby and off-mode losses

According to 1275/2008/EC:

“Standby mode(s)” means a condition where the equipment is connected to the mains

power source, depends on energy input from the mains power source to work as

intended and provides only the following functions, which may persist for an indefinite

time:

• Reactivation function, or reactivation function and only an indication of enabled

reactivation function, and/or

• Information or status display;

Directive 2001/95/EC – General Product Safety Directive (GPSD)

The GPSD applies to all products placed on the market, not only electronics. Under the

Directive, manufacturers and distributors are responsible for ensuring the safety of these

products. A safe product is defined as one that “poses no threat or only a reduced threat in

accordance with the nature of its use and which is acceptable in view of maintaining a high

level of protection for the health and safety of persons.”12

Directive 2006/95/EC – Low Voltage Directive (LVD)

The LVD applies to all electrical equipment with a voltage of 50 – 1000 VAC and 75 – 1500

VDC. This voltage refers to that of the electrical input or output, rather than voltages within the

equipment. The LVD sets out safety objectives meant to cover not only electrical, mechanical

and chemical risks, but also health aspects relating to noise and vibrations.

11

A product which provides one of the following capability combinations: (1) modem and switch, (2) router, or

(3) switch and router capability. 12

Summary of EU legislation,

http://europa.eu/legislation_summaries/consumers/consumer_information/l21253_en.htm, 19/01/2009,

accessed 04/11/2009.



Directive 2004/108/EC – Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive

The EMC Directive applies to all electric devices and installations that emit electromagnetic

waves. It limits emissions to an acceptable amount in order to ensure that such equipment

does not disturb other radio, telecommunication, and other equipment. The Directive also

governs the immunity of such equipment to interference and ensures that this equipment is

not disturbed by external radio emissions.

1.3.2 Codes of Conduct

EU Code of Conduct on Energy Consumption of Broadband Equipment13

This Code of Conduct is a voluntary agreement targeting reduced energy consumption of

broadband equipment without hampering the fast technological development and the service

provided. As a voluntary agreement, it is applied through inviting providers, network

operators, equipment and component manufacturers to sign. The Code of Conduct offers

standards that equipment should follow in order to operate as efficiently as possible.

The Code of Conduct includes definitions of the energy states of broadband equipment:

• Off-state: The device is not providing any functionality, as defined by Commission

Regulation EC 1275/2008.

• Idle-state: The device is idle with all the components being in their individual idle

states. In this state the device is not processing or transmitting a significant amount of

traffic, but is ready to detect activity.14

• On-state: Specific to home gateways, the on-state of a home gateway is defined as

all the components of the home gateway being in their on-state.

• Network operation states: For Broadband-Network-technologies the following states

are differentiated:

o Network (e.g. DSL)-stand-by state: This state has the largest power

reduction capability and there is no transmission of data possible. It is

essential for this state that the device has the capability to respond to an

activation request, leading to a direct state change. For example a transition to

the Network-full-load state may happen if data has to be transmitted from

either side.

o Network (e.g. DSL)-low-load state: This state allows a limited power

reduction capability and a limited data transmission is allowed. It is entered

13

Adapted from Version 4, 10/02/2011,

re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/pdf/CoC%20Brodband%20Equipment/Code%20of%20Conduct%20Broadb

and%20Equipment%20V4%20final%2010.2.2011.pdf . 14

In addition to the above broad definitions, the Code of Conduct gives precise definitions for on and idle

states at the component level for home gateways, home network infrastructure devices, and simple

broadband access devices.



automatically from the Network- full-load state after the data transmission

during a certain time is lower than a predefined limit. If more than the limited

data has to be transmitted from either side a state change to the Network-full-

load state is entered automatically. The Network-low-load state may comprise

multiple sub-states with history dependent state-transition rules.

o Network (e.g. DSL)-full-load state: This is the state in which a maximal

allowed data transmission is possible. The maximum is defined by the

physical properties of the line and the settings of the operator.

o For the wireless network equipment also the following states are defined:

� full-load-state

� medium-load-state

� low-load-state

The Code of Conduct covers equipment for broadband services both on the customer side

(Table 1-1), as well as that on the network side (Table 1-2).

Table 1-1: Customer-side equipment

Home gateways:

• DSL CPEs (ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, VDSL2)

• Cable CPEs (DOCSIS 2.0 and 3.0)

• Optical network termination (ONT) CPEs (PON and PtP)

• Ethernet routers

• Wireless CPEs (WiMAX, 3G and LTE)

Simple broadband access devices:

• DSL CPEs powered by USB

• Layer 2 ONTs

Home network infrastructure devices:

• Wi-Fi access points

• Small hubs and non-stackable Layer 2 switches

• Powerline adapters

• Alternative LAN technologies (HPNA, MoCA adapters)

• Optical LAN adapters

Other home network devices:

• ATA / VoIP gateways

• VoIP telephones



• Print servers

Table 1-2: Network-side equipment

• DSL Network equipment (example: ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, VDSL2)

• Combined DSL/Narrowband Network equipment (example: MSAN where POTS

interface is combined with DSL Broadband interface, etc)

• Optical Line Terminations (OLT) for PON- and PtP-networks

• Wireless Broadband network equipment (example: Wi-Fi access points for Hotspot

application, Wimax Radio Base Station)

• Cable service provider equipment

• Powerline service provider equipment

Version 4.0 of the CoC includes consumption limits for most network standards, including for

on, idle and, in some cases, standby modes.

EU Code of Conduct on Digital TV Services15

This Code of Conduct aims to minimize the energy consumption of appliances linked to

Digital TV Services, i.e. equipment for the reception, decoding, recording and interactive

processing of digital broadcasting and related services through a voluntary agreement. The

Code of Conduct sets out specific efficiency requirements for standard digital TV functions.

This Code of Conduct covers any dedicated equipment that receives, processes and stores

data from digital broadcasting streams and related services, and provides output audio and

video signals. All STB types can come as stand-alone tuners or as part of a larger device

with other tuners and/or secondary functions such as, but not limited to:

• networking capability: the STB is able to interface with external devices through a

network, e.g. via a network interface;

• recording/playback capability:

o data storage on a removable standard library format

o data storage on a non standard library format

The Code of Conduct defines three operational modes and power states:

• Standby passive: State in which the STB does not have the functionality of the “On”

state but is only capable to switch to another state by responding to a user notification

by a remote control of the unit, or an internal signal of the unit, e.g. “wake-up timer

15

Adapted from Version 8, 15/07/2009, re.jrc.ec.europa.eu/energyefficiency/pdf/CoC_Digital_TV-

version%208_2009.pdf



• Network Standby: State in which the STB does not have the functionality of the “On”

state but is at least capable to switch to another state by responding to a notification

by an external signal, e.g. from the service provider

• On: Operational state in which the STB is at least actively delivering the Base

Functionality. Note that the energy requirements related to “On” mode might be

variable over the time and dependent on the real functionality requested from the

STB.

Of the three defined power modes, “network standby” falls within the scope of networked

standby as defined by this preparatory study.

Different types of equipment are grouped by their “base functionality” which is related to the

transmission technology used. The different base functionalities are as follows:

• Cable STB: A STB whose principal function is to receive television signals from a

coaxial or hybrid fibre/coaxial distribution system and deliver them to a consumer

display and/or external recording device.

• Internet Protocol (IP) STB: A STB whose principal function is to receive

television/video signals encapsulated in IP packets and deliver them to a consumer

display and/or external recording device.

• Satellite STB: A STB whose principal function is to receive television signals from

satellites and deliver them to a consumer display and/or external recording device.

• Terrestrial STB: Any STB whose principal function is to receive television signals

over the air (OTA) and deliver them to a consumer display and/or external recording

device.

• Thin-Client/Remote: A STB that is designed to interface between a Multi-Room STB

and a TV (or other output device) that has no ability to interface with the Service

Provider directly and relies solely on a Multi-Room STB for content. Any STB that

meets the definition of Cable, Satellite, IP or Terrestrial STB is not a Thin-

Client/Remote STB.

The energy allowance for the devices is calculated on the basis of Total Energy

Consumption (TEC) according to a base functionality duty cycle. The detailed requirements

are listed in the Task Report 4.

The Code of Conduct requires that signatories provide consumers with detailed information

about power consumption levels



General test conditions as detailed in IEC 62301 should be used. The CoC provides a

specific test methods for different features included in the STB.

EU Ecolabel for personal computers (PCs) and portable computers16

The Ecolabel for PCs is a voluntary label for products that comply with strict environmental

standards. It ensures that:

• The product consumes less energy during use and standby

• It contains fewer substances that are dangerous for health and the environment, e.g.

metals

• The product can be taken back free of charge by the manufacturer after use

• It can be easily dismantled and recycled

• The product longevity can be increased through upgrades

• The product uses less polluting batteries (for portable computers)

The Ecolabel addresses networked standby in computers by defining a maximum power

consumption of 4 W for PCs and 3 W for notebooks during the use of the Advanced

Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) S3 sleep state (suspend to RAM). The computer

shall be able to wake up from this mode in response to a command from a modem, network

connection, and keyboard or mouse action.

The criteria were passed on 11 April 2005 and are valid until 31 May 2010.

1.3.3 Legislation at Member State level

No relevant legislation that sets mandatory requirements or standards has been identified on

the Member State level. However, a few Ecolabels exist.

Ecolabel Nordic Swan (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, Sweden)

The Nordic Swan has Ecolabel criteria for desktop and portable computers and displays17.

The criteria address:

• Power consumption

16

11/04/2005,

http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/ecolabelled_products/categories/personal_computers_en.htm,

http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/ecolabelled_products/categories/portable_computers_en.htm 17

Version 6.0, valid 08/06/2009 – 30/06/2012,

http://www.svanen.nu/Default.aspx?tabName=CriteriaDetailEng&menuItemID=7056&pgr=48



• Design (upgradeability and disassembly)

• Plastics and their additives, e.g. flame retardants

• Heavy metals

• Recycling of discarded products

• Performance such as noise level, ergonomics, and electrical and magnetic fields

Power consumption related to networked standby is defined using the most current version

of the US ENERGY STAR® specifications (discussed in section Fehler! Verweisquelle

konnte nicht gefunden werden.).

Blue Angel (Germany)

The Blue Angel Ecolabel can be applied to desktop and portable computers and displays18.

The environmental label addresses:

• Power consumption

• Longevity, upgradability, principles of recycling design as well as potential reuse and

recycling of used products or product components

• Use of environmentally harmful substances

• Noise

• User information

Power consumption related to networked standby is defined in version 5.0 of the US

ENERGY STAR® specifications (discussed in section Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht

gefunden werden.).

1.3.4 Energy Star Programme

The ENERGY STAR program originated as an energy-efficiency label within the United

States. The label signifies a high performing product strictly in terms of energy efficiency.

Recently, it has grown internationally to be applicable to office equipment in the EU as well.

ENERGY STAR requirements are also often used as a model for the energy efficiency

requirements of other programs, as seen with the Nordic Swan and Blue Angel ecolabels

(section 1.3.3). For this reason, it is discussed separately from third country legislation

(section Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht gefunden werden.).

18

Edition September 2009, http://www.blauer-engel.de/_downloads/vergabegrundlagen_en/e-UZ-78-2009.zip



While ENERGY STAR specifications exist for a wide variety of products, there are as yet no

horizontal criteria for networked standby. However, ENERGY STAR requirements are

defined for product groups that have networked standby functionality, as described below.

Small Networking Equipment19

EPA Energy Star Program is currently developing a new product specification for Small

Network Equipment. For data collection EPA published in February 2011 a test method

(revision 4) which provides some helpful concepts also with respect to testing of networked

standby.

Computers20

The scope of the ENERGY STAR requirements for computers includes:

• Desktop computers

• Small-scale servers

• Game consoles

• Integrated desktop computers

• Thin clients

• Notebook computers

• Workstations

The product specifications define four operational modes, one of which is Sleep mode:

A low power state that the computer is capable of entering automatically after a

period of inactivity or by manual selection. A computer with sleep capability can

quickly “wake” in response to network connections or user interface devices with a

latency of ≤ 5 seconds from initiation of wake event to system becoming fully usable

including rendering of display. For systems where ACPI standards are applicable,

Sleep mode most commonly correlates to ACPI System Level S3 (suspend to RAM)

state.

19 ENERGY STAR SNE: http://www.energystar.gov/index.cfm?c=new_specs.small_network_equip 20

ENERGY STAR V5.0, effective 1 July 2009, Revision starts December 2010.

http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/prod_development/revisions/downloads/computer/Version5.0_Computer_

Spec.pdf.



The specifications also define “full network connectivity” as:

The ability of the computer to maintain network presence while in sleep and

intelligently wake when further processing is required (including occasional

processing required to maintain network presence). Maintaining network presence

may include obtaining and/or defending an assigned interface or network address,

responding to requests from other nodes on the network, or maintaining existing

network connections, all while in the sleep state. In this fashion, presence of the

computer, its network services and applications, is maintained even though the

computer is in sleep. From the vantage point of the network, a sleeping computer with

full network connectivity is functionally equivalent to an idle computer with respect to

common applications and usage models. Full network connectivity in sleep is not

limited to a specific set of protocols but can cover applications installed after initial

installation.

The ENERGY STAR specifications set both Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) and

Operational Mode (OM) requirements. An equation is used to calculate TEC21.

For desktop computers, integrated computers, and notebook computers, an energy equation

is used:

For workstations computers, a power equation is used:

The TEC mode weightings are summarised in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3: Summary of ENERGY STAR energy efficiency operational mode weightings

Mode Conventional Proxying22

Desktop and Integrated Computers

Toff 55% 40%

Tsleep 5% 30%

Tidle 40% 30%

Notebook Computers

Toff 60% 45%

21

Px are power values in watts, all Tx are Time values in % of year as defined by the mode weightings in Table

1-3 22

Proxying refers to a computer that maintains Full Network Connectivity.



Tsleep 10% 30%

Tidle 30% 25%

Workstation Computers

Toff 35% Not applicable

Tsleep 10% Not applicable

Tidle 55% Not applicable

In addition, OM power requirements are defined to allow Wake on LAN (WOL). The

specifications allow an additional 0.7 W for WOL functionality in small-scale servers (sleep

mode) and thin clients (sleep or off mode).

For the complete description of the requirements, please see the ENERGY STAR website20.

Displays23

The scope of the ENERGY STAR requirements includes electronic displays of 60 inches

(152 cm), defined as:

A commercially-available product with a display screen and associated electronics,

often encased in a single housing, that as its primary function displays visual

information from (i) a computer, workstation or server via one or more inputs, such as

VGA, DVI, HDMI, or IEEE 1394, or (ii) a USB flash drive, a memory card, or wireless

Internet connection. Common display technologies include liquid crystal display

(LCD), light emitting diode (LED), cathode-ray tube (CRT), and plasma display panel

(PDP).

Three power modes are defined, of which Sleep mode is specified as:

The operational mode of a display that is (i) connected to a power source, (ii) has all

mechanical (hard) power switches turned on, and (iii) has been placed into a low-

power mode by receiving a signal from a connected device (e.g. computer, game

console, or set-top box) or by cause of an internal function such as a sleep timer or

occupancy sensor. Sleep Mode is considered a “soft” low-power condition, in that the

display can be brought out of Sleep Mode by receiving a signal from a connected

device or by cause of an internal function.

Currently, the maximum power consumption requirement for sleep mode is 2 W. Stricter

requirements may come with the definition of Tier 2 type displays, which would be restricted

to 1 W or less. However, the product scope for Tier 2 is not yet defined.

For the complete description of the requirements, please see the ENERGY STAR website23.

23

ENERGY STAR V5.0, effective 30 October 2009,

http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/product_specs/program_reqs/displays_spec.pdf.



Imaging Equipment24

The scope of the ENERGY STAR requirements includes:

• Copiers

• Digital duplicators

• Facsimile (fax) machines

• Mailing machines

• Multifunction devices (MFD)

• Printers

• Scanners

Four power modes are defined, of which Sleep mode is specified as:

The reduced power state that the product enters automatically after a period of

inactivity. In addition to entering Sleep automatically, the product may also enter this

mode 1) at a user set time-of-day, 2) immediately in response to user manual action,

without actually turning off, or 3) through other, automatically-achieved ways that are

related to user behaviour. All product features can be enabled in this mode and the

product must be able to enter Active mode by responding to any potential input

options designed into the product; however, there may be a delay. Potential inputs

include external electrical stimulus (e.g. network stimulus, fax call, remote control)

and direct physical intervention (e.g. activating a physical switch or button). The

product must maintain network connectivity while in Sleep, waking up only as

necessary.

Energy efficiency requirements are set in the form of TEC and OM requirements. As this

product group is very diverse, the reader is urged to consult the ENERGY STAR24 website

for the full requirements.

1.3.5 Third country legislation and initiatives

Third country legislation

There are currently no legislative initiatives known for other countries that address networked

standby as a horizontal issue.

24

ENERGY STAR V1.1, effective 1 July 2009,

http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/product_specs/program_reqs/Imaging%20Equipment%20Specifications.p

df.



Parallel efforts

Parallel efforts is work being conducted by other organisations that have similar goals to this

preparatory study on networked standby. Thus, one objective of this study is to keep abreast

of the work of others in order to develop coherent, internationally harmonised results.

IEA-4E Standby Power Annex25

IEA-4E is a program of the International Energy Agency (IEA) to promote efficient electrical

end-use equipment (4E). A Standby Power Annex is currently under development with the

goal of monitoring and reporting the extent of, and changes in, energy consumption by

electrical appliances in low-power modes (standby power); and supporting the development

of policies which seek to minimise excessive energy consumption by products in standby

power modes.

Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) – Energy Efficient Digital Networks26

LBNL is a national lab for the United States Department of Energy (DOE). It has a variety of

ongoing projects related to energy efficiency in digital networks. Of particular interest for this

study is the research on proxying. For full and current information, please consult the LBNL

Energy Efficient Digital Networks website26.

Ethernet Alliance

The Ethernet Alliance is a consortium of over 100 members that support the development of

Ethernet and associated technologies. A few documents related to energy efficiency, such as

proxying, can be found on their website27.

Voluntary Industry Agreement for Complex Set Top Boxes

Following the recommendation of the Lot 18 EuP Preparatory Study on Complex Set Top

Boxes, the industry stakeholders and the Commission are in the final stages of finalizing a

voluntary agreement to limit the energy consumption of these products.

The agreement defines CSTB as “a standalone device equipped to allow conditional access

that is capable of receiving, decoding and processing data from digital broadcasting streams

and related services, and providing output audio and video signals. It may have either an

internal or else a dedicated external power supply.”

For these devices, the VA defines the following operational modes:

25

http://www.iea-4e.org/annexes/standby-power 26

http://efficientnetworks.lbl.gov/ 27

http://www.ethernetalliance.org/library/white_papers#Energy%20Efficency



• On: Operational mode in which the CSTB is at least actively performing its base

functionality. Note that the energy consumption targets related to “On” mode might be

variable over the time and dependent on the real functionality requested from the

CSTB.

• Standby: Operational mode in which the CSTB has less energy consumption,

capability, and responsiveness than in the “On” mode. The energy consumption

targets related to “Standby” mode might be variable and dependent on the real

functionality requested from the CSTB.

The CSTB may enter a Standby mode from the On mode after:

o The CSTB receives a notification from the user to enter a standby mode via a

power button press on a remote control or front panel of the unit, or through

an electronic signal or data packet received via a digital interface on the

CSTB; or

o Where auto-power down is supported, the CSTB auto-powers down to a

standby mode. The energy consumption after auto-power down to standby

and after a user initiated power down to standby may, or may not be

equivalent.

The VA specifies the maximum energy consumption for compliant devices (expressed in

kWh/year) with two tiers, one effective from 2010 until 2013, the other from 2013 onwards.

The limit values are calculated by taking a base value for the type of device and adding a

functional allowance for any additional functionality present. The specific values for these

different functionalities are given in Task 6, section 6.3.7.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 2: Economic and Market Analysis 2-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 2

Economic and Market Analysis

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents

2 Task 2: Economic and Market Analysis ....................................................................... 2-4

2.1 Generic economic analysis ................................................................................... 2-4

2.2 Market and stock data .......................................................................................... 2-8

2.2.1 Home Computer ............................................................................................ 2-8

2.2.2 Home Gateway + Network .......................................................................... 2-10

2.2.3 Home Entertainment ................................................................................... 2-14

2.2.4 Office Computer + Network ......................................................................... 2-17

2.3 Market Trends .................................................................................................... 2-20

2.3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. 2-20

2.3.2 Growing Internet/IP Traffic........................................................................... 2-21

2.3.3 Network Provider and Services ................................................................... 2-24

2.3.4 Product Design and Functional Features ..................................................... 2-28

2.3.5 Industry Structure and Technology Provider ................................................ 2-30

2.4 Consumer expenditure base data ....................................................................... 2-31



2 Task 2: Economic and Market Analysis

2.1 Generic economic analysis

The general objective of Task 2 is to place the technical scope that has been defined in the

first task within the total of the European Union’s economy. This means that it is now

necessary to select and parameterize a representative product scope for the purpose of

calculating the order of magnitude of networked standby power consumption. In this task we

create the basic quantity structure for this assessment. We will obtain data for the installed

base of products for a given geographical scope and time frame. The study’s geographical

scope is EU-27. The study’s time frame is fixed by the reference year 2010 and extends to

the year 2020. A longer reaching forecast is not feasible due to the dynamics of the market

and technology development.

Figure 2-1: Product categorization for quantity structure

Home & Office

Equipment

Consumer

Electronics

White

Goods

Scope of Lot 26 Study Not in Scope

Rack-mounted ICT

(incl. Blades)

Outdoor Cabinets

and Antenna Sites

Core Telecom Infrastructure

TV Broadcast

Equipment

Central Office &

Infrastructure

Networking

Equipment

Computer

Equipment

Building

Automation

Toys, Sports,

etc.



In order to create the quantity structure adequately we have to find a balance in the selection

of representative product groups between the technical diversity and economical importance

of the existing real-life product scope and future developments. The technical diversity is

affecting the product’s power consumption parameters, field of application, and typical use

patterns. The economic impact is indicated by the total number of products at a certain point

of time in the market (product stock in EU-27 at a specific reference year). Furthermore we

have to consider to some extent the average lifetime of a product because this indicates

changing parameters.

Figure 2-1 above (page 4) shows the selected product categories for the quantity structure.

The quantity structure is focusing on mass market standalone (non-rack) networking

equipment, computer equipment, and consumer electronic products that are typically applied

in private homes and enterprise offices. Altogether the following 21 individual product groups

have been selected for the environmental assessment.

1 Home Desktop PC

2 Home Notebook

3 Home Display

4 Home NAS

5 Home IJ Printer

6 Home EP Printer

7 Home Phones

8 Home Gateway

9 Simple TV

10 Simple STB

11 Complex TV

12 Complex STB

13 Simple Player/Recorder

14 Compl. Player/Recorder

15 Game Consoles

16 Office Desktop PC

17 Office Notebook

18 Office Display

19 Office IJ Printer/MFD

20 Office EP Printer

21 Office Phones

Item

No.Product Category



Networked standby applies to a wider product scope. This includes e.g. white goods, toys,

sports equipment and networked building automation equipment.1

The market data for the selected product scope have been obtained from open sources. The

stock assumptions have been to some extent already discussed with industry stakeholders.

Nevertheless, further input concerning market data is highly appreciated. As a matter of fact

market statistics are usually not fully comprehensive and adequate for the purpose of this

study. Our own assumptions are necessary particularly with respect to the required

forecasts. In general it is difficult to verify available market data. In order to check the

plausibility of the stock data we correlate the number of products with the number of

households and offices. In this way we check the installed base of products against the

resulting penetration rate.

Table 2-1: Basic economic data

EU-27 Unit 2010 2015 2020

Households* Reference Estimates Estimates

Number of Households in Million 202 203 205

Total Population in Million 500 504 508

Offices**

Office Work Spaces in Million 75 80 85

Labor Force in Million 225 227 230

Electricity Price***

Average for Households €/100 kWh 16,73 18,76 20,45

Average for Industry €/100 kWh 10,29 11,54 12,58

***EUROSTAT (Data in Fokus 25/2009): Environment and energy; Electricity price forecast has been estimated on a 2%

increase per year

*EUROSTAT (Data in Fokus 31/2009): Population and social conditions; Households forecast based on population

projections (EUROPOP2008) and constant factor 2,48 (persons per household)

**EUROSTAT Labor Market Statistics; Assumption that 33% (2010), 35% (2015), and 37% (2020) of total labor force is

working in office work places.

Table 2-1 provide an overview of the basic economic data for the study. The data include the

number of households (and respective population) as well as the number of office work

spaces (and respective work force) within the European Union. These figures have been

obtained from various EUROSTAT publications. Another basic economic data set is related

to the environmental impact assessment and its primary focus on annual electricity demand.

The economic assessment will relate the electricity consumption (kWh) to a cost factor

1 In order to keep the coming analysis manageable, not all possible product groups covered by the scope

of the project are analysed in detail. The product groups which have been analysed have been selected so

as to represent a broad range of products while covering approximately 75% of the total scope.



(€/100 kWh). The assessment of EU production, import and export figures, annual sales, and

apparent consumption has no value for the study and are therefore exempted from the

analysis.



2.2 Market and stock data

2.2.1 Home Computer

Table 2-2: Stock assumptions for categories Home Computer

EU-27 Households (in Mio) Reference Estimates Estimates 202 M 203 M 205 M

Home Computer

Year 2010 2015 2020 2010 2015 2020

Desktop PC 131 142 143 65 70 70

Notebook PC 63 91 123 31 45 60

Computer Display 141 152 164 70 75 80

NAS Storage Device 20 41 61 10 20 30

IJ-Printer/MFD 76 80 84 38 39 41

EP-Printer/MFD 5 6 7 2 3 3

Installed Units (Stock in Million) Household Penetration Rate (%)

Desktop PC:

• Definition: A computer where the main unit is intended to be located in a permanent

location, often on a desk or on the floor. Desktops are not designed for portability

and utilize an external computer display, keyboard, and mouse.2 This product group

also contains Integrated Desktop Computer, a desktop system in which the computer

and computer display function as a single unit which receives its ac power through a

single cable.3

• Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]4 and [ICTEE, 2008].5 The

calculated penetration rate of 65% taken as a cross reference is 15% lower than for

displays. This installed base seems feasible if we take into account that a larger

number of notebook users also facilitate an additional larger flat panel display and

that there is not a 1:1 ratio of desktop PC to computer display. Forecast has been

based on the assumption that the household penetration will moderately increase

until 2015. The market indicates already a wide diversity of products in a range

between small servers, workstations or gamer PC on the high performance end and

notebooks, sub-notebooks, thin clients on the lower performance end.

2 Definition according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Computers (Version 5.0)


4 [TREN Lot 3, 2007]: EuP Study on Computers and Monitors, 2007; http://www.ecocomputer.org

5 [ICTEE 2008]: Impacts of Information and Communication Technologies on Energy Efficiency, 2008;

ftp://ftp.cordis.europa.eu/pub/fp7/ict/docs/sustainable-growth/ict4ee-final-report_en.pdf



Notebook PC:

• Definition: A computer designed specifically for portability and to be operated for

extended periods of time either with or without a direct connection to an ac power

source. Notebooks must utilize an integrated computer display and be capable of

operation off of an integrated battery or other portable power source. In addition,

most notebooks use an external power supply and have an integrated keyboard and

pointing device. Notebook computers are typically designed to provide similar

functionality to desktops, including operation of software similar in functionality as

that used in desktops.6

• Stock has been again based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]7 and [ICTEE, 2008].8 Notebook

PCs are a more rapidly growing market segment with higher diversity performance

and price. This trend could lead to a much faster increase of the installed base.

However, for the purpose of this study we consider a more conservative

development.

Computer Display:

• Definition: A display screen and its associated electronics encased in a single

housing, or within the computer housing (e.g., notebook or integrated desktop

computer), that is capable of displaying output information from a computer via one

or more inputs, such as a VGA, DVI, Display Port, and/or IEEE 1394.9

• Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]10 and [ICTEE, 2008]11. The

current penetration rate of almost 80% seems realistic taking the fact into account,

that 65% of households use the Internet. Forecast reflects further dissemination of

Desktop PC, other computing equipment and the trend to utilize more than one

display. Household penetration rate is reaching about 100% by 2020. Further

increase might be slowed by faster dissemination of Notebooks, Thin clients and the

use of larger TV-displays.




ftp://ftp.cordis.europa.eu/pub/fp7/ict/docs/sustainable-growth/ict4ee-final-report_en.pdf 9 Definition according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Computers (Version 5.0)






Network Attached Storage (NAS):

• Definition: A NAS unit is a computer connected to a network that only provides file-

based data storage services to other devices on the network. NAS systems contain

one or more hard disks, often arranged into logical, redundant storage containers or

RAID arrays.12

• Actual market data have not been available from public sources. Stock and forecast

estimates have been based on simple assumption regarding current and future

household penetration rate.

IJ-Printer/MFD:

• Definition: This product category combines single function printer, copier or

multifunctional devices with Ink-Jet (IJ) marking technology. Product and technology

definitions according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment.

• Stock data have been again slightly modified from [TREN Lot 4, 2007]13 and [ICTEE,

2008] in order to distinguish between home and office use. The installed base seems

again a little bit low. Comparing the combined number of Desktop PCs and Notebook

PCs (290 units in 2010) with the combined number of EP- and IJ-Printer/MFDs (81

units in 2010) a factor 3.5 results and a 40% household penetration rate respectively.

The data should be checked by industry stakeholder.

EP-Printer/MFD:


multifunctional devices with Electro Photography (EP) marking technology. Product

and technology definitions according to Energy Star Program Requirements for

Imaging Equipment.

• Stock data have been slightly modified from [TREN Lot 4, 2007]14 and [ICTEE, 2008]

in order to distinguish between home and office use. According to these figures the

installed base and penetration rate seem quite low. The data should be checked by

industry stakeholders.

2.2.2 Home Gateway + Network

Home gateway and network products include many different technologies which serve the

same functional purpose. For example, gateways may provide a network connectivity via a

12 Wikipedia: Network-attached storage; http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network-attached_storage 13

[TREN Lot 4, 2008]: EuP Study on Imaging Equipment, 2007; http://www.ecoimaging.org 14

[TREN Lot 4, 2008]: EuP Study on Imaging Equipment, 2007; http://www.ecoimaging.org



number of different transmission technologies (e.g. DSL, cable, optical or wireless). As such,

we have grouped these different technologies into two broad product groups, Home Phones

and Home Gateways, as shown in Table 2-3. These groups aggregate the sub-totals of the

specific technologies (shown in grey in the table).

Stock assumptions are explained for each of the technologies in the paragraphs below, while

deeper analysis in later sections is done at the level of the aggregated groups, Home Phones

and Home Gateways.

Table 2-3: Stock assumptions for categories Home Gateway / Phone


Home Gateway + Network

Year 2010 2015 2020 2010 2015 2020

Home Phones 141 177 205 70 87 100

Phone / DECT 121 126 123 60 65 60

VoIP-Phone 20 51 82 10 25 40

Home Gateway 136 179 225 67 88 110

DSL Gateway (ADSL, VDSL) 66 71 82 33 35 40

Cable-TV Gateway (DOCSIS) 61 71 61 30 35 30

Optical Gateway (FTTH) 7 31 61 3 15 30

Wireless Gateway (WiMAX) 2 6 20 1 3 10


Telephone/Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (DECT):

• Definition: A commercially available electronic product with a base station and a

handset whose purpose is to convert sound into electrical impulses for transmission.

Most of these devices require an external power supply for power, are plugged into

an ac power outlet for 24 hours a day, and do not have a power switch to turn them

off. To qualify, the base station of the cordless phone or its power supply must be

designed to plug into a wall outlet and there must not be a physical connection

between the portable handset and the phone jack. Product and technology definitions

according to Energy Start Program Requirements for Telephony.

• Stock based on [ICTEE, 2008]. Data given for 2010 and 2020, interpolated for 2015.

Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)-Telephone:

• Definition: A DECT telephone designed to make phone calls using VoIP.

• Stock and forecast are based on office penetration rate assumptions.



DSL Gateway:

• Definition: Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) for Internet access over phone line

(ADSL, VDSL services). The product usually features various (local area) network

interfaces.

• Stock: Installed base has been estimated based on EUROSTAT data regarding

broadband access in the EU (status 07/2009)15. According to this source, the

broadband access penetration rate (number of broadband lines per 100 populations)

is 23.9. There are in total 94 million DSL access lines and 25 million broadband

access lines (non-DSL). Of this last number 18 million are Cable modems and 7

million approximately optical fibre lines. This figure does not indicate the number of

home gateways yet. Retail lines are the main wholesale access for new entrants with

71.4% of DSL lines. We make the assumption that 70% of the 94 million DSL lines

are end user access point. This would mean that there are 66 million DSL gateways

installed. Future development has been based on the assumption that DSL will

maintain a main access technology and slightly increase in the next ten years. Optical

technologies will however limit the increase in the long term. Based on these

considerations we assume a maximum household penetration rate of 40% or 82

million units as installed base in 2010.

15

http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/eeurope/i2010/docs/interinstitutional/cocom_broadband_july09.p

df



Cable-TV Gateway:

• Definition: Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) for access to Cable-TV (modem)

and for broadband access (Triple Play Services) via DOCSIS (Data over Cable

Service Interface Specification). The product can feature various (local area) network

interfaces.

• Stock: Installed base has been estimated based on “ASTRA Reach 2009” market

report.16 According to this report approximately 30% of households in Europe receive

TV and Internet services via TV-Cable. Future development has been based on two

assumptions. In the short term the number of the installed base will slightly increase

(35% household penetration rate) due to good price to broadband ratio. In the

midterm however the stock declines due to availability and more capable fibre-to-the-

home and wireless broadband access solutions.

Optical Gateway:

• Definition: Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) or optical network termination for

Internet access via Fire-to-the-Home (FTTH). The product usually features various

(local area) network interfaces.

• Stock: In July 2009 a total of 120 million fixed broadband lines have been counted by

EUROSTAT. According to the FTTH Council Europe only 1.75% of all fixed lines in

Europe are currently Fibre-to-the-Home (+40% year-on-year). For this study we

assume a slightly higher penetration rate of 3% for the reference year 2010. In the

midterm we expect a strong increase of FTTH. Our forecast for 2015 and 2020 are

based on household penetration rate assumptions.

Wireless Gateway:

• Definition: Broadband cellular mobile modems or routers which provide wireless

access via cellular mobile communication technology such as UMTS, HSPA, LTE.

These devices can be integrated into personal computers and notebooks or come as

external cards or even larger standalone devices.

• There have been no market data available. Stock and forecast are assumptions.

16

Internet download (2009-12-03):

http://www.international-television.org/archive/astra_satellite_monitor_europe_2009.pdf



Figure 2-2: VoIP Line Forecast

2.2.3 Home Entertainment

Table 2-4: Stock assumptions for categories Home Entertainment


HOME Entertainment

Year 2010 2015 2020 2010 2015 2020

Simple TV 384 325 246 190 160 120

Simple STB 151 162 123 75 80 60

Complex TV (integrated DVB tuner)20 81 164 10 40 80

Complex STB 82 82 123 41 41 60

Simple Player/Recorder 233 203 174 115 100 85

Game Console 67 83 64 33 41 31


Television:

• Definition: A commercially available electronic product designed primarily for the

reception and display of audiovisual signals received from terrestrial, cable, satellite,

Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), or other digital or analogue sources. A TV consists of a

tuner/receiver and a display encased in a single enclosure. For the purpose of this

study a distinction is made between Simple TVs (TVs that are used in conjunction

with a Set-Top-Box) and Complex TVs (TVs that feature and utilize an integrated

DVB tuner/receiver.

• Overall stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 5, 2007]17. Data was given

for years 2005, 2010 and 2020. An interpolation was used for the year 2015 between

2010 and 2020. We assume an average of two devices per household. The number

of Complex TVs will grow continuously over the next years. At the same time the

number of Simple TV and Simple STBs will decline.

Simple Set-Top Box (STB):

• Definition: A stand-alone device whose primary function is converting standard-

definition (SD) or high-definition (HD), free-to-air digital broadcast signals to analogue

broadcast signals suitable for analogue television or radio, has no “conditional

access” function, and offers no recording function based on removable media in

standard library format. Product and technology definitions according to EC

Regulation 107/2009/EC.

17

[TREN Lot 5, 2007]: EuP Study on Televisions, 2007; http://www.ecotelevision.org/



• Stock for the reference year 2010 based on [TREN Lot 0, 2007]18. Data extrapolated

from EU-25 to EU-27 based on 2005 population. According to TREN Lot 0 Simple

STBs are expected to be obsolete by 2025. We are not following this assumption and

rather assume that Simple STBs will remain in the market for considerable amount of

time. Replacement will start after 2020 with mass utilization of IPTV.

Complex Set-Top Box / Media Centre:

• Definition: A set-top box that allows conditional access. A set-top box is a stand-alone

device, using an integral or dedicated external power supply, for the reception of

Standard Definition (SD) or High Definition (HD) digital broadcasting services via IP,

cable, satellite, and/or terrestrial transmission and their conversion to analogues RF

and/or line signals and/or with a digital output signal. Product and technology

definitions according to [TREN Lot 18, 2008].

• Stock based on [TREN Lot 18, 2008]19. The data was given for 2010, 2015 and 2020

in the report. In the long term we assume a different trend than the one assumed in

Lot 18. We assume that complex STBs and so called Media Centre or Digital Media

Receiver are merging. This new converging product group will have a high market

penetration. A digital media receiver is a device that connects to a home network

using either a wireless or wired connection. It includes a user interface that allows

users to navigate through a digital media library, search for, and play back media

files. The device is connected to a TV using standard cables.20

Simple Player/Recorder:

• Definition: A stand-alone device whose primary function decodes video to an output

audio/video signal (from recorded or recordable media via a powered or integrated

media interface such as an optical drive USB or HDD interface), has no tuner unless

it records on a removable media in a standard library format, is mains powered, does

not have a display for viewing, and is not designed for a broad range of home or

office applications. Product and technology definitions according to ENTR Lot 3 Draft

Task 1-5.

• Stock based on [Draft ENTR Lot 3, ongoing]21. The data of the stock of the UK was

given in the ENTR Lot 3 report, as shown in Figure 2-3 below. The UK market for

electronics typically represents 18% of the total EU-27 for electronics. The EU totals

have been calculated accordingly. It is questionable if this type of media will really

18

[TREN Lot 0, 2007] EuP study on Simple Set Top Boxes, 2007. 19

[TREN Lot 18, 2007] EuP study on Complex Set Top Boxes, 2008. www.ecocomplexstb.org 20

Modified from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_media_receiver. Accessed 22 Jan 2010. 21

[ENTR Lot 3, ongoing] EuP study on sound and imaging equipment www.ecomultimedia.org



decline in the predicted way. We therefore adjusted the figures to a slower decline by

a correlation to the household penetration rate.

Game Console:

• Definition: A standalone computer-like device whose primary use is to play video

games. Game consoles use a hardware architecture based in part on typical

computer components (e.g., processors, system memory, video architecture, optical

and/or hard drives, etc.). The primary input for game consoles are special hand held

controllers rather than the mouse and keyboard used by more conventional computer

types. Game consoles are also equipped with audio visual outputs for use with

televisions as the primary display, rather than (or in addition to) an external or

integrated display. These devices do not typically use a conventional PC operating

system, but often perform a variety of multimedia functions such as: DVD/CD

playback, digital picture viewing, and digital music playback. Handheld gaming

devices, typically battery powered and intended for use with an integral display as the

primary display, are not covered by this specification.22

• Stock and forecast has been based on ENTR Lot 3 report.

• As recognised in the ENTR Lot 3 report, there is a wide variation in the consumption

levels of game consoles currently on the market due to the differences in processing

power required to provide standard- or high-definition video output. Industry

stakeholders have also commented that a distinction between two classes of game

consoles (based on whether the device supports standard- or high-definition video

output) would be useful. Please see Annex 15 of the Task 5 report for a full

discussion of the assumptions made in this report.

22

Check ENTR Lot 3 http://www.ecomultimedia.org



Figure 2-3: UK market for video/disk-player/recorder

2.2.4 Office Computer + Network

Table 2-5: Stock assumptions for categories Office Computer

EU-27 Office Workplace (in Mio)Reference Estimates Estimates 75 M 80 M 85 M

Office Computer + Network

Year 2010 2015 2020 2010 2015 2020

Desktop PC 60 64 70 80 70 60

Notebook PC 45 64 68 60 70 80

Computer Display 60 72 85 80 90 100

IJ-Printer/MFD 32 34 36 64 64 65

EP-Printer/MFD 18 19 19 36 36 35

Phone / DECT 56 40 13 75 50 15

Installed Units (Stock in Million) Office Penetration Rate (%)

Desktop PC:

• Definition: A computer where the main unit is intended to be located in a permanent

location, often on a desk or on the floor. Desktops are not designed for portability

and utilize an external computer display, keyboard, and mouse.23 This product group

also contains Integrated Desktop Computer, a desktop system in which the computer

and computer display function as a single unit which receives its ac power through a

single cable.24

23

Definition according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Computers (Version 5.0) 24

Definition according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Computers (Version 5.0)



• Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]25 and [ICTEE, 2008].26 The

forecast assumes a slow increase over time due to increasing number of office work

places in the EU-27 (mostly in new member states). In terms of office penetration we

assume a decline due to the increasing use of notebooks and thin clients.

Notebook PC:

• Definition: A computer designed specifically for portability and to be operated for

extended periods of time either with or without a direct connection to an ac power

source. Notebooks must utilize an integrated computer display and be capable of

operation off of an integrated battery or other portable power source. In addition,

most notebooks use an external power supply and have an integrated keyboard and

pointing device. Notebook computers are typically designed to provide similar

functionality to desktops, including operation of software similar in functionality as

that used in desktops.27

• Stock data are considering only to some extent [TREN Lot 3, 2007]. The numbers

provided by the older study are not fully plausible. We therefore considered a

moderate office penetration rate of 60% for the reference year 2010 and further

increase.

Computer Display:

• Definition: A display screen and its associated electronics encased in a single

housing, or within the computer housing (e.g., notebook or integrated desktop

computer), that is capable of displaying output information from a computer via one

or more inputs, such as a VGA, DVI, Display Port, and/or IEEE 1394.28

• Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]29 and [ICTEE, 2008].30

IJ-Printer/MFD:


multifunctional devices with Ink-Jet (IJ) marking technology. Product and technology

definitions according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment.

25

[TREN Lot 3, 2007]: EuP Study on Computers and Monitors, 2007; http://www.ecocomputer.org 26

[ICTEE 2008]: Impacts of Information and Communication Technologies on Energy Efficiency, 2008;

ftp://ftp.cordis.europa.eu/pub/fp7/ict/docs/sustainable-growth/ict4ee-final-report_en.pdf 27








• Stock data have been again slightly modified from [TREN Lot 4, 2007]31 and [ICTEE,

2008] in order to distinguish between home and office use.

EP-Printer/MFD:


multifunctional devices with Electro Photography (EP) marking technology. Product

and technology definitions according to Energy Star Program Requirements for

Imaging Equipment.

• Stock data have been slightly modified from [TREN Lot 4, 2007]32 and [ICTEE, 2008]

in order to distinguish between home and office use.

Telephone/Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (DECT):

• Definition: Non-IP telephones systems used in offices

• Stock and forecast are based on office penetration rate assumptions.

31

[TREN Lot 4, 2008]: EuP Study on Imaging Equipment, 2007; http://www.ecoimaging.org 32




2.3 Market Trends

2.3.1 Introduction

The given objective for this paragraph is the description of market trends with respect to:

• The production structure and typical redesign cycles for the products in scope,

• General product design trends including functional features and configurations,

• Infrastructure and services offered in conjunction with the products (provider services)

In few of the broad product scope that needs to be covered in this “horizontal” study it is

obviously difficult to cover all products in detail with respect to the required task. Our

approach is to find a balanced between the required task (MEEuP) and the limitations of this

study by generalizing market trends on the one hand and providing specific examples on the

other hand.

In the following analysis we will start on the infrastructure and service level then work our

way over to the product features and configurations and finally down to the component and

technology level. The market trends related to our topic are the result of the complex

interaction between a dynamic technical development on the one side and new services that

can be created based on the available technology level on the other side. The technology

development creates new products and services that are provided by the industry. But it is

also the customers, who demand certain services based on their perception of technical

options.

In addition to the interplay between supply and demand of new products, we must also

consider that the addition of a new device to a network brings additional value not only to the

individual device, but to the network as a whole. This effect, aptly titled the “network effect”,

implies that the increasing number of networked devices is a self-reinforcing process and

which will, ceteris paribus, tend towards accelerating (exponential) growth.

As such, it is relevant to look into the growth of the Internet traffic in a first step towards

understanding the growth of networked devices. The first aspect we are investigating is the

growing internet utilization and resulting IP-based and non-IP based data traffic. This trend

indicates one important fact with respect to networked standby: The number of network

services, networked products and their utilization is increasing rapidly. This general trend

leads to the assumption, that products and infrastructures increasingly maintain constant

network connections (active links) in order to provide network services on-demand 24 hours

per day. The volume and segmentation of IP-based and non-IP-based data traffic is a good

indicator of for the demand of a specific network availability level. By analysing the traffic with



respect to provider infrastructure (services) and user (demand), the direction of network

communication – and through that the sleep/wake-up dynamics – can be assessed.

Depending on the type and direction of traffic, the senders and receivers could implement

networked standby functionality in order to save energy. The following paragraph provides

some basic market data with respect to the growing internet traffic.

2.3.2 Growing Internet/IP Traffic

Cisco, a world leading network equipment provider, is tracking and forecasting global IP

traffic through its Visual Networking Index (VNI)33. The VNI is updated every six months, and

provides currently a forecast of IP traffic until 2013. The data within this section is extracted

from the VNI. Traffic data is given in the unit of petabytes (PB) per year.34

33

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns827/networking_solutions_sub_solution.html#~overview

34 One petabyte is 1015 bytes. For comparison, one compact disc holds 7 x 108 bytes, and one petabyte of data

would be the equivalent of roughly 1.5 million compact discs.



Table 2-6: European IP Traffic, 2008-2013

European IP Traffic, 2008-2013

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 CAGR 2008-2013

Consumer Internet Traffic (PB per year)

Web/Email 5 148 6 720 8 616 10 992 14 184 16 176 26%

File Sharing 12 972 15 816 19 248 24 432 29 364 34 188 21%

Internet Gaming 192 336 384 456 636 708 30%

Internet Voice 516 636 732 816 768 720 7%

Internet Video Communications 108 168 300 612 876 1 320 65%

Internet Video to PC 2 112 5 280 9 540 15 960 23 796 33 288 74%

Internet Video to TV 144 396 1 008 3 132 4 980 6 924 117%

Ambient Video 396 732 2 136 4 956 7 332 10 248 92%

Total 21 588 30 084 41 964 61 356 81 936 103 572 37%

Consumer Non-Internet Traffic (PB per year)

Cable MPEG-2 VoD 3 469 5 285 7 872 11 778 18 070 26 120 50%

Cable MPEG-4 VoD 26 48 73 110 186 281 61%

IPTV VoD 833 1 224 1 655 2 273 3 252 4 315 39%

Total 4 328 6 556 9 600 14 160 21 508 30 716 48%

Business IP Traffic (PB per year)

IP WAN 2 710 3 758 5 181 6 904 8 997 11 683 34%

Internet 5 724 7 786 10 323 13 283 16 803 21 194 30%

Total 8 433 11 544 15 504 20 187 25 800 32 877 31%

Mobile Data and Internet Traffic (PB per year)

Mobile Data and Internet 132 336 852 2 076 4 548 8 448 130%

Total (PB per year)

European IP Traffic 34 481 48 520 67 920 97 779 133 792 175 614 38%

According to Cisco VNI the global IP traffic expected to increase by five times from 2008-

2013, growing with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 40% from 122 088 PB/yr in

2008 to 667 044 PB/yr in 2013. Table 2-6 above presents IP traffic forecasts on the sub-

segment level for the EU35. Total European IP Traffic is increasing with a CAGR of 38% from

34 481 PB/yr in 2008 to 175 614 PB/yr in 2013. Of the total traffic 69% of the data traffic is

related to the private end-user (consumer) and only 31% to business applications.

A significant portion of this growth will be due to Internet Video and TV services, which

requires significant bandwidth for growing picture resolution (HD and 3D). A second major

35

Data was aggregated from the “Western Europe” and “Central Eastern Europe” categories. This may not

necessarily be the EU-27; however, the trends can be safely assumed to be representative of those of the EU-

27.



increase will occur in the mobile data transmission, although the actual traffic rates are

considerably lower in comparison to the wired services. The following Figure 2-4 present the

data of Table 2-6 in visual form.

0

20 000

40 000

60 000

80 000

100 000

120 000

140 000

160 000

180 000

200 000

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Tra

ffic

(P

B p

er

ye

ar)

Year

European IP Traffic, 2008-2013

Mobile Data and Internet

Business Internet

IP WAN

IPTV VoD

Cable MPEG-4 VoD

Cable MPEG-2 VoD

Ambient Video

Internet Video to TV

Internet Video to PC

Internet Video Communications

Internet Voice

Internet Gaming

File Sharing

Web/Email

Figure 2-4: European IP Traffic, 2008-2013

Figure 2 5: European IP Traffic comparison, 2009 and 2013compares the IP traffic (volume)

from 2009 with that expected in 2013. In terms of volume, File Sharing, Internet-Video-to-PC,

and Video-on-Demand have the most significant impact in the coming years followed by

business internet and web services.



0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

Tra

ffic

(P

B p

er

ye

ar)

European IP Traffic Comparison, 2009 and 2013

2009

2013

Figure 2-5: European IP Traffic comparison, 2009 and 2013

This data traffic prognosis clearly indicates the significant portion of growth that will be due to

B2C services such as Internet Video and TV. This is a typical downstream application for

which the current access networks are asymmetrical optimized. But the significant amount of

file sharing indicates an increasing C2C traffic with growing symmetrical bandwidth

requirement. This also indicates a growing ad hoc remote access demand for instance

through Virtual Private Networks. This general development is influencing the network

infrastructure and respective services of the provider industry.

2.3.3 Network Provider and Services

The technology and structure of Wide Area Networks, the respective wired and wireless

Access Networks (AN) and related Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) will successively

adapt to the growing bandwidth requirements by the customers though the utilization of the

internet. The demand for symmetrical (wide area) network access in support of basic triple

play services (voice, video/TV, and data) will grow from currently about 1Mbit/s to 1Gbit/s

and more in the next five to ten years.

At the present the access network market is basically shared by national and regional

telecom enterprises including wireless provider as well as Cable and Satellite TV access

provider. The network services such as telephone, internet, and television are in some cases

provided by the same entity which provide the access network (triple play service). Another

trend is that a service (e.g. PayTV) is provided over an existing network access (modem)



with a provider controlled CPE. The service provider administrates the CPE periodically by

updating software (e.g. security patches) or uploading Electronic Programme Guides (EPG).

The service provider might activate the CPE for this purpose during night time in order to

reduce peak traffic during day time and in the early afternoon when most customers activate

their TVs. Critical issues for software update are copying protection and interoperability.

Additionally, service providers have significant influence on the design requirements of CPE

as well as the ultimate energy consumption of the devices. In the design phase, service

providers may require the additional or removal of different components and functionalities

which affect the baseline energy consumption of the device. During the use phase, the

frequency of communication with the device can affect the real efficiency of the product. As

such, close coordination is required between service providers and CPE manufacturers to

ensure that the initial design and the use of the device are as efficient as possible.

Thin Clients and Software as a Service (SaaS) are emerging concepts for internet-based

computing that is leading to new end-user products. The market for software as a service

has been steadily increasing over the past few years. The worldwide market is estimated to

be roughly 11 billion USD as of 200936. It is expected that this trend will continue until 2020,

as high speed networks and cost efficiency push thin clients and SaaS into the market.

These products are basically stripped-off their storage and are mostly used as streaming

clients. Although these products are based on network services (application provided through

centralized computing and storage) they do not provide their own network service. From our

perspective they are not in need of network standby and could be turned off after use. These

product concepts however, occur in conjunction with networking equipment (e.g. home

gateways) and might be powered in the future over the LAN (Power over Ethernet).37

Cloud Computing is a similar concept although many different definitions exist. The network

service, we like to draw attention to, is customer-offered file sharing or computing capacity

sharing. These types of services might lead to highest network availability demand (external

access always possible). Authorization of the access may require complex protocols in order

to ensure security and interoperability.

With regard to network based services, it is not necessarily the increase in traffic that is

interesting, but rather the energy consumption imposed by this traffic, as well as the impact

on the quantity of devices available with networked standby functionality. Each sub-segment

is described below with associated devices that are often used to fulfil the function.

36

http://www.crmlandmark.com/crmlabsindustrytrends.htm

37 An Example is the “Jack PC EFI-6700” Thin Client powered over Ethernet. For further information:

http://www.chippc.com/thin-clients/jack-pc/thin-client.asp?p=jack-pc-6700



Web/Email: includes web, email, instant messaging, and other data traffic (excluding file

sharing)

Associated devices: • Computers

• Displays

• Imaging equipment

• Network access equipment

• LAN networking equipment

File Sharing: includes peer-to-peer traffic from all recognized P2P systems such as

BitTorrent, eDonkey, etc.


• Displays



Internet Gaming: includes casual online gaming, networked console gaming, and multiplayer

virtual world gaming


• Displays



Internet Voice (VoIP): includes traffic from retail VoIP services and PC-based VoIP, but

excludes wholesale VoIP transport


• Displays


• Telephone equipment


Internet Voice (VoIP): includes traffic from retail VoIP services and PC-based VoIP, but

excludes wholesale VoIP transport


• Displays




Internet Video Communications: includes PC-based video calling, webcam viewing, and



web-based video monitoring


• Displays




Internet Video to PC: free or pay TV or Video on Demand (VoD) viewed on a PC, excludes

P2P video file downloads


• Displays



Internet Video to TV: free or pay TV or VoD delivered via Internet but viewed on a TV

screen using a STB or media gateway

Associated devices: • Network access equipment


• Set-top boxes

• Televisions

Ambient Video: nannycams, petcams, home security cams, and other persistent video

streams


• Displays



Cable MPEG-2 VoD: the standard for the generic coding of moving pictures and associated

audio information. Corresponds to ISO/IEC 13818-1:2000.

Associated devices: • Set-top boxes

• Televisions

Cable MPEG-4 VoD: an update to MPEG-2 that includes further coding standards


• Televisions

IPTV VoD: a method of delivering television content using Internet Protocol infrastructure




• Televisions



2.3.4 Product Design and Functional Features

Circuitry design and functional features have an influence on the power consumption and

power management options of products. In conjunction with networked standby we observe

the following trends:

• Integration of digital functionality on the product and component level

• Increasing network capability and multi-functionality

• Power supply options

With increasing digitalization and miniaturization of information and communication

functionality (including data input, processing, storage, transmission as well as output via

sound, image, or display) there is now the option to combine any kind of functionality in one

product. Multifunctional products are known form the imaging equipment sector, combining

scanning, copying, and printing functionality into one device. But with decreasing component

prices, the integration of displays, memory capacity, and network options into computing,

communication and consumer electronics products is gaining ground. The limiting factors are

the size (form factor) and component price (cost factor).

Despite the integration of different functional components on the product level, another trend

is a further integration of functionality on a component level. The semiconductor industry is

still pushing CMOS technology to smaller structures. Although Moore’s Law is slowing and

will eventually reach physical limits, the performance trade-off through miniaturization is still a

valid trend. The chip-level large scale integration (LSI) is focusing on the monolithic (single

chip SoC [System-on-Chip]) or hybrid (multi chip SiP [System-in-Package]) integration of so

far separated functionality such as data processing, memory and networking. This trend in

component level system integration has two implications:

• Fixed power management design but potentially lower power consumption (per

function) through higher integration

• More power management options but potentially higher power consumption (per

function) through less system integration.



These LSI trends are particularly noticeable (and advanced) in the computing and networking

equipment industry. In the PC sector there are only few vendors (Intel, AMD) providing main

processor units including complete chip-set designs. The chip-making industry for network

equipment and mobiles is positioned somewhat broader and with a stronger gradient in

terms of price and quality. The consumer electronics industry is pushing chip integration as

well. This industry (the original equipment manufacturers) is designing their own chips

(ASICs) in order to remain independent from the computing industry. As a result, we see

many proprietary solutions for signal and data processing in the consumer electronics sector.

A second general trend is the increasing networking capability of products. By adding

networking capability (including respective software interfaces) a product can conceivably be

designed to serve any role within in a given network architecture (e.g. node, server, client).

This creates first of all the dilemma for allocating new (multi-functional) products to a specific

product category. It also is difficult to determine the primary or main functionality. Secondly,

the interoperability of networked products is in that respect a growing issue. With the

development of hybrid home networks for TV/video applications and triple play services the

PC-to-CE-to-HG interoperability becomes more complex. In the PC-centered (LAN/WLAN)

environment this is less of an issue. But interoperability based on Audio/Video standards

seems to be problematic due to the individual system designs based on interoperability

initiatives such as DLNA, MoCA, and UPnP.

The last general trend is related to the growing power supply options. Although mains

powered devices are still dominant, portable (mains-independent powered by battery, fuel

cell, solar,) devices are growing market. Most battery power devices come with an external

power supply unit for periodical charging of the device. Some products, despite there are

portable, are constantly used with the power supply connected to mains (e.g. notebook in

office or home environment). Another trend is power over the network such as Power-over-

Ethernet (PoE) and power-over-USB. This is becoming a viable option of supplying power to

the equipment. On a practical level there are still some technical limitations and problems

with interoperability and power (required voltage levels). Typical examples for such problems

are external hard disk drives which are connected and powered over USB.



2.3.5 Industry Structure and Technology Provider

Our analysis is focusing on three major industry sectors including the personally computer

industry, the consumer electronics industry and the end-consumer network equipment

industry. These industry sectors feature globally distributed hardware and software supply

chains.

There are some major industrial players which have a strong influence on the technical level

and performance of products. A know example is the personal computer industry, where a

few semiconductor enterprise and software houses are determining the technical level and

progress of a very large market. The consumer electronics industry is less depended from a

few semiconductor makers and software houses. These manufacturers are driving their own

technical solutions including the designs of their active components (chips) and software.

This situation results in many proprietary solutions. It seems feasible to say, that the

considerable standardization regarding power management in the personal computer

industry (notebooks and mobiles) is not established to that extent in the CE sector.

The network equipment industry is with respect to the supply chain structure a hybrid of the

PC and CE industry. This industry is faced however with another variable. The energy

performance and utilization of customer premises equipment is to some extent influenced by

external service provider (Access Networks, Cable/SAT-TV). An example is the power

management for xDSL access networks. A home gateway typically need to keep the xDSL

interface full active, although power management could be implemented if the Network

provider would support this feature in the DSLAM (DSL access multiplexer on the curb). As

mentioned above, the need for coordination between service providers and OEMs is critical.



2.4 Consumer expenditure base data

The basic consumer expenditure data are listed below. This data will serve primarily as cost

inputs when conducting live-cycle analysis in Chapters 5 and 7. The price of electricity in

each of the EU-27 Member States is listed in Table 2-7, as well as an EU-27 average. Using

a linear regression to project these trends to 2020, a value of approximately 0.21 €/kWh is

obtained. So as not to overestimate the cost savings of the proposed implementing measure,

this study will use 0.20 €/kWh as the electricity price.

Table 2-7: EU-27 electricity prices38

Price [€/kWh]

2007 S02 2008 S01 2008 S02 2009 S01

Austria 0.1834 0.1812 0.1812 0.1874

Belgium 0.1873 0.2153 0.2185 -

Bulgaria 0.0619 0.0619 0.0685 0.0706

Cyprus 0.1436 0.1651 0.1713 0.1192

Czech Republic 0.1968 0.2222 0.2266 0.2251

Denmark 0.1247 0.1430 0.1550 0.1472

Estonia 0.0671 0.0659 0.0688 0.0732

Finland 0.1596 0.1673 0.1770 0.1903

France 0.1849 0.1917 0.1875 0.1331

Germany 0.2313 0.2349 0.2408 0.2498

Greece 0.1086 0.1118 0.0965 0.0959

Hungary 0.1129 0.1333 0.1311 0.1167

Ireland 0.4031 0.3919 0.4298 0.3815

Italy - - - -

Latvia 0.0694 0.0813 0.0957 0.0957

Lithuania 0.0813 0.0781 0.0782 0.0850

Luxembourg 0.1972 0.1972 0.1991 0.2156

Malta - 0.1533 - 0.1333

Netherlands 0.2370 0.2360 0.2390 0.2520

Poland 0.1150 0.1370 0.1367 0.1141

Portugal 0.1782 0.3181 0.2710 0.3110

Romania 0.0912 0.0895 0.0915 0.0818

Slovakia 0.1884 0.1902 0.2147 0.1974

Slovenia 0.1657 0.1464 0.1523 0.1944

Spain 0.2424 0.2455 0.2622 0.2540

Sweden 0.2049 0.2022 0.2121 0.1795

United Kingdom 0.1610 0.1523 0.1603 0.1499

EU-27 0.1887 0.1956 0.1995

38

Eurostat, Energy, Energy Statistics – prices, Energy Statistics: gas and electricity prices - New methodology

from 2007 onwards, Electricity - domestic consumers - half-yearly prices - New methodology from

2007 onwards, accessed 26 Nov 2009.



Table 2-8 lists the interest rate in each of the Member States, as well as the overall EU-27

rate. This study will assume an interest rate of 4.5%.

Table 2-8: EU-27 interest rates39

2006 2007 2008

Austria 3.79% 4.29% 4.27%

Belgium 3.81% 4.33% 4.42%

Bulgaria 4.18% 4.54% 5.38%

Cyprus 4.13% 4.48% 4.60%

Czech Republic 3.80% 4.30% 4.63%

Denmark 3.81% 4.29% 4.30%

Estonia 5.01% 6.09% 8.16%

Finland 3.78% 4.29% 4.30%

France 3.80% 4.30% 4.24%

Germany 3.76% 4.22% 4.00%

Greece 4.07% 4.50% 4.81%

Hungary 7.12% 6.74% 8.24%

Ireland 3.77% 4.31% 4.53%

Italy 4.05% 4.49% 4.69%

Latvia 4.13% 5.28% 6.43%

Lithuania 4.08% 4.55% 5.61%

Luxembourg 3.91% 4.56% 4.61%

Malta 4.32% 4.72% 4.81%

Netherlands 3.78% 4.29% 4.23%

Poland 5.23% 5.48% 6.07%

Portugal 3.91% 4.43% 4.53%

Romania 7.23% 7.13% 7.70%

Slovakia 4.41% 4.49% 4.72%

Slovenia 3.85% 4.53% 4.61%

Spain 3.78% 4.31% 4.37%

Sweden 3.70% 4.17% 3.90%

United Kingdom 4.38% 5.06% 4.51%

EU-27 4.08% 4.57% 4.55%

39

Eurostat, Interest Rates, Long-term interest rates, Maastricht criterion interest rates, EMU convergence

criterion series - Annual data, accessed 26 Nov 2009.



The annual inflation rates are listed in Table 2-9. This study will assume and inflation rate of

3%.

Table 2-9: EU-27 annual inflation rates40

2006 2007 2008

Austria 1.70% 2.20% 3.20%

Belgium 2.30% 1.80% 4.50%

Bulgaria 7.40% 7.60% 12.00%

Cyprus 2.20% 2.20% 4.40%

Czech Republic 2.10% 3.00% 6.30%

Denmark 1.90% 1.70% 3.60%

Estonia 4.40% 6.70% 10.60%

Finland 1.30% 1.60% 3.90%

France 1.90% 1.60% 3.20%

Germany 1.80% 2.30% 2.80%

Greece 3.30% 3.00% 4.20%

Hungary 4.00% 7.90% 6.00%

Ireland 2.70% 2.90% 3.10%

Italy 2.20% 2.00% 3.50%

Latvia 6.60% 10.10% 15.30%

Lithuania 3.80% 5.80% 11.10%

Luxembourg 3.00% 2.70% 4.10%

Malta 2.60% 0.70% 4.70%

Netherlands 1.70% 1.60% 2.20%

Poland 1.30% 2.60% 4.20%

Portugal 3.00% 2.40% 2.70%

Romania 6.60% 4.90% 7.90%

Slovakia 4.30% 1.90% 3.90%

Slovenia 2.50% 3.80% 5.50%

Spain 3.60% 2.80% 4.10%

Sweden 1.50% 1.70% 3.30%

United Kingdom 2.30% 2.30% 3.60%

EU-27 2.30% 2.40% 3.70%

40

Eurostat, Prices, Harmonized indices of consumer prices (HICP), HICP (2005=100) - Annual Data (average

index and rate of change), accessed 27 Nov 2009.



The price of broadband access is shown in Table 2-10. As cost is rapidly decreasing, this

study will assume an average price of 25 €/mo for the period 2010-2020.

Table 2-10: EU-27 Average monthly price of 2-4 Mb/s broadband standalone access, 200941

Price [€/mo]

2007 2008 2009

Austria - - 43

Belgium - - 42

Bulgaria - - 35

Cyprus - - 102

Czech Republic - - 43

Denmark - - 23

Estonia - - 28

Finland - - 34

France - - -

Germany - - -

Greece - - -

Hungary - - 25

Ireland - - 27

Italy - - -

Latvia - - 35

Lithuania - - 27

Luxembourg - - 29

Malta - - -

Netherlands - - 23

Poland - - -

Portugal - - 38

Romania - - 23

Slovakia - - 50

Slovenia - - 24

Spain - - -

Sweden - - 22

United Kingdom - - -

EU-27 52 37 29

41

SEC(2009) 1103

http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/eeurope/i2010/docs/annual_report/2009/sec_2009_1103.pdf

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 3: Consumer Behaviour & Local Infrastructure 3-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 3

Consumer Behaviour and Local Infrastructure

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents

3 Task 3: Consumer Behaviour and Local Infrastructure ................................................ 3-4

3.1 Real-life efficiency ................................................................................................ 3-5

3.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................... 3-5

3.1.2 Wake-up of imaging equipment over LAN ..................................................... 3-5

3.1.3 Wake-up through Virtual Private Network ...................................................... 3-6

3.1.4 System administration ................................................................................... 3-8

3.1.5 Home entertainment ...................................................................................... 3-9

3.1.6 Home Gateway and network ......................................................................... 3-9

3.2 Use parameters and user requirement ............................................................... 3-11

3.2.1 Basic use parameters .................................................................................. 3-11

3.2.2 User requirements ....................................................................................... 3-12

3.3 Use pattern assumptions .................................................................................... 3-14

3.4 Local infrastructure ............................................................................................. 3-15

3.4.1 Broadband coverage ................................................................................... 3-15

3.4.2 Television (TV) ............................................................................................ 3-18

3.4.3 Mobile penetration ....................................................................................... 3-21



3 Task 3: Consumer Behaviour and Local Infrastructure

The subsequent analysis has been modified from the given methodology in order to serve

the particular purpose of this horizontal study on networked standby. The Task 3 report is

structured into three subtasks.

Subtask 3.1 deals with real life efficiency. Based on selected use examples we will discuss

typical application scenarios for networked standby mode including different use conditions

and types of users. The objective is to identify use cases and parameters in support of the

later base case assessment.

Subtask 3.2 deals with user requirements. By placing Networked Standby Mode in the

context of real life use conditions, different products, and consumer behaviour we will identify

important user requirements that could have an influence on ecodesign requirements.

Subtask 3.3 deals with use patterns. In order to calculate the overall environmental

improvement potential of networked standby mode it is necessary to allocate typical use

patterns to the selected scope of products.

Subtask 3.4 deals with the local infrastructure. Provider based services for accessing

television programmes, the internet, and voice telephone is a necessary infrastructure which

could lead to networked standby utilization.



3.1 Real-life efficiency

3.1.1 Introduction

The general intention of facilitating low power Networked Standby Mode is reducing the

energy consumption of the product while maintaining the quality of service sought by the

consumer, namely reactivation of the product by a legitimate command from another device

via a network in an acceptable amount of time. This measure is, in principle, environmentally

beneficial, because it has a realistic potential to save substantial amounts of energy in the

use phase. In addition to the technical aspects of product design, the user and use

conditions are important factors in the equation. Unfortunately, due to the novelty of the topic,

there are no statistically firm field data regarding real life utilization of networked standby

mode available yet.

In this subtask we will analyse typical use or application scenarios in order to identify relevant

use parameters and user requirements. We will focus on mass consumption applications in

the home and office environments. We make assumptions regarding typical network

technologies, networked products, network-based services and sample applications. Our

perspective on these aspects is not limited to the current status. We will assume a mid-term

time horizon for the investigation.

3.1.2 Wake-up of imaging equipment over LAN

The first typical example for reactivation via network is a printer.1 Most printers today feature

an advanced power management, which shifts the devices after fulfilling a print-job into lower

power states in order to save energy. Let’s assume that this lower power state provides

network integrity communication and the capability to wake-up by network command. The

device maintains network integrity and waits to receive a new print-job from a personal

computer or server. When this command arrives via network, the printer shifts into active

mode in order to fulfil the required task.

Exemplary aspects:

• Network activity: User activates from a computer terminal the locally networked

imaging equipment in order to conduct a print job.

1 According to common network terminology, the printer in our example is a typical network endpoint

(terminal or client devices) which is connected or networked to the redistribution equipment (host or

server). The equipment that build communication networks are generally considered as nodes.



• Networked devices: Products involved are personal computers (e.g. Desktop PC,

notebook) and the imaging equipment (printer, multifunctional device) with the option

of a network device (bridge, switch, and router) as a link.

• Network options: Wired LAN (USB, Ethernet) or wireless LAN (WiFi, wireless USB,

Bluetooth or Firewire).

• Power management: Imaging equipment typically provides power management that

immediately shifts the device into a “ready state” after the print job and shortly later

into a “sleep state” that provides network integrity communication.

• Subsequent power requirement in active mode: In the case of printers the power

consumption in active mode depends on the imaging technology and speed of the

equipment (see TREN Lot 4). It can range from under 15 Watt for simple inkjet-

machines to more then 1500 Watt for high speed laser-machines. This example

indicates that the rated power consumption of the power supply unit (PSU) could

have a significant influence on the power consumption level in low power networked

standby mode just through the conversion losses of the PSU, if an non-optimised

design is used.

• Reactivation time: The latency period between network command and active

operation is a technical aspect as well as an important user requirement. In the case

of printers a latency period of a few seconds (10-15 sec) is acceptable. The latency

time depends on the signal/image processing (digital front end) and the

imaging/printing technology.2

3.1.3 Wake-up through Virtual Private Network

The second example is a personal computer or small server in home and small office

environments. Broadband communication and virtual private networks (VPN) allow for

instance users today to access their databases on their computers remotely via fixed or

mobile networks. Wake-on-LAN (WoL) is a feature available in most computers today. It

provides remote reactivation via network from a low power state, such as the sleep mode

(ACPI S3).3 The WoL-option is most often not preset in conjunction with sleep mode and has

2 For more details regarding these aspects please refer to the final report of TREN Lot 4 (see:

http://www.ecoimaging.org).

3 According to ENERGY STAR® definition:

Wake-on-LAN (WOL): Functionality which allows a computer to wake from Sleep or Off when directed

by a network request via Ethernet.



to be enabled by the user in the system (BIOS). The ENERGY STAR® program requirement

for computer allows a “functional adder” of 0.7 Watt for Wake-on-LAN in conjunction with

sleep mode.4 The home and small office PC example is also characterized by access

networks with increasing bandwidth/speed but with less complex network topology than in

larger office environments. Note that WoL from the soft-off state of a computer (e.g. ACPI

S5) is also possible, but is not considered an Off-mode in the EuP sense, but rather belongs

to networked standby.

Exemplary aspects:

• Network activity: User is activating his home computer from outside over a virtual

private network (VPN) in order to retrieve files (e.g. address book, documents,

pictures, videos).

• Networked devices: Initiating device (mobile device, external computer), network

device (home gateway, LAN router), receiving device (home computer, storage

device)

• Network technology / interface: Wired LAN (Ethernet) Wireless LAN (WiFi), Cellular

Wireless (UMTS, LTE)

• Power management: Home gateway and network is active or provides network

integrity communication for immediate repose (latency time millisecond to <5

seconds). Wake-on-LAN is activated at the home computer.

Sleep Mode: A low power state that the computer is capable of entering automatically after a period of

inactivity or by manual selection. A computer with sleep capability can quickly “wake” in response to

network connections or user interface devices with a latency of ≤ 5 seconds from initiation of wake

event to system becoming fully usable including rendering of display. For systems where ACPI

standards are applicable sleep mode most commonly correlates to ACPI System Level S3 state

(suspend to RAM).

4 ENERGY STAR® V4.0: 4.0 Watt sleep-mode allowance for desktops, integrated computers, desktop

derived servers and gaming consoles. 1.7 Watt sleep-mode allowance for notebooks and tablet PCs.

ENERGY STAR® V5.0: Energy efficiency for desktops and notebooks is only measured by TEC

value. No specific sleep mode and Wake-on-LAN allowance are specified. For small scale servers and

thin clients the latest version specifies 2.0 Watt off mode and 0.7 Watt allowance for Wake-on-LAN.



3.1.4 System administration

The third example is another WoL-application typically in office environments where a

system administrator needs remote access to a larger number of distributed computers over

the LAN-infrastructure. This example can have two basic scenarios. In the first scenario the

administrator requires a “full” reactivation in order to initiate a larger service update or other

task, which requires a shift into active mode. In the second scenario the administrator might

only want to monitor the status of the distributed computing equipment and manage security,

while maintaining the equipment “out-of-band” or in “networked standby mode”. For this kind

of remote system administration various companies have developed specific technologies.

This includes technologies using the industry standard DASH (Desktop and mobile

Architecture for System Hardware) Version 1.1.0 from the DMTF (Distributed Management

Task Force). DASH provides a standard for secure remote management, including out of

band management, of desktops and mobile systems. This allows administrators to power off

systems or put them into sleep or hibernate states more often, thus reducing power

requirements. DASH systems also support management and monitoring tasks without

requiring that the system be powered on. DASH standard support is offered by a wide variety

of vendors.

Another example Intel’s Active Management Technology (AMT) built into personal computers

with vPro Technology.5 This proprietary technology provides energy saving potential also due

to the avoidance of “full” reactivation of the equipment for general task of remote system

administration. On the other hand the power consumption of this solution can be somewhat

higher than the 0.7 Watt allowance for “simple” Wake-on-LAN solution.

In conclusion, industry stakeholders indicate that most computers sold to private customers

have the WoL functionality (in preset) deactivated. In case of business customers WoL is

typically activated. IT-Administrators in business offices usually utilize WoL for servicing the

larger and more distributed computer (computing) infrastructure. There are also many

computers available that support wake up using DASH, which utilizes a web services

protocol, thus making DASH wake-up an attractive alternative to Wake-on-LAN.

5 For information on Intel AMT see: http://www.intel.com/technology/platform-technology/intel-amt/ For

information on other out of band management technologies see

dmtf.org/sites/default/files/standards/documents/DSP2014_1.1.0.pdf,

www.amd.com/us/Documents/47159A_01_DASH_2_0_UseCases.pdf ; and

developer.amd.com/cpu/manageability/Pages/default.aspx



3.1.5 Home entertainment

The fourth example is related to the TV and consumer electronics environment. The

reactivation functionality in this case is a provider initiated broadcasting including random

service up-dates for set-top-boxes and automatic program download. The power

consumption level of the residential broadcast interface might be influenced by the type of

broadcast access technology (e.g. DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C, and IPTV). Further power

requirements derive from subsequent functionalities such as video recording or audio

systems (not the actual recording, but the readiness for recording etc.). Networked standby

mode in the field of consumer electronics (television, audio and video) is also characterized

by a large diversity of network interfaces employed and respective protocols (HDMI, DVI-D,

VGA, SCART, etc.).

3.1.6 Home Gateway and network

The fifth example is related to LAN infrastructure and customer terminals, which require near

zero latency period reactivation. The example covers a whole range of products including

wired modems and gateways, wireless network access points, LAN repeater, hubs, switches

and routers, as well as terminal devices including conventional and IP-based telephones and

to lesser degree facsimile machines. In this field we find analogue technology on the one

hand and high speed digital technology on the other. The common denominator seems to be

millisecond reactivation requirement in case of possible networked standby mode. This

example is also useful to investigate network-related power management solutions with

implications for the eco-design of equipment. For example, IEEE 802.3az task force (Energy

Efficient Ethernet) is exploring methods for scaling Ethernet link rate as a function of

utilization to save energy. Since integrity communication and wake-up messages are

principally low bandwidth this could be useful during networked standby if the connected

products all employ this new feature.

Power consumption is influenced by activated display (on hook). DECT telephone / or VoIP

telephone is enabled to detect incoming calls, status display is active (the type and size of

the display influences power consumption) option to reduce power consumption is to

deactivate the display and just obtain status information through a LED.



Home & Office

Equipment

Consumer

Electronics

White

Goods

Scope of Lot 26 Study Not in Scope

Rack-mounted ICT

(incl. Blades)

Outdoor Cabinets

and Antenna Sites

Core Telecom Infrastructure

TV Broadcast

Equipment

Central Office &

Infrastructure

Networking

Equipment

Computer

Equipment

Building

Automat ion

Building

Automation

Figure 1: Scope of Lot 26 assessment



3.2 Use parameters and user requirement

3.2.1 Basic use parameters

The objective of this subtask is to define the basic use parameters that will be needed for the

later environmental impact assessment. The use parameters define the daily and annual use

pattern which we will apply to the base case (specific assessment) and the representative

product scope (EU-27 total assessment).

The daily use pattern considers the average duration in terms of hours per day (h/d) which a

product is in a certain power state or mode. Of interest to the study are the time durations

and respective power consumption related to:

• Operation: including the active modes “operation”, “maintenance”, and “download”

• No-load/Idle: including the active mode “no-load” and low power/sleep states similar

to “idle”

• Networked: including the standby mode “networked standby/network integrity” as well

as WoL sleep modes (S3)

• Standby/off: including all other standby modes (status information, reactivation) and

off modes (off with losses, off without losses)

The distinction of active operation and idle has the reason, that for certain products with

relatively low power consumption in operation mode (>10 to <30 Watts) the no-load or idle

mode could mean a low power state or power consumption (>1 to <10 Watts) comparable to

networked standby mode. Due to the fact that both “no-load/idle” and “networked standby”

could be interchangeable for certain products means that we have the option of calculating

different scenarios such as “no-load/idle” as part of active mode or “no-load/idle” as part of

networked standby mode.

The specific distinction of all other standby and off modes seems to be not necessary due to

the now regulated maximum power consumption of 1Watt or less (EC 1275/2008). In terms

of functionality the “Networked standby” is not interchangeable with the other standby and off

modes. We therefore combine all other standby and off modes into one mode. With respect

to the environmental impact assessments we have the option to calculate different scenarios

for total energy e.g. with 1 Watt in the midterm and 0.5 Watt in the long term.

Task 3.3 provides daily use pattern assumptions for the selected reference products. The

assumptions for the mode durations are mostly deriving from established sources such as

Energy Star test procedures and EuP preparatory studies. Please note that these use pattern

assumptions are rough averages. They intend to cover the full spectrum of users and product



variations. Although very rough they provide a base for the impact assessment and modified

impact scenarios. In real life products are configured and used with extreme diversity. In the

following section we will discuss some user requirements or user aspects that potentially

influence the utilization of networked standby mode and its level of power consumption.

3.2.2 User requirements

If it were possible, consumer preferences would be for the services their devices provide to

be instantly available from anywhere in the world. As discussed in Section 2, consumer

electronics are increasingly including networking capabilities in order to meet the demand for

access. As will be discussed in Section 5, this increasing access, however, comes at cost in

terms of energy, especially when active and idle power modes are used to provide the

desired level of availability (i.e. the speed at which the device is reactivated). The central

challenge for product designers, then, is to ensure that the consumer can enjoy the desired

quality of service, while minimising energy consumption.

Well-designed networked standby mode as an integrated part of power management has a

strong potential to reduce overall energy consumption. In order to be accepted by the

consumer it is necessary that the product which features networked standby mode fulfils

certain requirements. Due to the novelty of the issue statistical data regarding consumer

requirements are not available. However, based on the results of previous EuP preparatory

studies it seems justified assuming that consumer requirements include:

• Reliability: Smart and reliable operation while the product is set to networked standby

mode. This means that the product remains in a specified power level and only reacts

to authorized/legitimate user commands and avoid false wake-ups.

• Security: Secure operation while the product is set to networked standby mode. This

means that the product has a defined degree of protection against assaults over the

network. The user might ask: is it safe to use networked standby mode.

• Transparency: The user should be able to recognize the networked standby status of

his product without the need to reactivate it. The user might ask: is the device still

online.

• Automation: Automated power management that shifts the device into networked

standby mode according to software presetting or manual mode setting option. The

consumer needs simple and intuitive software setting options.

• Convenience: Fast and reliable reactivation of the product out of networked standby

mode. The user might ask: how fast is it possible to reactivate the product for main

operation. The reactivation time (latency) is closely connected to the type and

configuration of the product as well as the type and environment of application. Best



example is the EP-printer that needs a certain amount of time to heat up the fixing

unit and is therefore in e.g. a front desk situation set to a prolonged ready/idle mode

and not low sleep/networked standby mode.

• Energy Efficiency: Low energy consumption is a considerable user requirement not

only reflecting increasing environmental awareness but also sensibility in terms of

operation expenditures.

The combination of these aspects will influence the power consumption, presetting, and

actual utilization of a product. These aspects will be reflected in the technical analysis.



3.3 Use pattern assumptions

According to the MEEuP (methodology for conducting EuP preparatory studies) it would

normally be required at this point to provide use pattern assumptions to be used later in the

base case assessment (Task 5). In principle, the use patterns should reflect an average real-

life utilization of products. Such typical or averaged use patterns exist for a few product

groups such as PCs or certain printers. Most of the available typical use patterns have been

developed in conjunction with the Energy Star Program and the testing of so called Typical

Electricity Consumption (TEC). More specific use patterns which differentiate various types

of users (e.g. heavy user) or areas of application derive from commercial market survey or

individual user studies on a corporate level. Although such more specific studies are highly

educational it is often difficult to validate the information.

With respect to this study, the challenge for providing averaged use patterns for the selected

representative product groups is considerable. In the preceding draft reports we mostly

allocated established use patterns to certain product groups based on existing structures

used by the Energy Star Program or in previous EuP studies. However, as we introduce the

concept of network availability in the course of the study, use pattern assumptions for

individual product groups was superseded by conducting specific purpose scenarios. This

approach has been welcomed by some stakeholders and criticised by others. For the authors

of the study the use patters became an instrument for showing the extent of the networked

standby. The real-life scenario for any product group is likely to be some combination of the

four network availability scenarios.

Note: Full details of the scenarios, the hours per day spent in each mode are presented for

each product group and network availability scenario in the annexes of Task 5. Given the

particular use patterns of specific product groups, each base case is calculated from

individually chosen parameters (see Section 5.3).



3.4 Local infrastructure

3.4.1 Broadband coverage6

The growth of fixed broadband connectivity has been steady, with high year-on-year growth

rates that in some years equalled more than 20 million new broadband lines. As a result, the

percentage of households with a broadband connection has jumped from 33% in 2004 to

48% in 2008, with broadband connectivity in enterprises increasing from 46.5% in 2004 to

81% in 2008. There are an additional 12% of households with a non-broadband connection

in 2008, leaving 40% not connected.

Fixed broadband penetration (number of fixed broadband lines per 100 inhabitants, including

both households and enterprises) increased from 17 in 2004 to 23 in 2008. There is

significant variation among Member States: Denmark leads with a penetration rate of 37,

while Slovakia trails with 11, as seen in Figure 2. However, as shown in Figure 3, the trend

shows that the gap in broadband penetration is decreasing. This gap is due to a levelling off

of growth in countries with the highest penetration rates, while countries with little penetration

have experienced significant growth rates.

Figure 2: EU-27 Broadband penetration, January 2009

6 SEC(2009) 1103

http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/eeurope/i2010/docs/annual_report/2009/sec_2009_1103.pdf



Figure 3: The gap in broadband penetration in the EU

Broadband coverage is most commonly provided by DSL services using the traditional phone

network, followed by services provided over the cable lines. DSL coverage is used as a

proxy measurement for broadband coverage, as coverage with cable service normally

overlaps that of DSL. As shown in Figure 4, the coverage in the EU has increased from 89%

of the population in 2005 to 93% in 2008. Significant progress is being made in the Member

States at the lower end of the spectrum, highlighted by Greece increasing coverage from 0%

in 2005 to 86% in 2008. This extension of coverage to the vast majority of the population is

expected to continue.



Figure 4: Growth in DSL national coverage in the EU, 2005-2008 (percent of total population)

Recently, advanced fixed technologies based on optical fibre, as well as wireless

technologies such as UMTS (3G), WiFi, WiMAX, and satellite have made inroads into the

broadband market. Wireless access appears to have the potential of providing broadband

access in isolated and less populated areas. The use of wireless broadband networks is a

topic currently being studied by the EC.

The Broadband Performance Index (BPI) was developed by the EC in order to:

• measure relative performance of countries in the wide broadband economy

• identify relative weaknesses and strengths of individual countries to fine-tune policy

making

• better understand the relative propensity of countries to progress in the broadband

economy

The BPI is structured along six dimensions: broadband rural coverage, degree of

competition, broadband speeds, broadband prices, take up of advanced services and socio-

economic context. The results are shown in Figure 5. Sweden leads the index with a 0.76

while Cyprus is trailing with a 0.18.



Figure 5: Broadband Performance Index, July 2009

3.4.2 Television (TV)

Television penetration has been steadily increasing over the past few years, and this trend is

expected to continue in the future as TV services begin to be delivered using more advanced

methods. Table 1 breaks down the delivery of TV services within Europe. As the table

shows, satellite is currently the preferred method of delivery with 37% of households, but

both terrestrial TV (32%) and cable TV (22%) not far behind. IPTV is growing the most

quickly, experiencing an increase of 465% from 2005 to 2010.

Table 1: Penetration of TV service protocols in Europe (millions of households)7

2003 2004 2005 2010

Cable 6.4 7.6 10.2 28.9

Satellite 22.9 25.0 28.4 49.1

Terrestrial TV 3.7 8.1 14.2 42.2

Internet (IPTV) 0.4 0.6 2.0 11.3

Total 35.0 41.3 54.8 131.3

As part of an agenda supported by the EC, Member States have gradually been making the

switch from analogue to digital television.

7 Article extracted from Le Journal du net : Le marché de la télévision par câble-satellite en Europe (2004)



As shown in Table 2, the television infrastructure is currently in a state of change, as Member

States gradually switch from analogue to digital delivery. Currently, seven Member States

have phased-out analogue television.

Table 2: Digital television switch in Europe8,9

% TV

penetration

Number of

channels offered

Economic

model

Analogue

phase-out

Date of

phase-out

Belgium (Flanders) - 3 Free Yes 2008

Denmark Yes 2009

Finland 54 33 Free / Pay Yes 2007

Germany 11 47 Free Yes 2008

Luxembourg - 12 Free Yes 2006

Netherlands 10 41 Free / Pay Yes 2006

Sweden 18 35 Free / Pay Yes 2007

Austria 12 8 Free No 2010

Belgium (Wallonia) - 7 Free No 2011

Bulgaria No 2012

Cyprus No 2011

Czech Republic 10 12 Free No 2012

Estonia 3.4 50 Free / Pay No 2010

France No 2011

Greece No ~2012

Hungary - 6 Free / Pay No 2011

Ireland No -

Italy 32 61 Free / Pay No 2012

Latvia No 2011

Lithuania 1 54 Free / Pay No 2012

Malta - 69 Pay No 2010

Poland No 2015

Portugal No -

Romania No 2012

Slovakia No 2012

Slovenia No 2010

Spain 50 21 Free No 2010

United Kingdom 37 48 Free / Pay No 2012

8 http://www.obs.coe.int/about/oea/pr/miptv2009_mavise.html

9 COCOM09-01, Information from Member States on switchover to digital TV, 2009.



In addition to the trend in digital infrastructure, consumers have been purchasing an ever

increasing amount of HD televisions to accommodate waves of high-quality HD channels. It

is estimated that the penetration rate of HD capable TVs will reach 70% by 2012, with 44%

expected to be receiving HD television content10.

As of 2008, there were 78 HD channels in Europe, as seen in Table 3 and Table 411.

Expecting the increasing trend to continue, it is estimated that there are currently over 100

HD channels.

Table 3: HD Channels in Europe (Mid 2008)

HDTV channels by country and launch year

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Total

Belgium 5 3 8

Denmark 2 2

France 4 7 11

Germany 2 3 5

Italy 4 1 5

Netherlands 2 3 5

Spain 1 1 2

Sweden 1 2 3

UK 10 1 11

Pan-Nordic 1 2 2 2 7

Other (& pan-European) 1 1 6 10 1 19

Total 1 4 32 32 9 78

Table 4: Thematic HD channels in Europe

HDTV channels by genre and launch year

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Total

Children 1 1

Documentary 11 6 17

Entertainment 1 4 2 1 8

HD specialist1 1 1 2 1 5

Movies 6 5 2 13

Music 1 1 2

10

Clover, Julian. “Strategy Analytics: 44% of Euro homes HD by 2012”, Broadband TV News, 18 April 2007.

http://www.broadbandtvnews.com/2007/04/18/strategy-analytics-44-of-euro-homes-hd-by-2012/ 11

European Broadcasting Union, Strategic Information Servce. HDTV in Europe. January 2009.

http://www.ebu.ch/CMSimages/en/HDTV_Exec%20sum_Final_tcm6-64451.pdf



National2 2 3 8 13

Premium3 2 2 2 6

Sports 6 5 2 13

Total 1 4 32 32 9 78 [1] HD Specialist: e.g. HD1

[2] “National” channels: nationwide free-to-air general interest channels (e.g. BBC HD, TF1 HD)

[3] Premium as a genre: “Canal+” type channels offering mix of premium movies and sports

The recently developed WirelessHD specification defines a wireless protocol that enables

consumer devices to create a wireless video area network (WVAN) with the following

characteristics12:

• Stream uncompressed audio and video at up to 1080p resolution, 24 bit colour at 60

Hz refresh rates

• Deliver compressed A/V streams and data

• Advanced A/V and device control protocol

• Unlicensed operation at 60 GHz with a typical range of at least 10 m for highest

resolution HD A/V

• Smart antenna technology to enable non line of sight (NLOS) operation

• Data privacy for user generated content

3.4.3 Mobile penetration

Mobile penetration has increased yearly for decades within Europe. In 2005, it reached 100%

and is now beyond, meaning that there are more mobile subscribers than inhabitants in

Europe, as shown in Figure 6. A penetration rate of over 100% does not necessarily mean

that each person possesses a mobile phone; rather, that people often use more than one

mobile phone.

12

WirelessHD Specification Overview, August 2009, Wireless HD, http://www.wirelesshd.org/pdfs/WirelessHD-

Specification-Overview-v1%200%204%20Aug09.pdf



Figure 6: Mobile subscribers in the EU13

The repartition per country shows most of the countries have more than 100% of mobile

penetration except France, Latvia and Malta, as seen in Table 5.

Table 5: Mobile penetration per country14

Number of subscriptions (millions) Mobile penetration (%)

Austria 11.1 133

Belgium 12.2 114

Bulgaria 10.6 140

Cyprus 1 118

Czech Republic 13.8 134

Denmark 6.5 120

Estonia 2.5 188

Finland 6.8 129

France 58 91

Germany 107 130

Greece 17.9 155

13

Article from 3g.co.uk “45 Million 3G Subscribers in Europe” (2007) available at:

http://www.3g.co.uk/PR/April2007/4516.htm 14

ITU World Telecommunication/ICT Indicators Database. Available at:http://www.itu.int/ITU-

D/icteye/Reporting/ShowReportFrame.aspx?ReportName=/WTI/CellularSubscribersPublic&RP_intYear=2008

&RP_intLanguageID=1



Hungary 11.7 116

Ireland 5.3 121

Italy 89.4 154

Latvia 2.2 98

Lithuania 5 151

Luxembourg 0.7 147

Malta 0.4 94

Netherlands 19.9 120

Poland 44.4 117

Portugal 14.9 140

Romania 28.2 131

Slovakia 5.5 101

Slovenia 2.1 102

Spain 52.5 115

Sweden 10.3 113

United Kingdom 74.3 122

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 4: Technical Analysis Existing Products 4-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 4

Technical Analysis Existing Products

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents:

4 Task 4: Technical Analysis Existing Products .............................................................. 4-5

4.0 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 4-5

4.0.1 Objective ....................................................................................................... 4-5

4.0.2 Terminology .................................................................................................. 4-6

4.0.3 Acknowledgement ......................................................................................... 4-7

4.1 Production Phase ................................................................................................. 4-7

4.2 Distribution Phase ................................................................................................ 4-7

4.3 Use Phase (Product) ............................................................................................ 4-7

4.3.1 Example: Personal Computers ...................................................................... 4-9

4.3.2 Example: Networking Equipment................................................................. 4-13

4.3.3 Example: Multimedia Equipment ................................................................. 4-15

4.3.4 Example: Smart Home ................................................................................ 4-18

4.3.5 Summary ..................................................................................................... 4-21

4.4 Network Technologies ........................................................................................ 4-24

4.4.1 Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) ................................................................................. 4-24

4.4.1.1 Ethernet support of networked standby ................................................ 4-24

4.4.1.2 Wake-on-LAN (WOL) ........................................................................... 4-25

4.4.1.3 Out of Band remote management (OOB) ............................................. 4-26

4.4.1.4 Adaptive Link Rate (Link Speed Switching) .......................................... 4-27

4.4.1.5 IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet) ............................................. 4-28

4.4.1.6 Network Proxying (ECMA 393) ............................................................. 4-29

4.4.2 Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) ....................................................................... 4-30

4.4.2.1 Wake-on-Wireless (WOWLAN) ............................................................ 4-30

4.4.2.2 WLAN power saving options ................................................................ 4-30



4.4.2.3 WLAN and Proxy .................................................................................. 4-31

4.4.3 Universal Serial Bus (USB) ......................................................................... 4-31

4.4.3.1 USB Global Suspend Mode.................................................................. 4-33

4.4.3.2 USB Selective Suspend ....................................................................... 4-33

4.4.3.3 USB Link Power Management ............................................................. 4-34

4.4.3.4 V Bus Power ........................................................................................ 4-34

4.4.4 Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL and VDSL) ................................................... 4-35

4.4.5 Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS) ........................ 4-35

4.4.6 Multimedia Interoperability........................................................................... 4-36

4.4.6.1 High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) ........................................ 4-36

4.4.6.2 Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) ................................................. 4-37

4.4.6.3 Universal Plug and Play (UPnP): .......................................................... 4-38

4.4.6.4 Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) ................................................ 4-38

4.5 End-of-Life Phase .............................................................................................. 4-38



4 Task 4: Technical Analysis Existing Products

4.0 Introduction

4.0.1 Objective

According to the given methodology (MEEuP), the objective of Task 4 is the technical

analysis of products that are currently placed on the European market. The product selection

should be characteristic of the product group which is under investigation in the particular

study. The analysis has to determine relevant technical parameters that have an influence on

the environmental life cycle performance of the products. This includes in general energy and

material related product specifications. The Task 4 report provides the main input data for the

later environmental product assessment and definition of the base cases in Task 5.

The ENER Lot 26 Study horizontally addresses the energy consumption of products in

conjunction with networked standby. This specific objective makes it necessary to modify the

technical analysis and the subsequent environmental assessment to some extent. The

technical analysis will focus solely on the energy consumption of products in the use phase.

That covers all aspects of the product’s utilization from active modes to off modes.

Because networked standby is a functionality that could be provided out of different power

modes, our investigation will address the issue of power management and the currently

existing low power options for different network technologies. Despite power management

the report will compile existing wake-over-network solutions and respective technical

developments. In terms of products, the study needs to cover a broad spectrum of equipment

and network technologies. The focus is clearly set on end-user information and

communication technology equipment, consumer electronics and other electrical appliances

that are typically employed in private households, business environments and offices as well

as in the field of building automation. This technical analysis reflects networked standby

issues with respect to the following, currently existing product groups:

• Personal computers (e.g. small servers, desktop, integrated computers, notebooks)

• Displays (e.g. computer monitors, information displays and digital picture frames)

• Networked storage (e.g. NAS, RAID, external HDD or SDD)

• Imaging equipment (e.g. printers, copiers, multifunctional devices)

• Consumer electronics (e.g. TV, AV receivers, media recorders, players and servers)

• TV customer premises equipment (e.g. complex set-top-boxes)

• Networking equipment (e.g. gateways, access points, telephones)



The production phase, distribution phase, and end-of-life phase of are not relevant for the

study. We recognize however that the production of certain components – and production

related cost factors – could be of interest in the later assessment of improvement potentials.

Nevertheless, we will focus this particular analysis on technical and application related

aspects that influence the energy consumption of products in the use phase.

4.0.2 Terminology

Throughout this task we are going to use the term “remote access and reactivation”

synonymously for describing network standby. This term repeats the main functionality

assigned to the networked standby condition. With “remote access and reactivation” we are

recognizing the fact that networked standby provides certain functionality. The main

functionality is the access of a particular “network service” that is provided by the networked

product. That could include the upload of a file (e.g. video, music or document), the activation

of a device or the transmission of a signal. The “resume time to application” is in that respect

an important “quality-of-service” requirement. In Task 5 we will define certain quality-of-

service levels with respect to the resume time to application. We will call these quality-of-

service levels High, Medium, Low, and No “Network Availability”.

Networked standby not only represents remote access and reactivation, but also implies that

this functionality is provided (or could be provided) with less energy, meaning in a lower

power mode. But as a matter of fact, remote access and reactivation is not always possible

at present with the current standby mode power requirement of 2 Watt and less. Certain

product groups, particularly consumer electronics such as TVs, AV receiver, and Blu-Ray

Player and HDD Recorder feature “active”, “high”, “hot”, “fast”, “quick” and other higher

powered standby modes (both passive and networked) in support of this functionality. The

power consumption for such fast reactivation can range from 8 watts for a media

player/recorder to over 25 watts for a complex TV. Other products, such as networking

products or so called customer premises equipment, do not feature a standby mode that

allows remote access and reactivation. These products are always on in an active or idle

mode. This current situation, however, does not necessarily reflect the future situation as

technologies will tend to become more efficient, potentially as a result of regulation. The most

advanced product group with respect to networked standby is personal computers. There are

for a couple of years already technical solutions implemented in the market that correspond

with networked standby mode such as Wake-on-LAN or more advanced technologies such

as Intel’s proprietary AMT or technologies such as described by the Distributed Management

Task Force (DMTF) Desktop and mobile Architecture for System hardware (DASH) standard.

The DASH standard includes “Out of Band” access to servers independent of OS state and

server power state.



In the following technical analysis we are going to examine the utilization parameters,

product configurations, and existing technologies with respect to networked standby. The

particular input data for the environmental assessment of the selected product groups will be

provided and explained in Task 5.

4.0.3 Acknowledgement

Note: In preparation of the Task 4 Report the authors provided a technical questionnaire to

industry stakeholders and conducted about two dozen individual meetings and similar

number of conference calls. The strongest input has been received from the computer

industry, followed by consumer electronics and networking industry. Through this exchange

of information we have gained a deeper understanding of technical aspects on the product

level but even more on the system level.

The consortium would like to thank all active stakeholders for their support of this study.

4.1 Production Phase

This subtask is not relevant for the purpose of the ENER Lot 26 Study.

4.2 Distribution Phase

This subtask is not relevant for the purpose of the ENER Lot 26 Study.

4.3 Use Phase (Product)

In this chapter we are going to analyze the utilization and technical solutions for remote

access and reactivation of networked equipment on the example of the following product

categories and application areas:

• Personal Computers

• Networking Equipment

• Multimedia Equipment

• Smart Home

With the investigation of these application areas and respective types of equipment we like to

determine first of all the potential network services that the products offer in their particular

use environment. We already assume that the general purposes for remote access of

reactivation are related to:

• Monitoring and servicing of distributed client devices by a professional administrator

• Monitoring and servicing of customer premises equipment by a service provider

• Resuming an application or main function of a product within a local area network



• Retrieving content such as media files from a server-type device

These applications are only possible under certain technical conditions. Our analysis will

cover the technical parameters of typical equipment and of the network technology that is

employed. We address the following points:

• What are the performance features and network configurations of the products?

• What are the typical network services, applications, and utilization patterns?

• What are the modes and technical solutions for remote access and reactivation?



4.3.1 Example: Personal Computers

Product description: Personal computers are still a quickly developing product group. The

market is basically divided into stationary devices (e.g. small server, desktops, thin clients,

and integrated all-in-one) and battery powered portable devices (e.g. notebooks,

subnotebooks, tablets). Battery powered products feature typically advanced power

management. There is a range of computer peripheral devices that we consider in this study

as well. They include e.g. network attached and plug-in storage devices, desktop monitors

(displays), and imaging equipment such as printers or MFDs. The power consumption varies

largely between different types of personal computers particularly due to the processor and

storage performance of the system. The on-mode power demand ranges from a couple of

ten watts1 to a couple of hundred watts. New semiconductor generations and progress in

system integration is balancing (if not constantly improving) the energy efficiency of PCs in

general.

Network configuration: A general trend for all computer devices is the growing network

capability in terms of bandwidth and network availability. Most computer products feature

different versions of wired and wireless LAN (Ethernet) as well as USB. There are of course

adapters for almost any kind of network interface available. PCs are configured with multiple

wired and wireless interfaces (ports). An important aspect with respect to quality of service is

the reliability and security of a network connection. With the introduction of more capable and

secure network technologies the protocol overhead increases. The required network

interface control (NIC) in close conjunction with the operation system (OS) determines the

efficiency of the network utilization. The hardware and software elements are important

instruments in optimizing power consumption of the utilized network.

Network utilization: The PC network connections are used for various purposes. With

respect to this study we will focus on remote access and reactivation of the (sleeping)

equipment over a network connection. This functionality is to some extent already a common

practice in the field of personal computers. Our investigation indicates that remote access of

devices is more common within the business environment. One example is servicing

distributed office PCs by utilizing the Ethernet-based Wake-on-LAN (WOL) technologies or

more advanced technical solutions such as Intel’s AMT on Intel’s vPro platform for business

computers. Another established solution is provided by the Distributed Management Task

Force (DMTF) DASH specification. They include platforms by HP, Compaq, Dell, and Lenovo

among other platform vendors.

1 Or less, in the case of thin clients.



Administration of distributed PCs, imaging equipment, information displays, networking

equipment and other IT can be done 24h/day (see Figure 1). In order to ensure full working

capability, updates might be scheduled by the IT administration for the night.

Update

Secure

Find

Repair IT-Admin

Office

Remote access demandActive/Idle or Sleep with Wake-up

Figure 1: IT-Administration in business environments

As for the private use environment (home) it has been more difficult to assess the actual

utilization of remote access and reactivation. As a matter of fact the long existing WOL is

hardly utilized by private customers. Industry assumes that no more than 5% to 10% of

private PCs are used in this way. External access of home PCs over WAN-LAN connection

such as Virtual Private Networks (VPN) is not yet common in Europe (see Figure 2).

Interoperability problems are an issue in that respect.



Figure 2: Virtual Private Network

Another reason for this situation is the still existing lack of appropriate bandwidth in the

upstream, which reduces the upload and streaming capabilities (speed) from a server-type

product at home. The currently existing asymmetrical bandwidth distribution – as is the case

with most DSL standards – will eventually be solved when Fiber-to-the-Home (FTTH) is

implemented. Many European Union member state governments are pushing this

development. According to a recent publication of the Fiber-to-the-Home Council Europe

(FTTHCE) a dynamic development is expected for the years to come. However, in 2010 only

1% of EU households are connected by FTTH.2

Network availability: Despite this situation we have to assume increasing network demand.

File sharing, social networks, and other private network services are increasing the supply-

side (service offers) and will result in increasing network demand with respective interfaces.

Against that background it is reasonable to assume that PCs will more and more require the

capability of remote access and reactivation (networked standby). A critical aspect in this

respect is the resume time to application. This is the time necessary for a device to receive

and process a wake-up signal, start (resume or boot) the operating system and support an

application or service. Depending on the network service that is offered, the resume time to

application could vary. In a virtual private network somewhat longer time delays might be

acceptable whereas in a private-public application more instant reactivity is required. We

expect that the utilization of remote access and reactivation will increase with higher network

availability (faster resume time to application).

2 FTTHCE (April 2010): http://www.ftthcouncil.eu/documents/studies/FTTHCE_AnnualReport_2009-2010.pdf

(downloaded 25.08.2010)



Remote access and reactivation: PC/LAN systems have some well established wake-up

solutions (e.g. WOL, DASH). CE (AV) systems are also capable of wake-up over network by

legacy SCART or digital HDMI CEC.

Support of power management: Power management of products that provide network

services are related to ECMA393 (Proxying) and IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet).



4.3.2 Example: Networking Equipment

Product description: In the residential and office environment networking equipment are

located at a subscriber's premises. They connect the local area network (LAN) of the private

user or office with the service provider’s wide area network (WAN). The main functionality of

networking equipment is to provide high network availability for instant signal transmission.

Networking equipment is a fast developing product group. They are driven historically from

the telecommunication sector (telephone and internet service provider) on the one hand and

the television sector (cable and satellite TV service provider) on the other hand. With

increasing broadband capabilities of both telecommunication and television access

technologies triple play services including telephone, internet and television are becoming a

common business model. At the moment most households still have separated telephone

and television access technologies. We assume that this situation will change over the next

years leading to triple play capable home gateways based on wide area network

technologies such as DSL or FTTH and headed complex set-top-boxes based on DOCSIS or

SAT. Another access and local area network option is Femto cells. The access technologies

would include 3D and 4G cellular such as UMTS, LTE and WiMAX.

Network configuration: Networking equipment, including both routers and set-top-boxes,

increasingly support wired and wireless computer and multimedia networks in the home and

office environment. They feature wired and wireless LAN (Ethernet) as well as USB and

HDMI. The following groups of network interfaces are part of triple play gateways:

• Wide Area Network Interfaces (DSL, FTTH, DOCSIS, UMTS, LTE, WIMAX)

• Local Area Network Interfaces (Ethernet, WiFi, USB, PLC, MoCA)

• Broadcast Network Interfaces (DVB tuner and demodulation)

• Digital AV Network Interfaces (HDMI, DVI-D, DisplayPort)

• Analogue AV Network Interfaces (SCART)

• Analogue Telephone Network Interfaces (FXS)

The power consumption of networking equipment largely depends on the network

configuration including the number of wired and wireless interfaces (ports), bandwidth

capabilities, signal/data processing and storage performance. At the present time the on-

mode power consumption is mainly <30W, averaging around 10W. Over the past years

dedicated network System-on-Chip (SoC) and large scale system integration (LSI) improved

power consumption despite increasing performance. With increasing integration of storage

capacities and server-type applications this improved electricity consumption could however

be offset – meaning power consumption could increase again.



Network utilization: Networking equipment is designed for high network availability (always

online). The utilization in home and office environments is basically identical, though the

utilization intensity varies. Again, the bandwidth availability in downstream and upstream is

essential for the actual network demand and use. Due to the trend towards triple play

supporting equipment it is feasible to assume that active utilization of networking equipment

will further increase (more hours per day). Idle or possible standby periods, which occur

during the night time, might decrease even further. We do not assume that customers switch

off networking equipment. There are two types of network service demand (see Figure 3).

The first is the CPE access demand of a service provider for codec and program updates or

other security measures. The second demand comes from network services that the end

user offers to the outside. This could be a file sharing application or utilization of a VPN.

With the already indicated shift towards new applications (e.g. media server, file sharing) the

networking equipment becomes an essential part of the home multimedia infrastructure as

well. This means that not only the WAN link needs to be maintained all the time, but also that

the LAN/Multimedia links need to be capable of remote access and reactivation.

Furthermore, our investigation also indicates that networking equipment (as a central node)

will be used as a power supply source for smaller plug-in equipment that are powered over

Ethernet or USB (or other technologies in the future).

CPE access demand of the service provider

On-demand service provided by user

Demarcat ion line

File sharing

service

Remote access demand

File access

request

Security PatchCSTB

Firm-

ware

Active/Idle or Sleep with Wake-up Home

Figure 3: Remote access demand in the home environment

Network availability: Against that background we (not surprisingly) conclude that network

availability has the highest priority for networking equipment. The reaction time is in the

micro- and millisecond range. Nevertheless, due to obvious periods of no or less network



transmissions (active utilization) during night times, vacation or during the day (customer at

work) we see a potential of reducing energy consumption though the implementation of a

smart and reliable power management that provides still enough (fast) resume time to

application. In Chapter 5, we will investigate the technical situation in that respect.

4.3.3 Example: Multimedia Equipment

Product description: TV and multimedia equipment describe a manifold set of products

typically called audio/video or consumer electronics. The product spectrum is currently

embedded into a dynamic market development. The driving forces behind this market are

new television services and video media technologies in conjunction with changing triple play

service provider infrastructure. TV and multimedia development is not only driven by

changing form factors and display technologies, but also by digitalization of content platforms

(media), high definition (HD), and three dimensional (3D) TV/video. This trend changes the

media carrier systems and network requirements. It is expected that more than two Third of

all CE products will be network enabled (HDMI LLC 2009). Despite regular TV programs,

Pay-TV, Pay-per-View (PPV), Video-on-Demand (VoD) services, as well as Internet-TV

(IPTV) are increasing the bandwidth demand in the access and local area networks. A

second aspect is the development of media carriers systems such as Video Disks (DVD,

BluRay), Hard Disk Drives (HDD), Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID), and Solid

State Drives (SSD) for replaying, recoding, and storage of media content.

The product technical platforms originate from a highly diverse industry spectrum including

(traditional) consumer electronics, game consoles, computers, and even networking

equipment manufacturers. This diversity describes the functional spectrum of the products as

well. In general we can observe the trend to higher functional integration (e.g. media centre)

on the one hand and simultaneously also a further distribution of functionality into individual

products. As a very rough trend we see a development from the STB/TV-Receiver side

(integrating storage) and from the Disk-Player/Recorder side (integrating receiver). The

power consumption mainly depends on the main functionality. In the case of a TV it is the

display. Nevertheless, it is the data/signal processing and storage performance that defines

more and more the complexity of the system (operation system) and indirectly the power

consumption of the product. The power consumption of the basic (we exempt here the

display in on-mode) system varies from a few watts to a few ten watts.

Network configuration: In order to support digital high definition media transmissions new

network technologies and interoperability standards are entering the market. The dominant

networking technology in the TV/AV area is High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI).

Most products are support Digital Visual Interface (DVI) and older analogue network

interfaces such as SCART for downward compatibility. WiFi is the main technology for



wireless connectivity. However, there is a range of other wireless technologies potentially

available (see Table 1 below).

Avoiding cables is not only appreciated in an optical sense (pin the TV on the wall without a

cable hanging around), but it additionally provides tremendous flexibility in the set-up of a

home entertainment or office information system. Most of the wireless technologies provide

necessary signal transmission performance in range of 3m to 30m. From an energy point of

view, these technologies are better when the sender and receiver are as close together as

possible.

There are plenty of limitations for wireless applications in conjunction with consumer

electronics such as HDTV due to copy protection. As an example, transmitting digital media

(Blu-ray, DVD, MP3, etc.) might be limited or not possible because they are tied to some

form of Digital Rights Management (DRM).

Wireless Standard Band Data Rate

WiHD WirelessHD 1.0 [Next Generation] 60 GHz 4 Gbit/s [>10 Gbit/s]

WiGig Wireless Gigabit Alliances 60 GHz 7 Gbit/s

WHDI Wireless Home Digital Interface 5 GHz 3 Gbit/s

WiFi Alliance WiFi‐Direct (P2P) 2.4 / 5 GHz 600 Mbit/s

WiDi Intel Wirless Display (My WiFi / MWT) 2.4 GHz based on 802.11n

WUSB Wireless USB 3.1 - 10.6 GHz 480/110 Mbit/s Table 1: Wireless standards for broadband and HD video signal transmission

At the present moment we are noticing that TV and multimedia equipment provide a

multitude on network options. Interoperability is therefore a special issue. The problem is

here again that new standards and proprietary interoperability solutions are continually

evolving on the market. The equipment manufacturers generally join most of these

“interoperability alliances” including the Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA), Multimedia

over Coax Alliance (MoCA), or Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) in order to have all options

for their system architecture. This capability is important to provide the customer with the

option to integrate the equipment seamlessly in existing or new networks. The interoperability

alliances regulate license issues for the utilization and network support of different media

formats including:

• audio (e.g. MP3, WMA)

• video (e.g. DivX, DivX HD, AVCHD, MPEG-4, VC-1, MKV)

• picture (e.g. JPEG, GIF, PNG)

Network utilization: Similar to personal computers the network utilization of TV and

multimedia equipment will increase with new online services. If we make a distinction

between active use (sitting in front of a TV or audio system to enjoy the content) and passive



use (the recording / download of content or servicing of the system) we notice that remote

access and activation (networked standby) is somewhat different to computers or networking

equipment. TVs and multimedia equipment are typically operated with remote control. That

(traditional) feature makes the use of these devices very comfortable. However, it also

means that the user has to be present in order to start (wake-up) the product. A typical line of

events has been in the past (1) activating e.g. the STB, (2) then TV and (3) the DVD player.

Nowadays the activation of the television or a peripheral device can be done automatically

via HDMI/CEC-based network wake-up out of an active standby mode. An example would be

a TV display in the bed room that is wireless connected to a main TV receiver in the living

room. The receiver box would get a wake-up signal via a WiFi adapter/router. This type of

solution requires more energy than regular standby as the TV/AV receiver provides such

network wake-up typically only out of a higher power state. The so called “Fast Play” or

“Quick Start” options that are provided by some manufacturers for media player/recorder or

complex TVs consume from 8 watts to over 25 Watts in “hot” standby. In conclusion we could

assume that a large group of products that are currently feature <1W standby may increase

energy consumption for faster resume time to application.

Network availability: With the market shifting to more complex provider services (Pay-TV,

Video-on-Demand, Interactive TV) the demand for network availability will increase in the

downstream (towards the end-user) as well as upstream (from the end-user). The main

demand is at the interface between service provider and end-user. The servicing of customer

premises equipment such as complex set-top-boxes or headed gateways is already well

established. These devices are regularly updated in order to ensure interoperability,

copyright protection, or basic electronic program information. Depending on the individual

system configuration (access technologies, device specific functionality) this network service

demand could lead to increasing active/idle phases of related end-user equipment, if they do

not provide low power options. The harmonization of technical solutions and service

procedures are essential preconditions for energy efficiency. Service providers and

equipment manufacturers need to collaborate on feasible solutions in the interest of the

customer.

The network availability demand within end-user-controlled home multimedia networks is

very difficult to judge. The user in most cases controls the distributed system within reach of

the remote control or a few steps. There is however some network employments where

convenience might require higher network availability. A common example is a central media

receiver/server device that is hidden and not accessible with the remote control. In this case

the system might be activated over a central node (WiFi router) or the distributed TV

(monitor). Another example is the increasing number of small streaming clients such as

displays or sound systems. These systems mostly use WiFi connectivity and are always on.

Power management is not common. As for the downstream demand (media recording,



download) new media service platforms, security and copyright protection measures actually

limit program recording to some extent. More commonly today are video streaming and in the

case of Personal Video Recorder (PVR) time-shift viewing. The necessity for immediate

resume time to application or high network availability is rather small.

Remote access and reactivation: In chapter 4.4 we investigate HDMI/CEC-based network

wake-up and active standby modes.

4.3.4 Example: Smart Home

The buzzword “smart home” is related to a number of network-based concepts with respect

to the monitoring and control of:

• Objects (e.g. rooms, doors, windows),

• Equipment (e.g. large household appliances, HVAC equipment, surveillance systems)

One general concept is the automation and hopefully optimization of processes. The

automatic adjustment of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) as well as lighting

based on sensors is a common praxis in building automation. Such system solutions have

mostly a defined (programmed) network service which is limited to the home or building

(local area network). The system also typically employs network technology (e.g. ZigBee,

Powerline) that is less commonly used for end-user devices.

With the introduction of “Smart Metering” and “Networked Appliances” solutions, real-time

status monitoring, assessment, and control units that are connected to service (utility)

providers, the utilization of the network and respective network services become a new

dimension.

Networked appliances defines large household appliances such as washing machines and

dish washers that have a network interface connecting the appliance to a control box that

functions as a network service interface. According to white goods manufacturer Miele and

Bosch-Siemens-Hausgeräte (BSH), two of a handful of enterprises that presented networked

appliances at the 2010 IFA household appliance and consumer electronics show in Berlin,

there are currently only a few network services under investigation including smart grid

applications and remote maintenance.

The most promoted network service is an energy-price-adaptive start of washing cycles in

conjunction with the “Smart Grid” concept. With this network service the end-use benefits

from low energy prices (in non-peak hours) while the utility provider would benefit from a

load-adapted grid (reduce peak hours).

This concept brings together a couple of new players including the appliance manufacturer,

utility provider and network provider. The main reason for this collaboration is the technical



realization of the network service interface. There are a few developments in that respect:

First to mention is the harmonization of the network interfaces (outlet) on the appliance side.

A number of brand-name manufactures are actively promoting quasi-industry-standards

within the framework of CECED (Conseil Européen de la Construction d'appareils

Domestiques or European Committee of Domestic Equipment Manufacturers). CHAIN is the

acronym for Ceced Home Appliances Interoperating Network, a protocol standard for the

interoperability of household appliances. As for the network technology no harmonization can

be seen in the market. Current product concepts feature Powerline Communication (PLC) as

well as wireless LAN (WiFi) and ZigBee (IEEE 802.15.4).

The second aspect is the necessary network service interface. This can be realized basically

in three different ways:

• separate home appliance interface box, provided by the white good manufacturer3

• smart metering interface box, provided by the electricity supplier

• network access/home gateways, provided by network provider

In the first case an additional “box” would enter the home network. Smart metering interfaces

are also new devices that only very slowly enter the market. The home gateway is more or

less considered an existing product. Again, the end-user benefit of the network service is the

all deciding aspect for the success – and therefore significant introduction – of networked

appliances. At the moment the industry (CECED) assumes that no more than 5% of new

products would utilize network services.

Monitoring Systems are another smart home application. These include variety of network

services from smart meters to smart locks. The benefit of networked monitoring system is

again distributed to the end-user and the external service provider (or homeowner). Smart

Metering, Smart Living and other monitoring, assistance & control concepts are usually

include benefits for both sides. There are quite a few ongoing projects for Ambient Assisted

Living (AAL) focusing on medical support of seniors and people that need supervision. These

professional systems include the monitoring of peoples (health condition), medical and safety

equipment. Network technology reaches from Body Area, to Local Area and Wide Area

Networks. With respect to this type of external monitoring systems the coding of sensor data

and in general the secure data transmission is an essential requirement. Against that

background we conclude that professionally administrated monitoring systems will be

introduced in the private and assisted living environment in the next years. The technical

complexity and respective cost factor of these solutions (e.g. medical equipment, security)

3 Miele showed an example at the IFA 2010 in Berlin



will however limited the dissemination to a few ten or hundred thousand applications in

Europe. We could not detect cost efficient mass market solutions at the present.

There are examples for private end-user only applications as well. Such network applications

are typically using VPNs to access sensor or video camera systems remotely from on the go.

Most of such applications are self-made. We could not detect as mass market. It is feasible

to assume that with growing symmetrical bandwidth supply such type of applications might

increase. Users might like to know if there is regular mail in their mailbox, if their door locks

and windows are closed, or if an appliance or other equipment is turned off (or on). With a

multitude of networked sensors (e.g. optical, acceleration, thermal) and respective service

interfaces (e.g. within a home server or network access device) these type of applications

are technically possible. Commercial hardware and software solutions will drive this market.

We assume that they will use existing platforms for this kind of applications.



4.3.5 Summary

With respect to network services we can mainly distinguish between professionally

administrated (utilized) and privately utilized applications. Professional services include:

• Monitoring and servicing of customer premises equipment (CPE) such as complex

set-top-boxes (CSTB) in conjunction with pay TV services

• Monitoring and servicing of distributed computers such as the administration of

personal computers in business environments

• Monitoring and servicing of large household appliances such as dishwashers or

washing machine (which could be a growing application in the future)

• Monitoring and servicing of sensors (building automation) and other building

infrastructure equipment such as heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)

Regarding private utilization we can currently recognize the following applications:

• Remote access and uploading of files (e.g. video, music, picture, documents) via a

Virtual Private Network (VPN) over a wide area network (WAN)

• Remote access and reactivation of a TV or AV receiver (in house multimedia or so

called video area network).

• Remote access and reactivation of a computer system (Wake-on-LAN) or computer

peripheral devices (e.g. imaging equipment)

These are principle types of applications or network services that should be covered by a low

power mode such as networked standby. At present, it is necessary for some types of

products to cover such applications in active or idle mode. The introduction of power

management and consequent reduction of power consumption is the assumed improvement

potential of networked standby.

The power consumption level of the idle mode or (in terms of functionality) lower power mode

(networked standby mode) that supports networked standby functionality varies in principle

depending on the following factors:

• Processor performance,

• Memory or storage capacity,

• Complexity of the operation system (including software efficiency),

• Number and type of network interfaces

• Complexity of the supported network technologies,



• Type, size, and efficiency of the power supply unit (PSU)4

The utilization of a certain power mode (particularly low power modes) depends on the

resume time to application. This requirement translates into quality-of-service levels or

Network Availability as we like to call it. For example: networking-type products such as

gateways or switches are designed for high network availability. This means that a link is

maintained for instant transmission of signals without delay or link failure. We will develop

networked standby scenarios based on this concept.

Networked standby is a product and system issue. We developed the understanding that a

low power solution for networked standby requires not only a respective selection of

electronic and network components, adequate circuitry design, and software efficiency. A

good networked standby solution requires appropriate interoperability with the linked device

(e.g. host). This aspect is reflected by the sophistication of the network technology and

complexity of protocols.

Networked standby is also a standardization and collaboration issue. Technical

standardization and the collaboration of different equipment manufacturers with service

providers are important for efficient networks and interoperation of products. Take the

particular example of customer premises equipment such as complex set-top-boxes. It is

necessary that service providers (e.g. TV cable or pay TV provider) and consumer

electronics manufacturers (e.g. CTSB, TV/Media Receiver) need to collaborate in an effort to

facilitate low power solutions. An example is a time controlled servicing of CPEs.

Note: An important comment was received from Mr Edouard Toulouse, representative of the

European Environmental Citizens Organisation for Standardisation (ECOS) which is useful to

discuss directly. In his comment, Mr. Toulouse argues: “The preparatory study generally

covers and analyses only one side of the story: networked standby modes considered as a

solution (allowing to save some energy compared to leaving a product fully on or in idle

state). The study describes several types of possible intermediate modes with network

availability, and powering down to these modes is supposed to be the “principal improvement

potential” (more important than the power level of these modes). We have a fundamental

concern in that this approach mostly misses the other side of the story: networked standby

viewed as a problem in itself, when it tends to replace unplugged, off and regular standby

modes thus triggering an increase in energy consumption. The supposed need to maintain a

constant network availability and fast reactivation 7x24 as a default state on an increasing

range of products is hardly questioned.”

4 The PSU reflects the main functionality of a product. Large electro-photography imaging equipments (EP-

Printers) require a few hundred watts in active mode. In comparison, a personal computer or notebook only

requires a few tens of watts.



The authors of the study have recognized this duality – networked standby as a problem and

as part of a solution – throughout the study. The user behavior and technical analysis has

addressed both sides of the issue. However, by focusing on the likelihood that networked

standby options are activated by default when the product is delivered to the customer, the

study addresses the energy saving potential of an advanced power management – with

networked standby as part of the solution – more strongly than hoping for fully aware

customers who are willing to manually power down their devices. Furthermore, the

improvement options provided in Task 7 report give customer interaction with the product

very high priority (they are the first three options).



4.4 Network Technologies5

In this section we investigate the currently available network and system technologies for

power management of network components, remote access and reactivation of networked

products. The focus is placed on the identification of power management options and low

power modes, their technical characteristics as well as software or system relevant aspects

in conjunction to networked standby. This analysis generally includes:

• Existing power management and low power modes (wake-up options)

• Resume time to application (in conjunction with certain functionalities)

• Power demand per mode (averaged values considering product configurations)

• Maturity of the solution and future developments (technical potentials)

This analysis provides not only an information base on the current status of technology, but it

also shows that power management and low power solutions with networked standby

functionality exists in some markets more than in others. During this study we have

developed the understanding that technical solutions for low power networked standby not

only depend on individual circuitry designs and components. It is the technical facilitation of

effective interoperability of both sides of a network connection (link) that needs consideration.

Properly describing network functions and different aspects of network technology requires

an analysis on the three basic layers6 (a) the physical link, (b) the basic network functionality,

and (c) the applications. Each of these layers has implications for power requirements and

for behavior of the device as desired or required by the user.

4.4.1 Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)

4.4.1.1 Ethernet support of networked standby

IEEE standard 802.3 (Ethernet) specifies the Physical (PHY) and Media Access Control

(MAC) layers of today’s main wired network technology in Local Area Networks (LAN) and to

some extent with GEPON in the access networks of Wide Area Networks (WAN). Ethernet is

an established communication technology which will remain the most dominant network in

the years to come. The standard specifies different transfer rates (speed) which range from

10 Mbps (Millions of bits per second) up to several Gbps (Giga bits per second).

5 The authors of this report received considerable support from various industry stakeholders. We like to thank

Jim Kardach of INTEL Corporation for the detailed technical information. 6 Based on the OSI Model which actually features seven layers.



With respect to networked standby, Ethernet supports following functions and power

management:

• Wake-On-LAN (WOL)

• Adaptive Link Rate (link speed switching)

• Energy Efficient Ethernet (IEEE 802.3az)

• Network Proxying (ECMA 393)

4.4.1.2 Wake-on-LAN (WOL)

Wake-on-LAN (WOL) is a technology standard for computer networks that allows a system to

remotely wake-up from a sleep mode via an Ethernet connection (IEEE 802.3). The standard

has been available since 1995. It is quite a simple technology solution. A specific wake-up

packet, the so called Magic Packet containing the MAC address of the target system, is

broadcast through Ethernet connection to the target system. If the MAC address in the magic

packet matches the MAC address for the target system the wake-up process will start.7

With WOL it is possible to reactivate a computer operation system (OS) out of following

power states:

• Sleep state (ACPI G1/S3): Resume time to application is typically in a range of 2 to

5 seconds (<10 sec.). In the G1/S3 state the hardware maintains memory context in

DRAM. The TREN Lot 3 study on computers and monitors recommended that an

idle computer should enter G1/S3 sleep state after 30 minutes with less than 5

seconds resume time. Power consumption levels for sleep mode (base) vary

currently from about 1.5W to 4W depending on the type and configuration of the PC

(notebooks even lower). G1/S3 sleep with WOL requires typically an additional 0.3W

to 0.7W to the base value.

• Hibernate state (ACPI G1/S4): Resume time to application varies widely but is

typically in a range from 25 to over 50 seconds (>>10 sec). This long reactivation

time results from restoring the context of memory from non-volatile storage back to

DRAM. Depending on the system and utilization this can take much longer than

booting the OS. This state applies to notebooks and is typically not supported by

desktop PCs. The TREN Lot 3 study suggested that after four hours of sleep the

system should shift into a lower power state (e.g. G1/S4) which is less than 2.2W for

desktop and 1.2W for notebooks as a base value. The power consumption level of

G1/S4WOL is assumed to be an additional 0.3W to 0.7W to the base value.

• Soft off state (ACPI G2/S5): Booting time for the OS is about 25 seconds or more

depending on the system configuration (>>10 sec.). There is no application context

7 This principle also applies to Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) and is called Wake-on-Wireless (WOW).



restored. This means that the reactivation is typically shorter than out of hibernate.

This is the lowest power state for computers. The TREN Lot 3 study suggested that

the lowest power state should be in the first step less than 1W and less than 0.5W

by 2013. According to industry comments, current best power consumption in this

state ranges from about 0.5W for notebooks and 0.9W to 1.2W for desktop PCs.

In conclusion we determine that WOL can be supported by different power states and

provides the option to reactivate a sleeping or shutdown system via Ethernet link within a

medium (<10 sec.) or longer (>>10 sec.) latency. Products are typically shipped with WOL.

The employment and real life utilization of WOL is not well documented. Own experiences

indicate difficulties with WOL over virtual personal networks (VPN). Nevertheless WOL is an

existing solution for medium and low network availability.

The power “adder” for WOL is associated with the NIC device. According to industry sources

it adds about 40 milli-watts at the device. Taking into account power supply and regulator

inefficiency, at the wall the adder is about 4 or 5 times that or about 160 to 200 milli-watts.

4.4.1.3 Out of Band remote management (OOB)

Out of Band (OOB) access to network clients is a solution used for remotely managing

computers that are independent of the operating system on the client computer. Ethernet

and WiFi networked devices can be used.

Intel’s Active Management Technology (AMT) is a proprietary technology with WOL

function that is implemented on Intel’s vPro platform for business PCs. Intel’s AMT is a

hardware solution in conjunction with firmware used for remotely managing computers that

are out-of-band (OOB). Intel AMT supports Ethernet and WiFi networked devices. This

includes the feature of remote power-up similar to WOL but provides additional security and

management options.8 The energy consumption of an implemented AMT is an additional

0.3W to 0.8W more to the regular WOL resulting in an additional 1.5 Watt to the base value.

However, the real life power consumption might vary largely and depends on the system type

and configuration. Lights Out Management (LOM) is another out-of-band management

technology by Intel for server computers and allows system administrators to monitor and

manage servers remotely in active, low power sleep, soft-off states and even if the computer

has crashed.

DMTF’s Desktop and mobile Architecture for System Hardware (DASH) Standard is a

suite of specifications that takes full advantage of DMTF’s Web Services for Management

(WS-Management) specification – delivering standards-based Web services management for

8 http://www.intel.com/technology/platform-technology/intel-amt. (downloaded on 25.08.2010)



desktop and mobile client systems. For example, AMD offers a number of client

management tools for DMTF DASH enablement 9

DASH builds on the power of WS-Management and CIM to deliver advanced desktop and

mobile management features, including:

• Power Control,

• Boot Control,

• WS-Eventing Push Indications, Correlatable System ID,

• Firmware version information, Hardware information (including Chassis model/serial,

CPU, Memory, Fan, Power Supply, and Sensor),

• Login and UserID credentials, as well as Roles and Privileges

Through DASH, DMTF provides the next generation of standards for secure out-of-band and

remote management of desktop and mobile systems. Members include: Broadcom, Cisco,

Citrix, Dell, EMC, Fujitsu, HP, Hitachi, IBM, Intel, AMD, Microsoft, Oracle, Symantec,

Vmware.

Comment provided by AMD: We believe that one best practice is the use of open standards-

based client management tools and technology and that this is consistent with European

standardization policy. Proprietary management solutions can overload systems with

nonessential features, lock organizations into specific vendors, increase management costs,

and eliminate flexibility. A number of vendors work directly with standards bodies like the

Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF) to define standards that support interoperability

among system management tools and managed computer systems. One such standard is

the DMTF Desktop and mobile Architecture for System Hardware (DASH), which provides a

standard for secure remote management, including out-of-band management, of desktop

and mobile systems from multiple vendors.

4.4.1.4 Adaptive Link Rate (Link Speed Switching)

Link speed switching refers to the practice of reducing the link speed of the Ethernet

connection between the client and its switch (the other end of the Ethernet cable) to the

lowest link speed which saves power. For example the Ethernet PHY of a GbE link power

can be in the Watts range, while the 10 BT link power can be in the 10s of Milliwatts range.

As link speed is not very important while the system is in the sleep state, this turns out to be

a very good technique to reduce overall platform power when the system is in the sleep state

with the WOL technology enabled. One of the main issues with link speed switching was the

9 http://developer.amd.com/cpu/manageability/Pages/default.aspx



amount of time it took to exit the state (10ms range), which prevented the technology from

being used in the active state.

This resulted in the development of the Energy Efficient Ethernet (IEEE 802.3az) technology.

4.4.1.5 IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet)

IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet) is a new standard that has been approved just

recently. The 802.3az standard covers 100Base-TX, 1000Base-T, 10GBase-T, 1000Base-

KX, 10GBase-KX4, 10GBase-KR, and also supports XGMII extension using the XGXS for

10Gbps PHYs. IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet) covers most of the standard

products in the office and home environments, such as laptop and desktop computers,

servers, switches, routers, and home gateways.

The first idea for Energy Efficient Ethernet was an Adaptive Link Rate concept. According to

this approach the power consumption of Ethernet transceivers (PHYs) would be to power

down in periods when the data rate required was low. This first idea was however

abandoned in favor of the Low Power Idle (LPI) concept. This second approach switches

rapidly between the full operating speed and the LPI mode. Similar to the Wake-on-LAN

concept that can remotely wake-up a system, the LPI concept is much faster on the order of

10 microseconds.

For 1000BASE-T and 10GBASE-T transceivers new LPI modes have been defined. Key

features are:

• They allow powering down the transmitters and three of the four receivers in a link

when there is no data to send.

• They include a refresh cycle that requires transmission of short training sequences in

LPI mode so the PHY parameters (clock tracking at the slave, receiver equalizer

coefficients, echo canceller coefficients, crosstalk canceller coefficients, etc.) can be

updated and kept current.

• They include the definition of an alert signal that can be used to rapidly wake up a

PHY from sleep in the LPI mode.

• They can be initiated either from the local system by signaling from the MAC or

station management or from the remote system over the PHY link.

Because of these features, the LPI-to-active state transition can be made in less than

0.001% of the time it takes for the initial link-up of the PHY. During the sleep-to-wake

transition, EEE requires that data transmission be held off during the PHY wake time so no



data is lost.10 The issue with Ethernet has been its lack of a good idle state, as a GbE PHY

consumes about 1W of power while doing nothing. By including an optimized low power idle

state allows the Ethernet link to have both transmitted efficiency and good idle power

characteristics.

There are currently only few products on the market meeting this specification. However,

feedback from component manufacturers, equipment manufacturers, and software indicate

that a fast adaptation of this new standard is expected.

4.4.1.6 Network Proxying (ECMA 393)11

ECMA-393 (ProxZzzy™) Standard was released in February 2010. Network Proxying is a

technology that allows another network agent to act as a proxy for the computer that is

providing network services. Through the proxy agent such services remain available to other

network clients (wishing to find or use the services), while the computer providing the

services can be in a low power sleep state. The proxy agent wakes the network service

provider (computer) when needed.

The specification define mandatory proxy functions to support IPv4 ARP, IPv6 Neighbor

Discover, and wake packets for both 802.3 (Ethernet) and 802.11 (Wi-Fi).

It also defines optional proxy functions to support DNS, DHCP, IGMP, MLD, Remote Access

using SIP and IPv4, Remote Access using Teredo for IPv6, SNMP, mDNS (Device

Discovery), and LLMNR (Device Discovery).

In detail ECMA 393 specifies maintenance of network connectivity and presence by proxies

to extend the sleep duration of hosts:

• Capabilities that a proxy may expose to a host.

• Information that must be exchanged between a host and a proxy

• Proxy behavior for 802.3 (Ethernet) and 802.11 (WiFi)

• Required and optional behavior of a proxy while it is operating, including responding

to packets, generating packets, ignoring packets, and waking the host.

10

PC world article by S. Katsuria (04.03.2010): Energy-efficient Ethernet: A greener choice for 2010;

http://www.pcworld.idg.com.au/article/338291/energy-efficient_ethernet_greener_choice_2010/

(downloaded 30.06.2010) 11

www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-393.htm



This standard does not:

• Specify communication mechanisms between hosts and proxies.

• Extend or modify the referenced specifications (and for any discrepancies those

specifications are authoritative).

• Support security and communication protocols such as IPsec, MACSec, SSL, TLS,

Mobile IP, etc.

4.4.2 Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11)

IEEE standard 802.11 specifies the most common wireless network communication

mechanisms commonly known as WLAN or WiFi. The technology provides a wireless link

between a WAN access point (e.g. home gateway, router) and the LAN connected end-user

device (desktop or notebook PC). The application of this mature technology is growing.

Within the past two years the consumer electronics industry started to utilize WLAN for

connecting TV, CSTB, Media Player; NAS or PCs wireless into Home Video Networks.

4.4.2.1 Wake-on-Wireless (WOWLAN)

Wake-on-Wireless (WOWLAN) is based on the WOL standard and is a feature which allows

a WLAN-enabled client system to enter a low-power system state (G1/S3 or G1/S4) while

still maintaining wireless LAN association with its current AP. WoW allows remote systems to

wake up the sleeping client by sending a frame of a specific format (Magic Packet) which the

client anticipates. The system also reacts to a changing link status. Wake-on-Wireless is very

similar to Wake-on-LAN for Ethernet NICs in that no specialized support is required on any

intervening devices in the network (e.g. switches, routers, APs, etc.).12 The implementation

and use of WOWLAN is not well documented.

Industry stakeholders indicate that at the present most computers under IT control are

utilizing wired connections and use WOL. The market demand for platforms that implement

wireless wake on LAN is at the present not considerable.

4.4.2.2 WLAN power saving options

Power Save Mode (PSM) or Power Save Poll (PSP) for WiFi is the original power-

conservation technique defined in 802.11. The methodology is for the mobile device to

suspend radio activity after a variable but pre-determined period of inactivity, and then wake

up periodically (normally 100 ms) to see if the infrastructure has queued any traffic for it. This

allows the client to be in a very low power state in both sleep and active states.

12

Linux wireless support: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoW (downloaded 19.08.2010)



Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (U-APSD) is an asynchronous approach to

power conservation defined in 802.11, and serves as the basis of WMM Power Save,

allowing the client to request queued traffic at any time rather than waiting for the next

beacon frame.

WMM Power Save (WMM-PS) is a product of the Wi-Fi Alliance and was introduced with the

development of 802.11e and the corresponding Wireless Multimedia (WMM) specification. It

is based on U-APSD, and is often implemented in Wi-Fi handsets.

Dynamic MIMO Power Save is a technology that allows MIMO-based (802.11n) radios to

downshift to less-aggressive radio configurations (for example, from 2x2 to 1x1) when traffic

loads are light.

4.4.2.3 WLAN and Proxy

Network Proxying (ECMA 393) uses the clients WoWLAN ability to lower system power even

further by allowing the router/Access-point to act as a Proxy for the client computer who has

turned on some sort of Network Service (like file sharing). Here the router/Access-point can

then act as a proxy for the sleeping client, and respond to network requests for discovery or

other protocols which require millisecond response. When a requests ask for something

which actually requires the sleeping client (like access to a file), then the router/access-point

sends the wake-request to the sleeping client to allow the request to be completed.

ECMA-393 (Proxying) specifies WLAN deployment considerations for proxy:

• Hosts often disconnect from an AP, and may re-connect to the same AP or another

AP within the same SSID, or to an AP in a different SSID. This is based on the

Connection Profiles configuration.

• A proxy may be unable to operate in public WiFi hotspots that require explicit user

authorization, such as requiring a legal agreement (EULA).

• Some WLAN deployments require a DHCP Renew at association time.

4.4.3 Universal Serial Bus (USB)

USB is a very common interface in the personal computer, consumer electronics and mobile

industries. The utilization of USB is growing constantly. The first versions of USB did not

support active power management. The USB standards Version 2.0 and 3.0 provide some

power saving options.

USB-devices that have sent the NRDY-status (not ready) have the option to shift into a

power saving mode. If all attached devices are in power saving mode the host can now

reduce the upstream-link to the USB clients.



There are the four following optional modes:

• U0 mode: Link active

• U1 mode: Link idle – fast exit

• U2 mode: Link idle – slower exit

• U3 mode: Link suspend

The resume time to active link is in a range of microseconds (µs) to milliseconds (ms).

Figure 4: Summary of USB link states (power modes)

It should be remembered that in terms of network standby a PC can have many roles:

• As a sleeping host, where it can receive wake-up messages from USB devices trying

to wake-up the system (using a USB keyboard or mouse to wake the computer client

from a sleep state)

• As an active host where it may have USB devices which are in a low power state and

need to be awakened (A USB printer is connected to the computer, the USB printer is

in a low power state and the user is printing a computer job)

• As a sleeping host, with a networked USB printer connected to it (a combination of

the first two examples).

It takes a combination of active and sleeping USB power states to support these usages.



In general, the USB standard defines the following low power states which can apply to

network standby situations:

• USB Global Suspend Mode

• USB Selective Suspend Mode

• USB Link Power Management State

4.4.3.1 USB Global Suspend Mode

USB Global suspend mode is used to put devices to sleep which still have the ability to

wake-up the platform (which falls under the Lot 26 scope).

Suspend mode is mandatory on all devices. During suspend, additional constrains come into

force. The maximum suspend current is proportional to the unit load. For a 1 unit load device

(default) the maximum suspend current is 500uA (5V).

A USB device will enter suspend when there is no activity on the bus for greater than 3.0ms.

It then has a further 7ms to shutdown the device and draw no more than the designated

suspend current and thus must be only drawing the rated suspend current from the bus

10mS after bus activity stopped. In order to maintain connected to a suspended hub or host,

the device must still provide power to its pull up speed selection resistors during suspend.

The term "Global Suspend" is used when the entire USB bus enters suspend mode

collectively. However selected devices can be suspended by sending a command to the hub

that the device is connected too. This is referred to as a "Selective Suspend."

4.4.3.2 USB Selective Suspend

USB Selective Suspend is very similar to the USB global suspend, but is used in an active

mode where the device is put into a selective suspend state while idle. The issue with

selective suspend mode is the exit latency is not very clearly defined and can take as long as

half a second; which for many devices is an issue.

This mode is needed in active power management not because the USB interface itself

consumes too much power, but because of the activity created by USB host controllers

within the platform. USB is a polled interface, where a USB device is not capable of

generating an interrupt or generating a bus cycle; and must be polled by the host to see if the

device wishes to generate an interrupt or issue a bus cycle. This can result in a continuous

stream of data between the USB host controller and main memory which creates consumes

a large amount of system power (via memory, CPU and busses). Hence the selective

suspend mode suspends that link, and removes the need for the host controller to constantly

poll that device.



4.4.3.3 USB Link Power Management

USB link power management resolves the issues found with selective suspend by reducing

the guaranteed exit latency of the selective suspend technology (at a high level) those

allowing devices to quickly enter and exit these low power states which saves link power and

the host controller polling power. This mode was added as an optional feature to USB 2.0

device (High speed and low speed) and as a mandatory feature of USB 3 high speed

devices.

4.4.3.4 V Bus Power

The V-Bus is the USB bus that provides power to a device. The power of a USB bus

powered device is limited by design. Table 2 shows the V-Bus power characteristics.

Table 2: USB V Bus Power Characteristics

Sleep and Charge USB ports

Some computers support charging of USB devices when the system is sleeping (ACPI

G1/S3 or G1/S4 states) or off (G2/S5 state). USB provides a standard on how much power

can be drawn from a host USB device for this purpose (USB charging specification 1.1:

http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs). This should be considered when specifying

sleep or off power for computers which host USB battery charging in the different low power

modes.



If a device to be charged is plugged into a charging downstream port, then it is allowed to

draw current up to IDEV_CDP_LFS (for low or full speed devices, max of 1.5A) or

IDEV_CDP_HS (for high speed devices, max of 900mA) regardless of the system state of

the host.

Wireless USB enables products from the PC, CE, and mobile industries to connect

wirelessly at up to 480 Mbps at 3 meters and 110 Mbps at 10 meters.

Wireless USB is designed to deliver maximum power efficiency. Sleep, listen, wake and

conserve modes ensure that devices use only the minimum power necessary.

4.4.4 Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL and VDSL)

The ADSL (G.992.3) and ADSL2+ (G.992.5) as well as VDSL VDSL1 (G.993.1) and VDSL2

(G.993.2) recommendations define a power management feature to reduce the power

consumption and the thermal dissipation of ADSL chip sets.

When there is no user traffic, the xDSL links can switch from a high power mode (L0) to a

low power mode (L2). If there is no user data for a long period of time, the link can switch

further to a very low power, idle state (L3).

TR-202 Low-Power Mode Guidelines (February 2010)

• L0 State Full power management state achieved after the initialization procedure has

completed successfully (the ADSL link is fully functional)

• L2 State Low power management state (the ADSL link is active but a low power

signal conveying background data is sent from the ATU-C to the ATU-R)

• L3 State Link state (Idle) at the start of the initialization procedure (there is no signal

transmitting, the ATU may be powered or unpowered)

These features can be initiated on the central office (CO) or remote unit. Due to the several

seconds transition time (L2) and the potential of losing data and connectivity (L3) most

network provider are not using this power management feature. Their experience with

unhappy VoIP (Voice over IP) customers cannot be denied. That does not mean however

that the idea is wrong. The provider of the access network is influencing (with the technology,

network topology, node configuration, and system setup) the energy consumption of the

customer’s equipment. If there is no traffic in the loop the system should support low power

modes.

4.4.5 Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS)

DOCSIS is an international telecommunications standard that permits the addition of high-

speed data transfer to an existing Cable TV (CATV) system. It is employed by many cable



television operators to provide Internet access (see cable internet) over their existing hybrid

fiber coaxial (HFC) infrastructure. The specification was developed by Cable Labs and

contributing companies including ARRIS, BigBand Networks, Broadcom, Cisco, Conexant,

Correlant, Harmonic, Intel, Motorola, Netgear, Terayon, and Texas Instruments.

A DOCSIS architecture includes two primary components: a cable modem (CM) located at

the customer premises, and a cable modem termination system (CMTS) located at the CATV

head end. Of interest for this study is the modems power consumption on the CPE and the

power management (interoperability) with the CMTS.

See current power consumption requirements below.

4.4.6 Multimedia Interoperability

4.4.6.1 High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI)

HDMI is currently the most common audio/video interface for transmitting uncompressed

digital data. It replaces consumer electronics analog standards including coaxial cable,

composite video, S-Video, SCART, component video, D-Terminal, or VGA. HDMI is

backwards compatible with DVI. HDMI is used to connect TVs, AV receivers, set-top-boxes,

media player and recorder, camcorder, as well PCs, game consoles and displays. The HDMI

1.4a specification was released in 2010 and enables current and future IP-based

applications, 3D support, 4Kx2k high resolution support, HDMI Ethernet channel, DLNA,

UPnP, and MoCA over a single cable.

• Consolidation of HD video, audio, and data in a single cable

• Enables high speed bi-directional communication

• Enables IP-based applications over HDMI

• Transfer speeds up to 100Mbps (HDMI Ethernet Channel)

• Audio Return Channel

Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) is a one-wire bidirectional serial bus that uses the

industry-standard AV.link protocol to perform remote control functions. CEC wiring is

mandatory, although implementation of CEC in a product is optional. It was defined in HDMI

Specification 1.0 and updated in HDMI 1.2, HDMI 1.2a, and HDMI 1.3a (which added timer

and audio commands to the bus). The feature is designed to allow the user to command and

control multiple CEC-enabled boxes with one remote control and for individual CEC-enabled

devices to command and control each other without user intervention.



Products that are connected by way of the HDMI interface can interrogate the bus to

determine what products are on the line while, at the same time, communicate with them,

reducing IR remote functions with fewer key strokes. Like universal remotes, the system will

identify each product when powered up and connect the system with the correct

configuration for a true one-button solution. Based on a one-wire bidirectional system, the

CEC line allows all parties (peripherals) to share on this one-wire communication channel.

After Hot Plug detection takes place, all products route their data by way of switching, cables

and video conversions to the root of the system.

Trade names for CEC are Anynet (Samsung); Aquos Link (Sharp); BRAVIA Sync (Sony);

HDMI-CEC (Hitachi); Kuro Link (Pioneer); CE-Link and Regza Link (Toshiba); RIHD (Remote

Interactive over HDMI) (Onkyo); SimpLink (LG); HDAVI Control, EZ-Sync, and VIERA Link

(Panasonic); EasyLink (Philips); and NetCommand for HDMI (Mitsubishi).

4.4.6.2 Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA)

The guidelines currently consist of three volumes covering Architecture & Protocols, Media

Format Profiles, and Link Protection.13

DLNA was formed in 2003 to enable cross-industry convergence of multimedia content in

home networks. At its core, its goal is to enable a wired and wireless interoperable home

network where digital content in the form of images, music and video can be easily and

seamlessly shared across personal computers, consumer electronics and mobile devices.

DLNA achieves this by defining a platform of interoperability guidelines based on open and

established industry standards. In addition to defining a manageable framework of standards

and protocols, DLNA guidelines also outline several device classes, carefully constructed

usage cases for networked homes, and additional functions which enhance the content

sharing experience.

DLNA guidelines can be thought of as an umbrella standard that defines how the home

network interoperates at all levels. DLNA guidelines define both mandatory and optional

standards for each of the different networking layers.

13

http://download.iomega.com/resources/whitepapers/media-dlna.pdf



Matters of particular interest concerning network availability:

Discovery and Control: How devices discover and control each other (UPnP Device

Architecture 1.0)

IP Netw. Connectivity: How wired and wireless devices physically connect and

communicate (IPv4 Protocol Suite, Wired: Ethernet 802.3,

MoCA etc.)

4.4.6.3 Universal Plug and Play (UPnP):

UPnP™ technology defines the architecture for pervasive peer-to-peer network connectivity

of intelligent appliances, wireless devices, and PCs of all form factors. It is designed to bring

easy-to-use, flexible, standards-based connectivity to ad-hoc or unmanaged networks

whether in the home, in a small business, public spaces, or attached to the Internet. UPnP

technology provides a distributed, open networking architecture that leverages TCP/IP and

Web technologies to enable seamless proximity networking in addition to control and data

transfer among networked devices. The technologies leveraged in the UPnP architecture

include Internet protocols such as IP, TCP, UDP, HTTP, and XML.

4.4.6.4 Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA)

The primary goal of MoCA is to develop a high-performance, high-capacity home networking

technology suitable for transporting multiple streams of high-definition multimedia content

that leverages existing residential coaxial cabling and coexists with the services currently

using the cable plant. To this end, the MoCA 1.0 standard supporting 135 Mb/s throughput

was approved in December 2005. The MoCA 1.1 standard, which increased throughput to

175 Mb/s, was released in October 2007.14

4.5 End-of-Life Phase

This subtask is not relevant for the purpose of the ENER Lot 26 Study. The influence of

changed or potentially additional components on the end-of-life phase of the products is

much less than that of ongoing technical development.

14

http://www.mocalliance.org/industry/white_papers/Branded_Implication_Paper_MoCA.pdf

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Definition of Base Cases 5-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Definition of Base Cases

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents:

5 Task 5: Definition of Base Cases ................................................................................. 5-4

5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 5-4

5.2 Networked Standby Assessment Model ............................................................... 5-5

5.2.1 Modified Environmental Assessment Concept ............................................... 5-5

5.2.2 Network Availability Scenarios ...................................................................... 5-7

5.2.2.1 High Network Availability (HiNA) ............................................................ 5-8

5.2.2.2 Medium Network Availability (MeNA) ..................................................... 5-9

5.2.2.3 Low Network Availability (LoNA) ............................................................ 5-9

5.2.2.4 No network availability (NoNA) ............................................................... 5-9

5.2.3 Relationship between network availability and power modes ...................... 5-10

5.2.4 Description of Assessment Spreadsheets ................................................... 5-13

5.2.4.1 Basic input data .................................................................................... 5-13

5.2.4.2 Annual Electricity Consumption Assessment ........................................ 5-15

5.3 Product-specific Inputs and Environmental Impact Assessments ....................... 5-16

5.4 EU-Totals and Life Cycle Costs .......................................................................... 5-17

5.4.1 Selection of an Economy-Wide Base Case ................................................. 5-17

5.4.1 Base Case Analysis .................................................................................... 5-18

5.4.2 Energy Impact and Costs ............................................................................ 5-21

5.4.3 Impact Assessment and Conclusions .......................................................... 5-23



5 Task 5: Definition of Base Cases

5.1 Introduction

According to the MEEuP methodology, the objective of Task 5 is the environmental impact

analysis of selected base cases applying the MEEuP EcoReport assessment tool. In the

case of ENER Lot 26 Networked Standby this task requires modification in order to serve the

horizontal purpose (wide product spectrum) of this particular study. The modification

concerns Subtasks 5.1 and 5.2 – the product specific inputs and environmental impact

assessment. With respect to the individual product inputs we selected and aggregated

representative product groups that are typically used in European households (home) and

business environments (office). The economical and use data for the eco-assessment derive

from Tasks 2 (market analysis) and Task 3 (user behaviour). These technical input data have

been analyzed in Task 4 (technical analysis). The power consumption values for the selected

product groups derived generally from open sources such as technical reviews (test

magazines), product declarations, Energy Star and technical product specifications. Some

assumptions are drawn from the results of the technical questionnaire and stakeholder

interviews that preceded this analysis. Nevertheless, for the purpose of this study and due to

the broad product spectrum it was necessary to average most values.

The methodical approach for the required environmental impact assessment was developed

on the basis of the technical analysis in Task 4. This analysis indicated that network

availability and respective resume-time-to-application is a reference factor for distinguishing

different levels of networked standby. In the first subtask we explain the intention, concept

and structure of our Networked Standby Assessment Model which reflects the network

availability concept. In the second subtask we present the input assumptions and

assessment results for selected product group. We publish them in separate documents for

more easy reading. In reaction to the comments received on the Draft Report (published in

September 2010) we adjusted again some assessment scenarios.

This slightly modified approach is more pragmatic. It provides on the one hand a better basis

for the evaluation of environmental impacts, but results on the other hand in a somewhat less

realistic EU-total assessment (averaged economy level). The requested “real life” EU-total

impact assessment (third subtask) will be constructed from a combination of the four different

scenarios. The assessment of life cycle costs (LCC) is limited to the monetary value of

electricity consumption with respect to the annual use phase scenarios. In the final subtask

we will summarize and discuss the results of the impact assessment. It is the intention of this

final analysis to identify the causal mechanisms between network availability, energy

consumption and power management on the economy wide level.



5.2 Networked Standby Assessment Model

5.2.1 Modified Environmental Assessment Concept

The environmental assessment of networked standby is a challenging task. The primary

objective of this assessment is to quantify the environmental significance of networked

standby with respect to energy consumption within the European Union. The study is based

on the assumption that network standby is a development which leads to a considerable

increase in overall energy consumption within the next years. Let’s review the underlying

problem.

Technical progress allows the remote wake-up of a product over a maintained network link or

connection for the purpose of resuming an application (networked service) offered by the

product. The environmental problem lies in the fact that this networked service is typically

provided not out of a low power mode such as standby/off (according to the EC 1275/2008)

but out of a higher power mode such as idle. According to our problem assumption this

suboptimal design will lead to significantly increasing energy consumption (see Figure 1

below).

But the reality is not that simple. The technical analysis showed that networked standby is

not only part of a problem but also part of a solution. Over the past 15 years the personal

computer and imaging equipment (computer peripheral) industry developed with the

Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) an open standard for the

implementation of power management. ACPI specifies interoperability of hardware and

operating system allowing the design of cascaded low power (sleep) modes. The correlation

between power level and resume-time-to-application deriving from ACPI has strongly

influenced the network availability concept of our study.

The existing solutions for advanced power management in the field of Personal Computers

(PC) and Imaging Equipment (IE) are positive benchmarks that need proper consideration in

the environmental assessment. We therefore consider in parallel to the problem assumption

a solution assumption as well (see again Figure 1 below). This assumption is based on the

idea that products offering networked services feature an advanced power management

including low power networked standby modes in order to reduce higher energy consumption

(e.g. due to prolonged idle mode). This concept does not only apply to products which add

network capability such as it is currently the case with more and more consumer electronics

(CE) products. The concept also applies to always-online products such as telephones,

networking equipment, and small services. For these products networked standby mode

could be a means to improve their energy efficiency. The three different levels of network

availability (high, medium, and low) reflect this general consideration.



Active Active Active Active

Idle

Idle mode provides Networked Standby

This suboptimal solution results in a

significant increase in overall energy consumption

Idle

Standby/off

Standby/off

Standby/off

Networked Standby Mode

2010 2020 2010 2020

Advanced power management with networked standby

mode

This more optimal solution results in a less significant increase

in overall energy consumption

The Problem Assumption The Solution Assumption

IdleIdle

Standby/off

[Diagram not to scale]

Figure 1: Assumptions reflected by the environmental assessment

Against that background the methodical approach to the environmental assessment consists

of a reference situation (2010) and different development scenarios (2020). The assessment

of the reference year 2010 alone would have limited value for the evaluation of the

environmental impact. Again, we have the justified assumption that energy consumption

related to networked standby will significantly increase with respect to individual equipments

(product level) as well as with respect to the combined product stock (economy level).

In order to prove this environmental assessment assumption we have developed an

assessment model that supports a comparable analysis of networked standby aspects on the

technical, user and economical level. The basic assessment approach is a product level

comparison of annual energy consumption. This typical energy consumption has been based

on daily use patterns (see Task 3) and includes distinctions of different power modes. The

different modes correlate to some extent with different levels of network availability

(respective networked standby power consumption). This product level assessment will be

then multiplied with the product stock assumption (see Task 2) in order to assess the

economy level impact.

We have selected product groups from the home and office environment in order to be

representative with respect to both – the product variety and overall market. In other words,

the selection also reflects the two basic levels of our assessment:

• The product level (unit) is serving the purpose of calculating the annual power

consumption impact of the four different network availability scenarios on the unit



level. In this case we can allocate a certain level of network availability to a prolonged

duration of a certain mode. The resulting typical energy consumption (TEC) indicates

if higher or lower network availability changes the overall unit’s energy consumption

significantly or not. The product level assessment also indicates the current status of

power management and respective power consumption levels.

• The economy level (stock) aggregates the individual product impacts. The purpose

is to indicate the scale of the impact for the totally installed base of products in the

European Union. The aim is to get an estimate on the overall energy impact based on

highly averaged market utilization assumptions.

We will introduce four network availability scenarios for each selected product groups. These

development scenarios reflect four different utilization options (use patterns) with respect to

Network Availability.1

5.2.2 Network Availability Scenarios

The environmental assessment of the networked standby is based on the following four

different Network Availability Scenarios:

• High Network Availability (HiNA)

• Medium Network Availability (MeNA)

• Low Network Availability (LoNA)

• No Network Availability (NoNA)

With these four scenarios we can now uniformly describe and assess different utilization

cases (network availability levels) within and across different product groups. The Network

Availability Scenarios are one layer of the abstraction and simplification process in order to

generate the required Base Cases. These scenarios and their underlying assumptions will be

applied to the individual equipment units (products level) and to the EU-27 product stock

(economy level). As such, the Network Availability Concept describes “networked standby

characteristics” of individual product groups as well as broader trends on the economy level.

Each network availability scenario is in reality a combination various modes. High network

availability for instance could be indicated by prolonged idle mode phase. Some products,

such as current networking equipment, might maintain active/idle mode without shifting to a

lower power mode. There might by options however for further reducing idle mode power

1 See network availability concept in Task 1.



consumption while maintain high network availability. This is the concept of LowP1 as will be

explained further below. Other products have already active power management

implemented in order to save energy. Notebooks (PC) and most printers (IE) will eventually

shift into a lower power mode and through that into low level of network availability.

This example shows that a simple allocation of a different level of network availability to a

certain mode is not realistic. In the first draft of this report, we had therefore combined the

network availability concept with the daily use pattern. We basically mixed individual product

level scenarios and averaged economy level scenarios. The idea was to show a tendency

but not fully allocate a certain level of network availability to a certain mode. This approach

has lead to criticism and confusion by some stakeholders.

In this new report we modified the scenarios of each product group. We made a more

stringent allocation of the different network availability levels to specific power modes and

their daily duration. The principle is this. Each product example has fixed active/idle use

(daily time duration). The remaining time per day is the potential duration in which the

product could be in high, medium, low or no network availability.

5.2.2.1 High Network Availability (HiNA)

Specification of HiNA:

• Remote access and reactivation is available 24h/d (always available).

• Immediate resume time to application (in milliseconds).

• Supported by remaining in idle mode or LowP1

• Typical products are networking equipment such as customer premises equipment

(e.g. modems, home gateways, telephone, complex set-top-boxes, home server)

High network availability characterizes mainly networking equipment with point-to-multipoint

communication. Regarding the application of high network availability in the market today, we

should consider some conditions such as the time expectations (feedback loop such as a

ringtone of a telephone), randomness (unexpected, at any time of the day), and network

complexity (long distance, multiple nodes, security level and respective protocols). Moreover

networking equipment becomes increasingly more functional by integrating large memory

(e.g. HDD, SSD). A further trend is that server and set-top-box type products integrate

routing capability (e.g. WLAN).



5.2.2.2 Medium Network Availability (MeNA)

Specification of MeNA:


• Resume time to application varies between periods of immediate (in milliseconds) and

fast reaction (<<10 seconds).

• Supported by Wake-on-LAN-type sleep modes (LowP2).

• Typical products are server-type equipment with large data/media storage capacity

(e.g. small server, desktop and notebook PCs, complex media player/recorder).

Client-type products do also utilize MeNA for higher convenience in the use phase

(e.g. printers or media player with “fast play” or “quick start” function).

Medium network availability characterizes products and applications for which remote access

and reactivation is (less) random, can be planned and where delays can be taken into

consideration by the initiator of the trigger signal. In such cases, a simple acknowledgement

of the device’s successful reception of the signal can be sufficient to allay technical and

psychological expectations for quick reaction. Fast reactivation (MeNA) improves

convenience of use and is today an important instrument in advanced power management

schemes of the PC and IE industry.

5.2.2.3 Low Network Availability (LoNA)

Specification of LoNA:


• Resume time to application varies between periods of fast (<<10 seconds) and longer

reaction (>>10 seconds).

• Supported by Wake-on-LAN-type hibernate and off modes (LowP4).

• Products featuring low network availability are typically client-type and to some extent

of server-type products (at the presented time this scenario is limited to PC and IE).

Low Network Availability characterizes the general capability of the product to reactivate and

resume an application. The resume-time-to-application is of less concern for the user.

5.2.2.4 No network availability (NoNA)

Specification of NoNA:

• Remote access and reactivation is not available 24h/d



• Periods of network availability and unavailability can occur due to timer settings and

other measures.

The concept of NoNA has been introduced in order to show product and user behavior that

still prevails today but which is likely to change in the future as the trend towards higher

levels of network availability continue.

5.2.3 Relationship between network availability and power modes

As the network availability scenarios describe a tendency, there is in reality not a direct

mapping from a network availability scenario to a given power mode. However, power modes

determine the network availability of a product.

In order to cover the wide product spectrum of this study and provide flexibility for the

development scenarios we distinguish not only active and idle modes but a total of five low

power modes (LowP). Regarding these modes we make the following basic assumptions:

• Active: This is the mode where the system executes the main applications or

services. In the development scenarios we keep the duration of active mode constant

in order to simplify the scenarios for the evaluation of networked standby.

• Idle: This is the mode where the system is fully operational and ready to execute the

main applications or services immediately (in milliseconds). This mode is utilized to

indicate high network availability at the current stage.

• LowP 1: This is a low power mode where the system can execute the main

networking services immediately (in milliseconds) but reduce functionality in order to

save energy. Note: This is a fictional mode that provides idle functionality with about

half the energy consumption. This mode will be utilized in later improvement

scenarios.

• LowP 2: This is a low power mode equivalent to sleep with WOL (ACPI G1/S3WOL) or

active standby that provides a resume time to application of <<10 seconds (typically

2-5 sec.). This mode is utilized to indicate medium network availability.

• LowP 3: This is a low power mode that provides no remote access and reactivation. It

is equivalent to sleep (ACPI G1/S3) or passive standby (EC 1275/2008, passive as

provided in IEC 62087). This mode is utilized to indicate no network availability.

• LowP 4: This is a low power mode that provides a resume time to application of >>10

seconds (typically 25+ sec.). It is equivalent to hibernate or soft-off with WOL (ACPI

G1/S4WOL or G2/S5WOL) or active standby low (IEC 62087). This mode is utilized to

indicate low network availability.



• LowP 5: This is a low power mode equivalent to soft-off (ACPI G2/S5) or off-mode

(EC 1275/2008) that provides no remote access and reactivation. This mode is

utilized to indicate no network availability.

For the assessments the four availability scenarios correspond to six potential power modes

indicated in Figure 2.

Active

Idle = HiNA (most ly to high for 24h netw ork service

LowP1 = HiNA (the lower power idle solut ion [e.g. half of idle])

Low P 2 = M eNA (sleep w ith remote w ake-up-capability)

LowP3 = NoNA (sleep, no remote wake-up-capability)

Low P 4 = LoNA (low est pow er w ith remote w ake-up-capability)

LowP5 = NoNA (soft of f , no remote wake-up-capability)

M ill isec.

<10sec.

>>10sec.

Figure 2: Overview of network availability concept and its relationship with power modes.

There are many variables to consider in such an assessment including:

• Various types of products (Note: The study tries covering as many product groups as

possible. But there are obvious limitations to the full spectrum of possible products.)2

• Product utilization environments and individual use patterns (Note: The study tries to

cover mass product applications in home and office.)

• Different types of Network Services and Quality of Service requirements (Note: The

power management options can be limited by the linked equipment. One example is

the interaction between DSL Modem and the DSLAM of the network provider.)

2 One example is game consoles. Following the draft report, one manufacturer indicated that his

products are not adequately represented in the study. Under the given framework, this study is

actually covering quite a broad product range.



• Main components and the network configuration of the respective product (Note: The

average power consumption per mode depends on the selected components,

circuitry design, and software support.)

• Available power management options and mode configurations (Note: There large

differences in the standardization of power management schemes between different

product sectors [see below].)

• Technical progress in the next years with respect to all power modes (Note: It is

feasible to assume that advanced component technology and system integration will

generally improve the energy performance of most products. The increase in

functionality will be compensated be these component level improvements.)

• Product stock development (installed base in EU-27) and new products (Note:

multifunctional devices, convergence of functionality, standard network technologies)

In the following text, we describe each input aspect of the assessment model and the

calculation sheets created for this purpose. Since the environmental impacts are limited to

energy consumption in the use phase the MEEuP EcoReport is only used for interpreting the

totals at the end of this task report.



5.2.4 Description of Assessment Spreadsheets

5.2.4.1 Basic input data

Before we provide the data input for the individual product group assessments it is necessary

to shortly explain the spreadsheets we created for this purpose.

INPUT RESULT

NoNA Home Desktop PC 2010

Value Active Idle LowP 1 LowP 2 LowP 3 LowP 4 LowP 5 Total

Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 28,5 338,5

131 mill ion TEC Unit/year (kWh/a) 76,7 36,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,4 123,6

Stock per year (TWh/a) 10,0 4,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,4 16,2

LoNA Home Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 41,8 0,0 351,8



MeNA Home Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 89,3 0,0 0,0 0,0 399,3



HiNA Home Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 1050,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1260,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock

Four different network

availability scenarios

Name of product group

and year of scenarios

Annual use and EU-27

stock assumptions

Figure 3: Assessment spreadsheets showing different scenarios in spreadsheets

Figure 3 above shows the assessment spreadsheet on the example of home desktop PCs

(framed in blue). There are four tables for the reference year 2010, one for each Network

Availability Scenario (framed in red). In the table, you find the basic assumptions for the

annual use and the EU-27 Stock (framed in green).

Figure 4 below shows the individual data inputs for the daily use including the type of mode,

power consumption per mode in Watt, and use duration in hours.



INPUT RESULT



Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 28,5 338,5





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 41,8 0,0 351,8





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 89,3 0,0 0,0 0,0 399,3





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 1050,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1260,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock

Type of power mode

incl. Various Low Power

Modes

Power consumption per

mode in Watt

Daily use pattern in

hours per mode

Figure 4: Assessment spreadsheet with main data inputs

The assumed power consumption levels for each mode are based on averaged data for

products that are currently in the market. In the development scenarios for the year 2020 we

generally consider an improvement of single mode power consumption by about 20%.

Rationale for 20% general improvement assumption: The general 20% improvement

assumption had been subject of discussion following the publication of the draft report. Some

stakeholders were worried that this 20% improvement assumption is already a requirement.

This is of cause not the case. Our intention was to be realistic. The past ten years show a

dramatic improvement in power consumption due to the increasing efficiency of electronic

components (e.g. Moore’s Law), higher system integration and power management.

Nevertheless we recognize that active mode power consumption may further increase due to

the performance requirements of processors and displays.

Typical energy consumption of single products: In order to calculate the annual

electricity consumption we made assumptions for daily use patterns by defining time

durations (hr) per mode per day. If possible we consider existing power management

requirements (standby/off) and practice (e.g. IE) in the assumptions.



5.2.4.2 Annual Electricity Consumption Assessment

The primary objective of the spreadsheet is the calculation of the annual electricity

consumption. We calculate the annual electricity consumption of each product group both

per single unit and per the EU-27 installed base (see Figure 5 below).

INPUT RESULT



Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 28,5 338,5





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 41,8 0,0 351,8





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 89,3 0,0 0,0 0,0 399,3





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 1050,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1260,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock

EU-27 stock assumption

Single unit annual

power consumption in

kWh/a

EU-27 stock annual

power consumption in

TWh/a

Figure 5: Assessment spreadsheet showing results

Annual typical energy consumption (TEC): The single unit annual energy consumption is

given in kWh/a, and indicates a value that can be compared to the Typical Electricity

Consumption (TEC) method of the Energy Star Program, for example. For some products we

used the TEC values as an orientation for an appropriate correlation of the selected use

pattern and power consumption level per mode.

The EU-27 annual energy consumption is given in TWh/a. This value is strongly influenced

by the available stock data. We cross check the stock assumptions with the household and

office penetration rates in order to verify their plausibility. We conclude that this method can

only indicate the order of magnitude of networked standby related energy consumption.



5.3 Product-specific Inputs and Environmental Impact

Assessments

Note: The individual assessment of 21 selected product cases including all scenarios (input

tables and impact assessments) are covered in separate documents in the annex to this

report). The following table lists the selected product cases as well as the selected scenarios

for the base cases.

Table 1: Selected Product Cases for Environmental Impact Assessment

2010 2020

1 Home Desktop PC LoNA MeNA

2 Home Notebook LoNA MeNA

3 Home Display LoNA MeNA

4 Home NAS MeNA MeNA

5 Home IJ Printer LoNA LoNA

6 Home EP Printer LoNA LoNA

7 Home Phones HiNA HiNA

8 Home Gateway MeNA HiNA

9 Simple TV LoNA LoNA

10 Simple STB LoNA LoNA

11 Complex TV LoNA MeNA

12 Complex STB LoNA MeNA

13 Simple Player/Recorder LoNA LoNA

14 Compl. Player/Recorder LoNA MeNA

15 Game Consoles LoNA MeNA

16 Office Desktop PC LoNA MeNA

17 Office Notebook LoNA MeNA

18 Office Display LoNA MeNA

19 Office IJ Printer/MFD LoNA MeNA

20 Office EP Printer LoNA MeNA

21 Office Phones HiNA HiNA

Selected

ScenariosItem

No.Product Category



5.4 EU-Totals and Life Cycle Costs

5.4.1 Selection of an Economy-Wide Base Case

In this subtask we summarize and evaluate the aggregated results from the individual

product cases for each of the network availability scenarios for the reference year 2010 and

the prognosis year 2020. The following Figure 2 shows the selected product scenarios in an

overview.

Table 2: Selected Product Scenarios for Environmental Impact Assessment

2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020 2010 2020

1 Home Desktop PC LoNA MeNA 10,04 8,77 4,78 4,18 0,00 0,00 0,00 3,77 0,00 0,00 2,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 16,82 16,71 6,78 7,94

2 Home Notebook LoNA MeNA 2,07 3,23 0,92 1,44 0,00 0,00 0,00 1,88 0,00 0,00 0,66 0,00 0,00 0,00 3,64 6,55 1,58 3,31

3 Home Display LoNA MeNA 3,86 3,59 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,65 1,26 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,22 0,00 4,72 4,85 0,86 1,26

4 Home NAS MeNA MeNA 0,44 1,07 0,22 0,53 0,00 0,00 0,69 1,69 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 1,35 3,30 0,91 2,23

5 Home IJ Printer LoNA LoNA 0,09 0,08 0,42 0,38 0,00 0,00 0,44 0,39 0,00 0,00 0,79 0,70 0,00 0,00 1,75 1,55 1,66 1,47

6 Home EP Printer LoNA LoNA 0,09 0,10 0,08 0,09 0,00 0,00 0,07 0,08 0,00 0,00 0,24 0,27 0,00 0,00 0,49 0,55 0,40 0,45

7 Home Phones HiNA HiNA 0,46 0,54 3,96 4,61 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 4,43 5,15 3,96 4,61

8 Home Gateway MeNA HiNA 4,17 5,52 4,22 11,17 0,00 0,00 2,53 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 10,92 16,69 6,75 11,17

9 Simple TV LoNA LoNA 67,28 34,48 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 5,61 2,87 0,00 0,00 72,88 37,35 5,61 2,87

10 Simple STB LoNA LoNA 4,41 2,87 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 2,09 1,36 0,00 0,00 6,50 4,24 2,09 1,36

11 Complex TV LoNA MeNA 4,38 28,73 0,00 14,37 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,29 0,96 0,00 0,00 4,67 44,06 0,29 15,32

12 Complex STB LoNA MeNA 4,49 4,95 0,00 3,13 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 1,14 0,63 0,00 0,00 5,63 8,71 1,14 3,76

13 Simple Player/Recorder LoNA LoNA 2,55 1,52 0,68 0,41 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 8,42 5,03 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 11,65 6,96 9,10 5,44

14 Compl. Player/Recorder LoNA MeNA 0,77 2,51 0,22 0,72 0,00 0,00 0,00 4,79 0,00 0,00 0,22 0,00 0,00 0,00 1,20 8,02 0,44 5,51

15 Game Consoles LoNA MeNA 2,74 2,98 2,28 14,89 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,37 0,20 0,00 0,00 5,38 18,07 2,65 15,09

16 Office Desktop PC LoNA MeNA 6,05 5,64 2,16 2,02 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,95 0,00 0,00 0,48 0,00 0,00 0,00 8,68 8,61 2,64 2,96

17 Office Notebook LoNA MeNA 1,94 2,35 0,65 0,78 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,54 0,00 0,00 0,24 0,00 0,00 0,00 2,84 3,67 0,89 1,32

18 Office Display LoNA MeNA 2,16 2,45 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,19 0,44 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,06 0,00 2,42 2,89 0,26 0,44

19 Office IJ Printer/MFD LoNA MeNA 0,19 0,15 0,38 0,30 0,00 0,00 0,29 0,76 0,00 0,00 0,25 0,00 0,00 0,00 1,10 1,21 0,91 1,06

20 Office EP Printer LoNA MeNA 1,73 1,46 0,69 0,58 0,00 0,00 0,28 0,78 0,00 0,00 0,45 0,00 0,00 0,00 3,15 2,83 1,43 1,37

21 Office Phones HiNA HiNA 0,43 0,39 1,80 1,63 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00 2,23 2,02 1,80 1,63

120,34 113,40 23,46 61,23 0,00 0,00 5,15 17,33 8,42 5,03 14,82 6,99 0,28 0,00 172,48 203,98 52,14 90,58total:

Active IdleSelected

Scenarios

Total without

ActiveItem

No.Product Category

LowP1 LowP2 LowP3 LowP4 LowP5 Total

The Base Case consists of a comparison of the EU-total annual energy consumption of 21

selected product cases scenarios with the reference year 2010 and the prognosis year 2020.

This is a sufficient number of products for the base case assessment and we estimate about

75% of the possible product scope for networked standby. The selected product case

scenarios considered the general trend towards:

• Higher number of networked equipment (more complex products)

• Increase demand of network services (an increase in network availability in general)

• More power management utilization (Note: this aspect is shown later in the study)

The development scenario is due to the assessment model not necessarily a plausible real-

life scenario. A real-life scenario would need to distinguish different network availability levels

between individual products and product groups. In other words, the selected scenarios are

not showing functional power management implementations. We explained at the beginning

of this task report; for the assessment of networked standby we needed a more structured



approach that breaks the complexity of the real-life situation. Nevertheless, some product

groups such as imaging equipment (e.g. printers) and personal computers (e.g. notebooks)

feature and implement sophisticated power management schemes. We covered the existing

good practice to some extent in our scenarios.

5.4.1 Base Case Analysis

The Figure 6 below shows the aggregated EU-totals for the selected scenarios of all

products.

120,34113,40

23,46

61,235,15

17,33

8,42

5,03

14,82

6,99

0,00

50,00

100,00

150,00

200,00

250,00

2010 2020

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

Selected Scenarios for all products (EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Sum: 172,48

Sum: 203,98

Figure 6: Aggregated Product Scenarios (EU-Totals)

The 2010 selected aggregated scenario reflects a situation where medium and high

network availability is less often employed. Most products are put into a sleep or low power

mode (standby/off) when not actively used. The overall annual power consumption is 172

TWh (terawatt hours). A total of 52 TWh is related to non-active use of which about 50% is

related to existing low power modes.

The horizontal comparison of the 2010 scenarios with the 2020 scenarios shows an overall

increase in total power consumption from 172 TWh in 2010 to 204 TWh in 2020. This

considerable growth is a result of our basic assumption that the demand of network

availability will increase. This is insofar an interesting result even under our much discussed

assumption of a general 20% improvement with respect to the mode-specific power



consumption in 2020. The 2020 scenario indicates the impact of idle mode which increases

from 23 TWh in 2010 to 61 TWh in 2020. One reason for this increase is the shift to medium

and high network availability in specific product groups which currently do not feature an

appropriate power management (low power modes). Another reason is the increase stock of

the complex (networked) product groups.

0

50

100

150

200

250

2010 2020

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

Selected Scenarios: All products, all Modes

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Complex TV

Simple TV

Game Consoles

Home Desktop PC

Home Gateway

Complex STB

Office Desktop PC

Compl. Player/Recorder

Simple Player/Recorder

Home Notebook

Home Phones

Home Display

Simple STB

Office Notebook

Home NAS

Office Display

Office EP Printer

Office Phones

Home IJ Printer

Figure 7: Selected scenarios summarizing energy consumption of all products

The Figure 6 above provides a detailed – product by product – distinction of total energy

consumption. The annual energy consumption increases in total by 31.5 TWh. It is not

surprising that TVs, Game Consoles3, and PCs are the most energy intensive product

groups. This is due to their high average active power consumption and considerable long

daily utilization. The increasing number of home gateways, the only networking equipment

for which stock figures have been available, is another growing product segment. Complex

Set-Top-Boxes and Media Player/Recorder are another product segments that need

attention.

3 Industry stakeholders have indicated that it is important to distinguish between devices which are capable of

high-definition gameplay and those which are not as the former tend to have much higher levels of energy

consumption.



The following Figure 8 showing the same listing of the products energy consumption but

without that active mode, is for the purpose of the networked standby environmental impact

analysis better suited.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

2010 2020

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

Selected Scenarios: All products, all Modes without Active

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Complex TV

Game Consoles

Home Gateway

Home Desktop PC



Home Phones

Complex STB

Home Notebook

Office Desktop PC

Simple TV

Home NAS

Office Phones

Home IJ Printer

Office EP Printer

Simple STB

Office Notebook

Home Display

Office IJ Printer/MFD

Figure 8: Selected scenarios summarizing all products without active mode

This diagram shows not only the significance of the non-active mode but also a somewhat

different ranking of the product cases. The currently missing power management option of

Complex TVs and Game Consoles are significant and indicate already an improvement

potential. The home gateways, although our assumptions for active and idle are moderate,

show an overall impact of more than 10 TWh. Interesting is the overall development. The

energy consumption without active mode increases significantly from about 52 TWh in 2010

to over 90 TWh in 2020. We consider this difference not necessarily as the full spectrum of

an improvement potential, but the calculation clearly indicates the room for improvement.

Note: For an individual analysis of the selected product case we encourage the reader to

study the individual documents in the annexes. In addition to the stock level assessment,

please also compare the changes in the single unit’s annual energy consumption (TEC) in

the different network availability scenarios. This might help to get a more realistic and

detailed understanding of the causal relationships between power consumption per mode,

daily use pattern, and the positive impact of an ambitious power management.



5.4.2 Energy Impact and Costs

The cost of electricity per kWh was covered in Task 2: The price of electricity in each of the

EU-27 Member States is listed in Table 2-10, as well as an EU-27 average. To account for

the trend of increasingly expensive electricity, this task will use 0.20 €/kWh4 as the average

EU-27 electricity price. Figure 9 below shows the aggregated electricity costs for all product

groups according to the selected scenarios.

24,0722,68

4,69

12,251,03

3,47

1,68

1,01

2,96

1,40

0,00

5,00

10,00

15,00

20,00

25,00

30,00

35,00

40,00

45,00

2010 2020

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

ost

s E

U t

ota

l in

Bil

lio

n €

Selected Scenarios for all products, all modes (EU Total in Billion €)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Sum: 34,50

Sum: 40,80

Figure 9: Electricity costs under the selected scenarios in all modes (in Billion EUR)

Considering only the selected scenarios and corresponding power modes for each of the

base cases, we calculated that the 2010 scenario total electricity consumption is about 172

TWh. This is equivalent to:

4 Following the publication of the draft final report and respective comments, we changed our

assumptions for the electricity costs: In 2010 the assumption is 0.17 €/kWh, in 2020 0.22 €/kWh.

According to this new assumption the cost factor in 2010 changes to 29.3 billion €/a and in 2020 to

44.9 billion €/a.



• An electricity cost factor of 34.5 Billion EUR (LoNA 2010)

• Global Warming Potential (GWP100) of 80 Million Tons CO2eq.5

In comparison, the total electricity consumption of the 2020 scenario is 204 TWh, which is

equivalent to:

• An electricity cost factor of 40.8 Billion EUR (MeNA 2020)

• Global Warming Potential (GWP100) of 95 Million Tons CO2eq

Given the dominance of active mode in these diagrams (representing approximately 24

Billion EUR and 23 Billion EUR in 2010 and 2020, respectively), the exclusion of that mode

provides a more detailed look at the total costs incurred by each of the low-power modes.

This is shown in Figure 10.

4,69

12,25

1,03

3,47

1,68

1,01

2,96

1,40

0,00

2,00

4,00

6,00

8,00

10,00

12,00

14,00

16,00

18,00

20,00

2010 2020

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

ost

s E

U t

ota

l in

Bil

lio

n €

Selected Scenarios for all products , all modes without active

(EU Total in Billion €)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Sum: 18,12

Sum: 10,43

Figure 10: Electricity costs under the selected scenarios, without active mode (in Billion EUR)

As Figure 10 demonstrates, the impact of idle and the low mode in 2020 are significant not

only in environmental terms, but also in financial terms as well, representing a cost of

approximately 18 Billion EUR annually to citizens of the EU-27. The cost of this network

5 Calculated based on MEEuP EcoReport 2005



availability, where the device is not actively used, is roughly equivalent to 35 EUR per

inhabitant per year.6

5.4.3 Impact Assessment and Conclusions

At this point we like to summarize and discuss the results of the base case assessment. For

the purpose of this impact assessment we selected 21 product groups. Based on a

comparison with the reference study TREN Lot 6 “Standby and off-mode” losses we estimate

that the selected product groups represent about 75% of the product scope that need to be

considered horizontally with respect to networked standby.

For each product group we developed harmonized scenarios reflecting different levels of

network availability. In the selected base case we assumed that the demand for network

availability will increase between 2010 and 2020. The HiNA scenario of all product case

would demonstrate a worst case situation. But this is very unrealistic. We therefore

considered a moderate increase in network availability demand for the 2020 development

scenario.

The single scenarios have been calculated based on a set of mode assumptions (power/use)

reflecting averaged product configurations and use patterns. We calculated the single unit’s

annual energy consumption differentiating active and low power modes. We also calculated

the annual energy impact for EU-27 total product stock. The distinction of various modes

helped to analyze different levels of network availability (networked standby). Through this

approach we tried to indicate that networked standby is a multi-mode issue.

The results of these scenarios and the aggregated base case indicated that the business-as-

usual case of growing network availability requires more energy. High network availability is

currently often related to prolonged idle mode. Low power modes with equal functionality do

not exist in all product groups. Notebook computers and printers, however, are good

examples which show that power management is able to support high product performance

and network availability with acceptable energy consumption.

With respect to the selected base cases, the energy consumption of Idle and the other low

power modes accounts together for about 90 TWh per year or about 44% of total annual

energy consumption. This is a considerable amount of energy. The low power modes

excluding idle mode remain in our selected scenario 30 TWh almost constant. This reflects

some existing good power management practice. The considerable growth in idle mode on

the other hand is a strong indicator for further improvement potential.

6 Based on a projected EU-27 population of approximately 514 Million in 2020. Source: Eurostat.



A part of idle mode is certainly caused by the user requirement for prolonged network

availability, and if no convenient low power mode with a similar capability is offered, many

more products would remain in idle in the future. Networking-type and server-type products

such as home gateways, telephones, desktop computers, but also the growing number of

media consumer electronic products are examples, which require a substantial amount of

energy for network availability. If these products would remain active/idle all the time, then

the environmental impact would drastically increase. Network availability needs to be

addressed holistically and with respect to all power states.

In order to show a rough order of magnitude of the impact related to networked standby (and

possible overhead to our 21 product cases) we can make the following calculation. If we

assume that in 2020 each household in the EU-27 (205 million) runs an additional device

with about 6W (networked standby) over 24h per day throughout the year (395 days) the

resulting energy consumption would amount to 10.8 TWh. If we furthermore assume that

each office (85 million) runs a similar device throughout the year another 4.5 TWh would be

required. These figures alone indicate an additional 15 TWh per year overhead to our

existing case studies.

The scenarios finally demonstrate that a discussion and improvement of energy consumption

related to networked standby requires a distinction of networked availability levels (e.g.

through QoS requirements for individual products) and to some extent a product by product

approach. In order to improve energy efficiency with respect to networked standby a

consistent utilization of functional low power modes is clearly an option. The availability of

respective functional low power modes – modes that allow the wake-up over the network – is

however the first precondition. We have seen that such options exist in some product

sectors. Secondly, the employment of such functional low power modes has to be realized by

an advanced power management scheme. With respect to the individual product cases it

also becomes apparent that the overall product performance, which is characteristically

reflected by the power demand of active and idle, will influence the power consumption levels

in support of higher network availability.

Against that background we would like to conclude this assessment and formulate a first

tentative differentiation for the further work. We consider a distinction of “high”, “medium”,

and “low” network availability as very important and useful analytical tool. Particularly high

network availability (idle) and to some extent medium network availability are product-specific

issues with a large technological spectrum, individual network services and field of

application. Products associated to high and medium network availability should be

addressed, where possible, in a vertical way in order to improve efficiency.

A consequent powering-down to low network availability should also be considered for many

products that maintain higher availability due to insufficient power management and



interoperability. Low network availability, as an additional mass phenomenon, is less product-

specific and could more directly be addressed in a horizontal way. In Task 4 we have

investigated some of these product developments in conjunction with smart home and

multimedia. Lower component costs and miniaturization basically allows creating network

availability for many products. The important aspect for the utilization of such capability is the

network service that a product provides (to the end user or service provider). With respect to

eco-design it is necessary to find a balance between network availability and overall energy

consumption.

The BAT analysis and the improvement options will strengthen the points of proper power

management and of implementing (new) network availability states, which are not effectively

constant idling. When idle mode is the only or the most convenient mode to satisfy the user

requirements (be it real, instant network access or the faint possibility of a remote access at

some undefined point) we are approaching the worst case scenario (HiNA) with a

tremendous increase in energy consumption. Technologically, the same or a very similar

product reaction should already be possible at much lower power levels.

The further steps of the study will show the improvement potentials in this area. However, an

approach towards new products (that are currently not covered vertically) should be

developed as well. This objective is in the clear interest of the study.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annexes A - 1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5 – Annexes

Environmental Assessment of Product Groups covered

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131



ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annexes A - 2


Overview of the Parts of the Annex

Annex 1 Environmental Assessment: Home Desktop PC ............................................. A - 3

Annex 2 Environmental Assessment: Home Notebook ............................................... A - 11

Annex 3 Environmental Assessment: Home Display ................................................... A - 19

Annex 4 Environmental Assessment: Home NAS ....................................................... A - 27

Annex 5 Environmental Assessment: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD .................................. A - 35

Annex 6 Environmental Assessment: Home EP Printer .............................................. A - 43

Annex 7 Environmental Assessment: Home Phones .................................................. A - 51

Annex 8 Environmental Assessment: Home Gateway ................................................ A - 59

Annex 9 Environmental Assessment: Simple TV ........................................................ A - 69

Annex 10 Environmental Assessment: Simple Set Top Box ...................................... A - 77

Annex 11 Environmental Assessment: Complex TV .................................................. A - 85

Annex 12 Environmental Assessment: Complex Set Top Box ................................... A - 93

Annex 13 Environmental Assessment: Simple Player/Recorder .............................. A - 101

Annex 14 Environmental Assessment: Complex Player/Recorder ........................... A - 109

Annex 15 Environmental Assessment: Game Console ........................................... A - 117

Annex 16 Environmental Assessment: Office Desktop PC ...................................... A - 125

Annex 17 Environmental Assessment: Office Notebook .......................................... A - 135

Annex 18 Environmental Assessment: Office Display ............................................. A - 143

Annex 19 Environmental Assessment: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD ............................ A - 151

Annex 20 Environmental Assessment: Office EP Printer ......................................... A - 159

Annex 21 Environmental Assessment: Office Phones ............................................. A - 167

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 1 – Home Desktop PC A - 3


Annex 1 Environmental Assessment: Home Desktop PC

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 1 – Home Desktop PC

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Desktop PC is a computer where the main unit is intended to be located in a permanent

location, often on a desk or on the floor. Desktops are not designed for portability and utilize

an external computer display, keyboard, and mouse.1

This product group also contains Integrated Desktop Computer, a desktop system in which

the computer and computer display function as a single unit which receives its ac power

through a single cable.2

Product stock assumption:

Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]3 and [ICTEE, 2008].4 The

calculated penetration rate of 65% taken as a cross reference is 15% lower than for displays.

This installed base seems feasible if we take into account that a larger number of notebook

users also facilitate an additional larger flat panel display and that there is not a 1:1 ratio of

desktop PC to computer display. Forecast has been based on the assumption that the

household penetration will moderately increase until 2015. The market indicates already a

wide diversity of products in a range between small servers, workstations or gamer PC on

the high performance end and notebooks, sub-notebooks, thin clients on the lower

performance end.

Power Modes and Power Management Options:

Desktop PCs are considered to have an integrated power management on the basis for

ACPI. The implementation of these power management options are supported by the

requirements of the Energy Star Program for Computers. We assume that Desktop PCs are

utilizing the existing hardware and software options for reducing idle power and duration and

start transitioning into low power sleep modes S3 and S5 according to a default delay time

setting. In support of network availability the equipment is utilization Wake-on-LAN in the

respective sleep modes.

The following power modes are considered:








Active: Mode is equivalent to G0/S0 (applications are running). According to industry

sources average active mode power consumption that is approx. factor 1.2 of

idle power.

Idle: Mode is equivalent to G0/S0. No application is running [HiNA].

LowP1: Mode not yet existent (low power idle, power about 50% of G0/S0 idle)

LowP2: Mode is equivalent to G1/S3. Average power consumption is oriented on

S3sleep with WOL. [MeNA]

LowP3: Mode is equivalent to G1/S3 (sleep).

LowP4: Mode is equivalent to G2/S5 with WOL [LoNA]

LowP5: Mode is equivalent to G2/S5 (soft off)

G1/S4 (hibernate) is not used for Desktop Computers, because it offers only minor savings in

energy consumption while increasing the booting times significantly. For Desktop Computers

it is more likely being shut down (soft off with/without WOL).

Explanatory notes 2020:

Mode and use assumptions are similar to the reference scenarios 2010. Improvement of

power consumption per mode: 20%

1. Input and result tables

The following tables present the input assumptions and results according to the selected

assessment methodology. A distinction is made between:

• Product level assessment (TEC unit)

• Economy level assessment (EU stock)

Selected Scenarios for Base Case:

The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 to MeNA 2020.



Table 1: Home Desktop – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010



Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 28,5 338,5





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 41,8 0,0 351,8





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 100,0 0,0 89,3 0,0 0,0 0,0 399,3





Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 210,0 1050,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1260,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 2: Home Desktop PC – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020



Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 168,0 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,8 270,8





Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 168,0 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 34,2 0,0 282,2





Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 168,0 80,0 0,0 72,2 0,0 0,0 0,0 320,2





Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 168,0 840,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1008,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 1: Home Desktop PC – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

76,7 76,7 76,7 76,7

36,5 36,5 36,5

383,3

32,615,310,4

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0

350,0

400,0

450,0

500,0

2010 NoNA 2010 LoNA 2010 MeNA 2010 HiNA

TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home Desktop PC - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

61,3 61,3 61,3 61,3

29,2 29,2 29,2

306,6

26,412,58,3

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0

350,0

400,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 2: Home Desktop PC – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

10,0 10,0 10,0 10,0

4,8 4,8 4,8

50,2

4,32,01,4

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0

70,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

8,8 8,8 8,8 8,8

4,2 4,2 4,2

43,8

3,81,81,2

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2. Discussion of results

The use pattern for NoNA and LoNA simulates requirements outlined in TREN Lot 3

computer study. MeNA resembles always online with longest resume time of <10 seconds. A

mix of LoNA and MeNA seems to be the most realistic scenario for 2010. The TEC is under

150 kWh/a, which is according to Energy Star Program Requirement quite a good value. In

the assessment we are not overestimating the market. The HiNA assumption is unrealistic

but helpful in that respect and was included not only due to the formal logic of the

assessment model.

The overall energy consumption is decreasing over time despite a slightly growing product

stock. The reason for this development is our general assumption that power consumption

per mode has improved by 20% in 2020. The difference in power consumption between

LoNA and MeNA is less significant. Energy impact of networked standby (indicated by the

amount of idle and the low power modes) in these two scenarios is about 6 to 8 TWh per

year. Improvement potential is obviously related to a further reduction of idle power level or

idle time duration. The HiNA – although unrealistic – shows the impact of such long idle

periods and should be the driver for improvement.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 2 – Home Notebook A - 11


Annex 2 Environmental Assessment: Home Notebook

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 2 – Home Notebook

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A Notebook is a computer designed specifically for portability and to be operated for

extended periods of time either with or without a direct connection to an ac power source.

Notebooks must utilize an integrated computer display and be capable of operation off of an

integrated battery or other portable power source. In addition, most notebooks use an

external power supply and have an integrated keyboard and pointing device. Notebook

computers are typically designed to provide similar functionality to desktops, including

operation of software similar in functionality as that used in desktops.5

Note: Thin clients and zero clients are not considered under this product category. Industry

and commercially available market surveys suggest that zero clients and thin clients are a

fast growing product segments which will impact not only the enterprise market but also the

end-user market. The utilization of such products are to some extent different from

Notebooks and Desktop PCs due to the necessary software-as-a-service platforms.


Stock has been again based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]6 and [ICTEE, 2008].7 Notebooks are a

more rapidly growing market segment with higher diversity performance and price. This trend

could lead to a much faster increase of the installed base. However, for the purpose of this

study we consider a more conservative development.

Regarding the stock assumption one might argue that because of the introduction of

increasing number of fair priced Subnotebooks, Netbooks, and Tablet-PCs the market could

develop much more dynamically and that the numbers of user drastically increase. The

sensitivity analysis should consider this notion.


Notebooks are considered to have an advanced integrated power management on the basis

for ACPI. They are optimized for mobile (battery) use and therefore reduce power (e.g.

display dimming, shut down devices) whenever possible. The implementation of these power

management options are supported by the requirements of the Energy Star Program for

Computers. We assume that Notebooks are utilizing the existing hardware and software

options for reducing idle power and duration and start transitioning rapidly into low power







sleep modes S3, S4 or S5 according to a default delay time setting. In support of network

availability the equipment is utilization Wake-on-LAN in the respective sleep modes.




idle power.

Idle: Mode is equivalent to G0/S0. No application is running. [HiNA].





LowP4: Mode is equivalent to G1/S4 hibernate with WOL [LoNA]





Recent data suggest that power consumption might further improve depending on the

performance, configuration, and selected technologies of an individual product. It is feasible

to assume that a combination of LoNA and MeNA is the most realistic real life scenario.








Table 3: Home Notebook – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010



NoNA Home Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 90,0 40,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,2 145,2



LoNA Home Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 90,0 40,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 28,5 0,0 158,5



MeNA Home Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 90,0 40,0 0,0 51,3 0,0 0,0 0,0 181,3



HiNA Home Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 90,0 420,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 510,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 4: Home Notebook – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 72,0 32,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 11,4 115,4



LoNA Home Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 72,0 32,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,8 0,0 126,8



MeNA Home Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 72,0 32,0 0,0 41,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 145,8



HiNA Home Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 72,0 336,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 408,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 3: Home Notebook – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

32,9 32,9 32,9 32,9

14,6 14,6 14,6

153,3

18,710,45,5

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0

180,0

200,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home Notebook - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

26,3 26,3 26,3 26,3

11,7 11,7 11,7

122,6

15,38,34,2

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 4: Home Notebook – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

2,1 2,1 2,1 2,1

0,9 0,9 0,9

9,7

1,20,70,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2

1,4 1,4 1,4

15,1

1,91,00,5

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The 2020 scenarios show an overall increase in energy consumption. The main reason is the

growing product stock in Europe (the stock basically doubles). On a unit level (individual

product) the overall energy consumption decreases. A combination of LoNA and MeNA

seems to be the most realistic (real life) development scenario. In MeNA 2020 the unit level

energy consumption is with 53 kWh/a slightly lower than the LoNA 2010 with 57 kWh/a. This

improvement results from our general assumption of power improvement. Against the

background of products entering the market today this is a justified result. HiNA is not

realistic but shows again the impact of prolonged idle mode. Energy impact of networked

standby (indicated to some extent by the amount of idle and the low power modes) is about 2

TWh per year on the economy level.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 3 – Home Display A - 19


Annex 3 Environmental Assessment: Home Display

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 3 – Home Display

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A display screen and its associated electronics encased in a single housing, or within the

computer housing (e.g., notebook or integrated desktop computer), that is capable of

displaying output information from a computer via one or more inputs, such as a VGA, DVI,

Display Port, and/or IEEE 1394.8

We consider mostly LCD-based displays with CCFL or LED backlight. OLED displays are an

emerging technology with better energy efficiency.


Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]9 and [ICTEE, 2008]10. The current

penetration rate of almost 80% seems realistic taking the fact into account, that 65% of

households use the Internet. Forecast reflects further dissemination of Desktop PC, other

computing equipment and the trend to utilize more than one display. Household penetration

rate is reaching about 100% by 2020. Further increase might be slowed by faster

dissemination of Notebooks, Thin clients and the use of larger TV-displays.


The display features an active mode and two low power modes.

Active: Mode in which the equipment provides a picture according to the input from

the computer. Energy consumption could vary according to the display

technology, dynamic backlight adjustment and selected brightness setting.

LowP2: Mode is equivalent to sleep with wake-up over network.

LowP5: Mode is equivalent to soft off.

The daily use pattern of the display has been aligned to the use of the home desktop PC.


The general mode and use assumption is similar to the reference year 2010. General

improvement of power consumption per mode: 20%







Further reduction in on-mode power (W/cm²) is feasible. However, we assume that the

average screen size will increase over time and compensate the improvement to some

extent.










Table 5: Home Display – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Home Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 75,0 0,0 0,0 2,4 0,0 0,0 7,6 85,0



LoNA Home Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 10,5 0,0 0,0 10,5 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 75,0 0,0 0,0 12,6 0,0 0,0 4,2 91,8



MeNA Home Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 75,0 0,0 0,0 25,2 0,0 0,0 0,0 100,2



HiNA Home Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 75,0 0,0 0,0 25,2 0,0 0,0 0,0 100,2



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 6: Home Display – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,3

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 5,7 67,7



LoNA Home Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,3

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 10,5 0,0 0,0 10,5 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 0,0 0,0 10,5 0,0 0,0 3,2 73,7



MeNA Home Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,3

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 81,0



HiNA Home Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,3

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 0,0 0,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 81,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 5: Home Display – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

27,4 27,4 27,4 27,4

0,9

4,6

9,2 9,2

2,8

1,5

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0

40,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home Display 22" - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9

0,7

3,8

7,7 7,7

2,1

1,1

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 6: Home Display – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

3,9 3,9 3,9 3,9

0,1

0,6

1,3 1,3

0,4

0,2

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

3,6 3,6 3,6 3,6

0,1

0,6

1,3 1,3

0,3

0,2

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The overall energy consumption decreases by 2020 due to the general improvement of

power consumption per mode. Networked standby power accounts on an economy level for

little over 1 TWh per year. Further improvement potential is related to active/idle power

management in conjunction with the PC use. Examples are active user detection (sensors),

dynamic brightness adjustment and local dimming.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 4 – Home NAS A - 27


Annex 4 Environmental Assessment: Home NAS

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 4 – Home NAS

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Networked Attached Storage unit is a small computer typically LAN or USB connected and

only provides file-based data storage services to other devices on the network. NAS systems

contain one or more hard disks (HDD) or Solid State Devices (SSD), often arranged into

logical, redundant storage containers or RAID arrays.11 Wireless (WLAN) access is likely in

the future. We do not consider larger NAS (more than 2 HDDs) in the home environment.

Small NAS (e.g. external HDD/SSD) are utilized more and more in conjunction with PC and

Internet applications (http/ftp-access, Mail-Client, etc.), as well as TV and STBs.


Actual market data have not been available from public sources. Stock and forecast

estimates have been based on simple assumption regarding current and future household

penetration rate.


The product is considered to have a similar mode structure as a computer. However actual

mode utilization might differ from computers



idle power.

Idle: Mode is equivalent to G0/S0. No application is running [HiNA].







11 Wikipedia: Network-attached storage; http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network-attached_storage





Stock is increasingly growing due to the understanding, that external or networked attached

storage devices are used in conjunction with media servers.







The selected scenarios for the base case are MeNA 2010 to MeNA 2020.



Table 7: Home NAS – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Home NAS 2010


Power (W) 20,0 15,0 0,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 99,5



LoNA Home NAS 2010


Power (W) 20,0 15,0 0,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 9,5 0,0 0,0 9,5 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 30,0 0,0 47,5 0,0 0,0 4,8 142,3



MeNA Home NAS 2010


Power (W) 20,0 15,0 0,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 30,0 0,0 95,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 185,0



HiNA Home NAS 2010


Power (W) 20,0 15,0 0,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 60,0 315,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 375,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 8: Home NAS – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home NAS 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 48,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 7,6 79,6



LoNA Home NAS 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 9,5 0,0 0,0 9,5 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 48,0 24,0 0,0 38,0 0,0 0,0 3,8 113,8



MeNA Home NAS 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 2,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 48,0 24,0 0,0 76,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 148,0



HiNA Home NAS 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 48,0 252,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 300,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 7: Home NAS – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9

11,0 11,0 11,0

115,0

17,3

34,7

3,5

1,7

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home NAS - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

17,5 17,5 17,5 17,5

8,8 8,8 8,8

92,0

13,9

27,7

2,8

1,4

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 8: Home NAS – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

0,1 0,1 0,1

1,1

0,2

0,3

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

0,3 0,3 0,3

2,8

0,4

0,8

0,1

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The overall energy consumption related to external or network attached storage devices are

increasing due to the growing installed base (EU stock). Due to our assumption of small NAS

the overall energy impact is rather small although the HINA scenario suggests that larger

NAS could have a significant impact on the scale of a few TWh per year. Energy impact of

networked standby (indicated to some extent by the amount of idle and the low power

modes) is in the MeNA 2020 scenario about 1 TWh per year. This overall low level should

not be underestimated. With the ongoing digitalization of media (e.g. music, video, picture,

games, mail, documents) the external storage capacity will considerably increase.

Redundancy (back-up) is also a factor that needs attention in that respect. The NAS example

shows that power management – even for smaller computer peripheral devices – is an

important issue.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 5 – Home IJ Printer/MFD A - 35


Annex 5 Environmental Assessment: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 5 –

Home Inkjet Printer/MFD

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

The product and technology definitions are according to Energy Star Program Requirements

for Imaging Equipment. This product category combines single function printer, copier or

multifunctional devices with Ink-Jet (IJ) marking technology. In support of network availability

the equipment is utilization different network options including wired (LAN, USB) and as a

growing application wireless (WLAN, Bluetooth).


Stock data have been again slightly modified from [TREN Lot 4, 2007]12 and [ICTEE, 2008] in

order to distinguish between home and office use. The installed base seems again a little bit

low.


Imaging equipment such as IJ-Printer/MFD is considered to have an integrated power

management. The implementation of these power management options are supported by the

requirements of the Energy Star Program for Imaging Equipment although the so called

functional added approach seems to be less ambitious. We assume that IJ-Printer/MFD are


start transitioning into a low power sleep mode according to a default delay time setting.


Active: Mode is equivalent to G0/S0 (applications are running).

Idle: Mode is equivalent to “ready mode” (imaging equipment industry terminology).

The delay time after the print job is assumed to be no more than 5 to 10

minutes [HiNA]. Then the device shifts into LowP2. A prolonged idle mode is

not assumed in the HiNA scenario due to the existing power management.


LowP2: Mode is a sleep mode from which the product can resume operation within

10 to 20 seconds depending on the device. In this mode the product is fax

capable (MeNA).

LowP4: Mode is equivalent to soft-off with WOL [LoNA]

LowP5: Mode is equivalent to soft-off

12













The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 to LoNA 2020. This selected

scenario considers best practice and the implementation of advanced power management

(about 80% of products fulfill Energy Star Program Requirements). The MeNA scenario (e.g.

the assumption that the equipment is use with wireless LAN interface) would increase overall

energy consumption considerably. Again, we try to show a tendency in the market. For an

individual environmental assessment the reader should consider mixed scenarios including

prolonged medium network availability phases.



Table 9: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Home IJ Printer 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 3,4 15,3 0,0 16,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 44,2



LoNA Home IJ Printer 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 3,4 15,3 0,0 16,0 0,0 28,5 0,0 63,2



MeNA Home IJ Printer 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 3,4 15,3 0,0 92,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 110,7



HiNA Home IJ Printer 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 3,4 15,3 0,0 92,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 110,7



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 10: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home IJ Printer 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 2,7 12,2 0,0 12,8 0,0 0,0 7,6 35,4



LoNA Home IJ Printer 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 2,7 12,2 0,0 12,8 0,0 22,8 0,0 50,6



MeNA Home IJ Printer 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 2,7 12,2 0,0 73,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 88,6



HiNA Home IJ Printer 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 2,7 12,2 0,0 73,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 88,6



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 9: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2

5,6 5,6 5,6 5,6

5,8 5,8

33,6 33,6

10,4

3,5

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0

40,0

45,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home IJ Printer/MFD - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

1,0 1,0 1,0 1,0

4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5

4,7 4,7

26,9 26,9

8,3

2,8

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 10: Home Inkjet Printer/MFD – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4

0,4 0,4

2,6 2,6

0,8

0,3

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4

0,4 0,4

2,3 2,3

0,7

0,2

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The environmental assessment of home IJ-Printer/MDF considered the implementation of

power management, moderate use and stock increase, as well as a further general 20%

improvement of power consumption per mode. A mix of LoNA and MeNA should be

considered a real life scenario. The MeNA scenario is insofar realistic due to the growing

application of wireless network technology. Against that background economy level energy

consumption is with about 3 TWh per year on a good level. Active use is not dominant. This

indicates the importance of power management and the utilization of low power modes. The

LowP2 (MeNA) energy consumption is with more than 2 TWh per year considerable. New

network options (wireless) in conjunction with larger data volumes could easily increase the

overall energy consumptions. The product group should be considered for networked

standby.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 6 – Home EP Printer A - 43


Annex 6 Environmental Assessment: Home EP Printer

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 6 – Home EP Printer

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:



multifunctional devices with Electro-Photography (EP) marking technology. In support of

network availability the equipment is utilization different network options including wired

(LAN, USB) and as a growing application wireless (WLAN). This product group represents a

typical multifunction laser printer with output of about 25 images per minute.



order to distinguish between home and office use. The available stock figures seem to be

low.


Imaging equipment such as EP-Printer/MFD is considered to have a highly advanced power


requirements of the Energy Star Program for Imaging Equipment based on the Typical

Energy Consumption (TEC) approach. We assume that EP-Printer/MFD are utilizing the

existing hardware and software options for reducing idle power and duration immediately and











capable (MeNA).


13








During the investigation of exemplary products we observed that products featuring Energy

Star Label or the Blue Angel Label have considerably lower ready and sleep mode power

consumption and feature strict power management settings. For example idle mode for a

similar product could be 50 Watt or 120 Watt. Such differences are influencing the impact of

this product group to a large extent.







The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 to LoNA 2020. This selected


(about 80% of products fulfill Energy Star Program Requirements). The MeNA scenario

assumes an increasing utilization of the wireless LAN interface for data input. With the

selected scenario we try to show a tendency in the market. For an individual environmental

assessment the reader should consider mixed scenarios including prolonged medium and

high network availability phases. A consequent HiNA scenario with prolonged idle mode is

not considered.



Table 11: Home EP Printer – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Home EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 500,0 50,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 50,0 45,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 144,5



LoNA Home EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 500,0 50,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 50,0 45,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 133,0 0,0 268,0



MeNA Home EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 500,0 50,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 50,0 45,0 0,0 230,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 325,0



HiNA Home EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 500,0 50,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 50,0 45,0 0,0 230,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 325,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 12: Home EP Printer – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 400,0 40,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 40,0 36,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 0,0 7,6 115,6



LoNA Home EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 400,0 40,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 4,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 40,0 36,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 106,4 0,0 214,4



MeNA Home EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 400,0 40,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 40,0 36,0 0,0 184,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 260,0



HiNA Home EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 400,0 40,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,1 0,9 0,0 23,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 40,0 36,0 0,0 184,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 260,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 11: Home EP Printer – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

18,3 18,3 18,3 18,3

16,4 16,4 16,4 16,4

14,6 14,6

84,0 84,048,5

3,5

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home EP Printer - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

14,6 14,6 14,6 14,6

13,1 13,1 13,1 13,1

11,7 11,7

67,2 67,238,8

2,8

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0

70,0

80,0

90,0

100,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 12: Home EP Printer – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,1 0,1

0,4 0,40,2

0,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4

0,5

0,6

0,7


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,1 0,1

0,5 0,50,3

0,0

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4

0,5

0,6

0,7


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The overall energy impact of this product groups is less than 1 TWh. The low market

penetration of 3.4% (7 million units in a total of 205 million households) influences this result.

The industry has displayed in the past years great awareness for power management. This

resulted in an improvement of the product’s overall energy efficiency. A mix of LoNA and

MeNA should be considered a real life scenario. The MeNA scenario is insofar realistic due

to the growing application of wireless network technology. The LoNA 2010 to LoNA 2020

scenario has been selected for the base case in order to show realistic proportions.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 7 – Home Phone A - 51


Annex 7 Environmental Assessment: Home Phones

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 7 – Home Phones

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A home phone is defined as a commercially available electronic product with a base station

and a handset whose purpose is to convert sound into electrical impulses for transmission.

Most of these devices require an external power supply for power, are plugged into an AC

power outlet for 24 hours per day, and do not have a power switch to turn them off. To

qualify, the base station of the cordless phone or its power supply must be designed to plug

into a wall outlet and there must not be a physical connection between the portable handset

and the phone jack.14

The product group is represented by an average DECT telephone.


Stock based on ICTEE, 2008. Data given for 2010 and 2020, interpolated for 2015


The telephone is ether active or idle. Own measurements indicate that some telephones

actually consume more power in idle, because the display is on when the device is in the

cradle. Product is always online (HiNA). We therefore made no use distinction in the

scenarios.


Energy consumption per mode is assumed to decrease by 20% across all modes.






14 Product and technology definitions according to Energy Start Program Requirements for Telephony.





Table 13: Home Phones – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Phones 2010


Power (W) 4,5 3,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 9,0 77,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 86,0



LoNA Phones 2010


Power (W) 4,5 3,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 9,0 77,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 86,0



MeNA Phones 2010


Power (W) 4,5 3,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 9,0 77,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 86,0



HiNA Phones 2010


Power (W) 4,5 3,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 9,0 77,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 86,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 14: Home Phones – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Phones 2020


Power (W) 3,6 2,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 7,2 61,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 68,8



LoNA Phones 2020


Power (W) 3,6 2,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 7,2 61,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 68,8



MeNA Phones 2020


Power (W) 3,6 2,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 7,2 61,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 68,8



HiNA Phones 2020


Power (W) 3,6 2,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 7,2 61,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 68,8



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 13: Home Phones – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

3,3 3,3 3,3 3,3

28,1 28,1 28,1 28,1

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home Phones - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2,6 2,6 2,6 2,6

22,5 22,5 22,5 22,5

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 14: Home Phones – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

4,0 4,0 4,0 4,0

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0

4,5

5,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


As the device is always on, there is no change in annual energy consumption at the EU-27

level across the different scenarios. The overall energy consumption is about 5 TWh per

year. That said, idle mode dominates with about 4.5 TWh/a the overall energy consumption

in all scenarios presenting a possible target for improvement.

The 2020 scenarios show slightly increasing overall energy consumption due to growing

number of devices, despite increasing efficiency.



This page is left intentionally blank

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 8 – Home Gateway A - 59


Annex 8 Environmental Assessment: Home Gateway

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 8 – Home Gateway

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Home Gateway is a Customer Premises Equipment with the main function of providing

access to a wide area network (WAN) via modem (DSL, DOCSIS, FTTH, Femto Cell) and

routing for wired or wireless local area networks (LAN). The product is a stand-alone device

(non-rack) with multiple network interface options. The home gateways may include VoIP or

DVB tuner/decoder (headed gateways).


DSL Gateway:

• Stock: Installed base has been estimated based on EUROSTAT data regarding

broadband access in the EU (status 07/2009)15. According to this source, the

broadband access penetration rate (number of broadband lines per 100 populations)

is 23.9. There are in total 94 million DSL access lines and 25 million broadband

access lines (non-DSL). Of this last number 18 million are Cable modems and 7

million approximately optical fibre lines. This figure does not indicate the number of

home gateways yet. Retail lines are the main wholesale access for new entrants with

71.4% of DSL lines. We make the assumption that 70% of the 94 million DSL lines

are end user access point. This would mean that there are 66 million DSL gateways

installed. Future development has been based on the assumption that DSL will

maintain a main access technology and slightly increase in the next ten years. Optical

technologies will however limit the increase in the long term. Based on these

considerations we assume a maximum household penetration rate of 40% or 82

million units as installed base in 2010.

Cable-TV Gateway:

• Stock: Installed base has been estimated based on “ASTRA Reach 2009” Market

Report.16 According to this report approximately 30% of households in Europe receive

TV and Internet services via TV-Cable. Future development has been based on two

assumptions. In the short term the number of the installed base will slightly increase

(35% household penetration rate) due to good price to broadband ratio. In the

15

http://ec.europa.eu/information_society/eeurope/i2010/docs/interinstitutional/cocom_broadband_july09.pdf

16 Internet download (2009-12-03):

http://www.international-television.org/archive/astra_satellite_monitor_europe_2009.pdf



midterm however the stock declines due to availability and more capable fibre-to-the-

home and wireless broadband access solutions.

Optical Gateway:

• Stock: In July 2009 a total of 120 million fixed broadband lines have been counted by

EUROSTAT. According to the FTTH Council Europe only 1.75% of all fixed lines in

Europe are currently Fibre-to-the-Home (+40% year-on-year). For this study we

assume a slightly higher penetration rate of 3% for the reference year 2010. In the

midterm we expect a strong increase of FTTH. Our forecast for 2015 and 2020 are

based on household penetration rate assumptions.



Active: Power consumption in active and idle mode correlates with an average ADSL

modem/router with LAN, WLAN, VoIP and USB ports. We distinguish an active

and idle power state. Idle is the product when full on but not transmitting or

processing a signal or data.

Idle: See active. No application is running [HiNA].


LowP2: Mode is optional sleep mode where modem and 1xLAN is active/idle and

WLAN powered-down [MeNA]

LowP3: Mode is not relevant

LowP4: Mode is not relevant

LowP5: Mode is equivalent to soft off




The power consumption values are based on average power consumption of simple

modem/router products. It is feasible to assume that power consumption could increase due

to increasing bandwidth (symmetrical), number of integrated network ports, constant

powering of plug-in devices (Power-over-Ethernet, Power-over-USB) and particularly due to



increase wireless demand (active antenna). Further consideration has to be given to the

integration of storage capacity (e.g. HDD, SSD) and the utilization of the device as a home

server. In this case passive cooling might not be possible and a hybrid home gateway/server-

type would result (including different use pattern). Another trend is triple-play capable headed

gateways that emerge from the CSTB sector. These hybrid products shift the use patterns

and require permanent high network availability (HiNA).







The selected scenarios for the base case are MeNA 2010 to HiNA 2020.



Table 15: Home Gateway – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Home Gateway 2010


Power (W) 12,0 10,0 0,0 6,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 17,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 8,5 92,5



LoNA Home Gateway 2010


Power (W) 12,0 10,0 0,0 6,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 0,0 0,0 17,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 0,0 0,0 102,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 186,0



MeNA Home Gateway 2010


Power (W) 12,0 10,0 0,0 6,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 8,5 0,0 8,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 85,0 0,0 51,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 220,0



HiNA Home Gateway 2010


Power (W) 12,0 10,0 0,0 6,0 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 17,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 170,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 254,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 16: Home Gateway – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Home Gateway 2020


Power (W) 9,6 8,0 0,0 4,8 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 17,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 67,2 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 6,8 74,0



LoNA Home Gateway 2020


Power (W) 9,6 8,0 0,0 4,8 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 0,0 0,0 17,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 67,2 0,0 0,0 81,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 148,8



MeNA Home Gateway 2020


Power (W) 9,6 8,0 0,0 4,8 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 8,5 0,0 8,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 67,2 68,0 0,0 40,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 176,0



HiNA Home Gateway 2020


Power (W) 9,6 8,0 0,0 4,8 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 7,0 17,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 67,2 136,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 203,2



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 15: Home Gateway – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

30,7 30,7 30,7 30,7

31,0

62,1

37,2

18,6

3,1

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0

70,0

80,0

90,0

100,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Home Gateway - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

24,5 24,5 24,5 24,5

24,8

49,6

29,8

14,9

2,5

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0

70,0

80,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 16: Home Gateway – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2

4,2

8,4

5,1

2,5

0,4

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5

5,6

11,2

6,7

3,4

0,6

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The development scenarios show increasing overall energy consumption from about 10 TWh

in 2010 to about 15 TWh in 2010. This increase results from the growing installed base

(stock). It also includes a general 20% improvement per mode, which has been question by

some stakeholder as not realistic due to increasing network capability (bandwidth, wireless)

and traffic (e.g. thin client applications). A mixed MeNA and HiNA scenario seems to be the

most realistic scenario. Such mixed scenario would indicate existing power management

options and the partial deactivation of functionality. And although home gateways are

networking equipment, that needs to provide high network availability, the implementation of

an advanced power management should be considered. Critical factor for such

implementation is the interoperability towards WAN and LAN equipment (combined effort)

including energy efficiency support by protocols (combined effort, see Task 7).

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 9 – Simple TV A - 69


Annex 9 Environmental Assessment: Simple TV

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 9 – Simple TV

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A commercially available electronic product designed primarily for the reception and display

of audiovisual signals received from terrestrial, cable, satellite, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV),

or other digital or analogue sources. A TV consists of a tuner/receiver and a display encased

in a single enclosure. Simple TVs are used in conjunction with a set-top box and lack the

integrated DVB tuner/receiver of Complex TVs.

Simple TVs cover both older analogue TVs and digital TVs lacking conditional access. It is

technically possible to wake-up the TV over network (SCART) e.g. in conjunction with STB

booting.


Overall stock assumption has been based on TREN Lot 5, 200717. Data was given for years

2005, 2010 and 2020. An interpolation was used for the year 2015 between 2010 and 2020.

We assume an average of two devices per household.


Simple TVs are assumed to have three modes:

• Active mode (4h per day) for which power consumption reflects larger, less efficient

displays.

• LowP4 is equivalent to (active low) standby. There are still older devices in the market

that consume more than 1W.

• LowP5 is off-mode with losses.


Mode and use assumption is similar to reference year 2010 (4 hours active and 20 hours in

LowP4, per day). Product stock is assumed to be shrinking as Complex TVs take some of

the market share of Simple TVs. Overall, energy consumption is assumed to improve by 20%

in all modes. The considerable number of older, less mature TVs in secondary use

influences the higher value of the active mode.

New products, not yet on the market, could include a higher power standby mode through

HDMI-CEC wake-up. However, actual market data are not available in that respect.

17

[TREN Lot 5, 2007]: EuP Study on Televisions, 2007; http://www.ecotelevision.org/









The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 and LoNA 2020.



Table 17: Simple TV – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Simple TV 2010


Power (W) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 490,0



LoNA Simple TV 2010


Power (W) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 520,0



MeNA Simple TV 2010


Power (W) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 520,0



HiNA Simple TV 2010


Power (W) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 520,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 18: Simple TV – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Simple TV 2020


Power (W) 96,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 384,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 8,0 392,0



LoNA Simple TV 2020


Power (W) 96,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 384,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 416,0



MeNA Simple TV 2020


Power (W) 96,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 384,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 416,0



HiNA Simple TV 2020


Power (W) 96,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 384,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 416,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 17: Simple TV – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

175,2 175,2 175,2 175,2

14,6 14,6 14,6

3,7

165,0

170,0

175,0

180,0

185,0

190,0

195,0


TE

C U

nit

in

kW

h/a

Simple TV - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

140,2 140,2 140,2 140,2

11,7 11,7 11,7

2,9

134,0

136,0

138,0

140,0

142,0

144,0

146,0

148,0

150,0

152,0

154,0


TE

C U

nit

in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 18: Simple TV – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

67,3 67,3 67,3 67,3

5,6 5,6 5,6

1,4

64,0

65,0

66,0

67,0

68,0

69,0

70,0

71,0

72,0

73,0

74,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

34,5 34,5 34,5 34,5

2,9 2,9 2,9

0,7

33,0

33,5

34,0

34,5

35,0

35,5

36,0

36,5

37,0

37,5

38,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


Active mode energy consumption is significant and absolutely dominates the overall

consumption. The overall energy consumption is going to decrease from about 72 TWh in

2010 to about 37 TWh in 2020. The overall decrease in energy consumption at the EU-27

level in the 2020 scenarios reflects the shrinking product stock of these older types of models

in the market. The standby/off energy consumption is less than 10% of overall energy

consumption. Still with 3 to 5 TWh per year it is a considerable amount of energy. This

product case has to be put in conjunction with the complex TV for which a higher “active”

standby has been assumed. It is important to notice that after a short period of good practice

following the implementation of the standby/off regulation (EC1275/2008) the danger is that

with higher network availability the overall energy consumption could increase again.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 10 – Simple Set Top Box A - 77


Annex 10 Environmental Assessment: Simple Set Top Box

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 10 – Simple Set Top Box

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A stand-alone device whose primary function is converting standard-definition (SD) or high-

definition (HD), free-to-air digital broadcast signals to analogue broadcast signals suitable for

analogue television or radio, has no “conditional access” function, and offers no recording

function based on removable media in standard library format.18


Stock for the reference year 2010 is based on TREN Lot 0, 200719. Data extrapolated from

EU-25 to EU-27 based on 2005 population. According to TREN Lot 0, Simple STBs are

expected to be obsolete by 2025. We are not following this assumption and rather assume

that Simple STBs will remain in the market for a considerable amount of time. Replacement

will start after 2020 with mass utilization of IPTV.


Simple STBs feature only three modes:

• Active mode, the duration of which is 4h of TV reception and 1h of recording TV

programmes. MeNA and HiNA scenarios consider longer active mode duration for

users that do not use a timer function.

• LowP4 is equivalent to standby. The 2W assumption reflects the amount of older

models still in the market.

• LowP5 is off mode with losses.


The product stock is gradually shrinking as the market shifts towards Complex STBs and

Complex TVs. Simple STBs might be used for a secondary TV (e.g. with DVB-T).

Modes and use assumptions are similar to 2010 scenarios with a general power

consumption improvement of 20% per mode. However, it is possible that no improvement in

energy consumption will occur due to the remaining older product stock in the market.

18 Product and technology definitions according to EC Regulation 107/2009/EC.

19 [TREN Lot 0, 2007] EuP study on Simple Set Top Boxes, 2007.



Table 19: Simple Set Top Box – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Simple STB 2010


Power (W) 16,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 89,5



LoNA Simple STB 2010


Power (W) 16,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 38,0 0,0 118,0



MeNA Simple STB 2010


Power (W) 16,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 38,0 0,0 118,0



HiNA Simple STB 2010


Power (W) 16,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 384,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 384,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 20: Simple Set Top Box – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Simple STB 2020


Power (W) 12,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 64,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 7,6 71,6



LoNA Simple STB 2020


Power (W) 12,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 64,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 30,4 0,0 94,4



MeNA Simple STB 2020


Power (W) 12,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 64,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 30,4 0,0 94,4



HiNA Simple STB 2020


Power (W) 12,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 307,2 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 307,2



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 19: Simple Set Top Box – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

29,2 29,2 29,2

140,2

13,9 13,93,5

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Simple STB - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

23,4 23,4 23,4

112,1

11,1 11,1

2,8

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 20: Simple Set Top Box – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

4,4 4,4 4,4

21,2

2,1 2,10,5

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2,9 2,9 2,9

13,8

1,4 1,40,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


Active mode dominates the energy consumption in all scenarios. Our scenario assumption

with the same LoNA and MeNA reflects the difficulty with this product group. Both scenarios

undervalue this product group. A real life scenario would need a mix of LoNA and HiNA. In

such as case the overall energy consumption would not be only about 5 TWh per year but

rather 10 TWh per year or even more. This real life scenario would assume that the user is

leaving the device partially in active and is not using passive standby. The 2020 scenarios

show the result of the reduced stock. Given the fact that such a product would not need

network availability a consequent auto-power-down into standby/off would be the

recommended.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 11 – Complex TV A - 85


Annex 11 Environmental Assessment: Complex TV

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 11 – Complex TV

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A commercially available electronic product designed primarily for the reception and display

of audiovisual signals received from terrestrial, cable, satellite, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV),

or other digital or analogue sources. A TV consists of a tuner/receiver and a display encased

in a single enclosure. Complex TVs feature and use an integrated DVB tuner/receiver and

can allow for conditional access.

Broadly speaking, Complex TVs are state-of-the-art digital HD or 3D TVs with integrated

digital tuners, optional decoders and to some extent recording/storage capability (the noise

and lifetime reliability of HDD is an issue in that respect). It is technically possible to wake-up

the TV over network (HDMI-CEC, WOL or WOWLAN), for example, in conjunction with

provider service access or booting of a connected media center.


Overall stock assumptions have been based on TREN Lot 5, 2007. Data was given for years

2005, 2010 and 2020. An interpolation was used for the year 2015 between 2010 and 2020.

We assume an average of two devices per household. The number of Complex TVs is

expected to over the coming years as the number of Simple TVs and Simple STBs which

they replace will decline.


Complex TVs have four modes:

• Active mode with 4h use duration per day. Higher power consumption reflects

typically larger and more complex full HD/3D display (mid/high end devices).

• LowP2 is equivalent to active standby with medium network availability. Current

product’s power consumption varies largely between a few Watts and more than 30

W, depending on the functions provided.

• LowP4 is equivalent to active standby. Most products consume less than 1W.

• LowP5 is off-mode with losses.


Power consumption of Complex TV has improved by 20% in all modes. For active mode one

might argue that LED backlights and other technologies have a larger improvement potential.

This is generally correct, but we have to consider the evolving system requirements, for

example, in conjunction with full HD, 4K or 3D. In particular, 3D in conjunction with active



shutter glasses will require higher luminescence setting which results in about 20% more

energy demand of the TV. The important aspect is however the networked standby capability

which is covered by LowP4. We assume a >20% improvement in that respect but due to the

installed base of older TVs further overall improvement until 2010 is not realistic. By 2020,

TVs will have multiple network options.










Table 21: Complex TV – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Complex TV 2010


Power (W) 150,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 600,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 610,0



LoNA Complex TV 2010


Power (W) 150,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 600,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 640,0



MeNA Complex TV 2010


Power (W) 150,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 600,0 300,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 920,0



HiNA Complex TV 2010


Power (W) 150,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 600,0 600,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1200,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 22: Complex TV – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Complex TV 2020


Power (W) 120,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 8,0 488,0



LoNA Complex TV 2020


Power (W) 120,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 512,0



MeNA Complex TV 2020


Power (W) 120,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 240,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 16,0 0,0 736,0



HiNA Complex TV 2020


Power (W) 120,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 480,0 480,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 960,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 21: Complex TV – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

219,0 219,0 219,0 219,0

109,5

219,0

14,6

7,3

3,7

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0

350,0

400,0

450,0

500,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Complex TV - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

175,2 175,2 175,2 175,2

87,6

175,2

11,7

5,8

2,9

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0

350,0

400,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 22: Complex TV – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

4,4 4,4 4,4 4,4

2,2

4,4

0,3

0,1

0,1

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

28,7 28,7 28,7 28,7

14,4

28,7

1,9

1,0

0,5

0,0

10,0

20,0

30,0

40,0

50,0

60,0

70,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The overall development and the significant increase in TEC at the EU-27 level reflects an

increasing product stock of complex TVs and has to be seen in conjunction to the decrease

in simple TVs. The power consumption of Idle in the MeNA 2020 is with about 14.4 TWh is

considerable and needs to be addressed. Network availability would be an important issue

for this product group. At the moment we do not have products featuring low power standby

in support of possible network initiated wake-ups.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 12 – Complex Set Top Box A - 93


Annex 12 Environmental Assessment: Complex Set Top Box

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 12 – Complex Set Top Box

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A complex set-top box is a set-top box that allows conditional access. A set-top box is a

stand-alone device, using an integral or dedicated external power supply, for the reception of

Standard Definition (SD) or High Definition (HD) digital broadcasting services via IP, cable,

satellite and/or terrestrial transmission and their conversion to analogue RF and/or line

signals and/or with a digital output signal.20


Stock based on TREN Lot 18, 2008.21. The data was given for 2010, 2015 and 2020 in the

report. In the long term we assume a different trend than the one assumed in Lot 18. We

assume that complex STBs and so called Media Centre or Digital Media Receiver are

merging. This new converging product group will have a high market penetration. A digital

media receiver is a device that connects to a home network using either a wireless or wired

connection. It includes a user interface that allows users to navigate through a digital media

library, search for, and play back media files. The device is connected to a TV using standard

cables.22


Complex STB (with conditional access, and return path) features four modes:

• Active mode duration correlates with average 4h of TV receiving and 1h recording of

TV programmes. Power consumption in active is considerably higher than the simple

STB due to integrated recording/storage capability (HDD), the number of digital

tuners and decoder.

• LowP 2 is equivalent to active standby (high) which allows remote access and

reactivation of the device for the service provider.

• LowP 4 is equivalent to passive standby (time function active). The 0.7W assumption

reflects good practice and voluntary agreement compliance in the market.

20 Product and technology definitions according to TREN Lot 18, 2008.

21 [TREN Lot 18, 2007] EuP study on Complex Set Top Boxes, 2008. www.ecocomplexstb.org

22 Modified from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_media_receiver. Accessed 22 Jan 2010



• LowP 5 is off mode with losses.


The product stock is increasing due to the increasing demand and requirements for HD and,

later, 3D TV programmes.

Modes and use assumptions are similar to 2010 scenarios with a general power

consumption improvement of 20% per mode. With the introduction of more advanced

recording/storage technology (e.g. SSD) power consumption could improve even more.










Table 23: Complex Set Top Box – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Complex STB 2010


Power (W) 30,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 159,5



LoNA Complex STB 2010


Power (W) 30,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 38,0 0,0 188,0



MeNA Complex STB 2010


Power (W) 30,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 9,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 95,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 264,0



HiNA Complex STB 2010


Power (W) 30,0 10,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 190,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 340,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 24: Complex Set Top Box – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Complex STB 2020


Power (W) 24,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 7,6 127,6



LoNA Complex STB 2020


Power (W) 24,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 19,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 30,4 0,0 150,4



MeNA Complex STB 2020


Power (W) 24,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 9,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,5 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 76,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,2 0,0 211,2



HiNA Complex STB 2020


Power (W) 24,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 5,0 19,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 152,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 272,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 23: Complex Set Top Box – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

54,8 54,8 54,8 54,8

34,7

69,4

13,9

6,9

3,5

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Complex STB - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

43,8 43,8 43,8 43,8

27,7

55,5

11,1

5,5

2,8

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 24: Complex Set Top Box – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5

2,8

5,7

1,1

0,6

0,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

4,9 4,9 4,9 4,9

3,1

6,3

1,3

0,6

0,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2. Discussion of results:

Active mode is dominant power consumption although Idle (serving in place of a networked

or active standby mode) is equally important in the MENA and HiNA scenarios. The overall

energy consumption of 5.2 to 11.2 TWh/a is substantial against the growing product stock

and probably more intense use patterns in the future. The improvement potential lays in

power management and additional reduction of power consumption per mode.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 13 – Simple Player/Recorder A - 101


Annex 13 Environmental Assessment: Simple Player/Recorder

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 13 – Simple Player/Recorder

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A Simple Player/Recorder is a stand-alone device whose primary function is to decode video

to an output audio/video signal (from recorded or recordable media via a powered or

integrated media interface such as an optical drive, USB or HDD interface), has no tuner

unless it records on a removable media in a standard library format, is mains powered, does

not have a display for viewing, and is not designed for a broad range of home or office

applications.23


Stock assumptions are based on Draft ENTR Lot 3, ongoing24. The data of the stock of the

UK was given in the ENTR Lot 3 report. The UK market for electronics typically represents

18% of the total EU-27 for electronics. The EU totals have been calculated accordingly. It is

questionable if this type of media will really decline in the predicted way. We therefore

adjusted the figures to a slower decline by a correlation to the household penetration rate.

The product group describes currently installed base of VCR, DVD, BluRay, and HDD (single

media) Player/Recorder devices.


We consider that such product could feature up to four modes:

• Active mode is actively playing or recording content. We assume an average 1.5h per

day (one movie).

• Idle mode is an active mode where the product is ready but no content is played or

recorded.

• LowP3 is equivalent to active low or passive standby where a timer is running. The

somewhat higher power consumption of 4.5 W reflects the situation that there are still

a substantial number of older devices in the market.

• LowP5 is equivalent to off-mode with losses. The assumption of 1W takes into

account the number of older devices still on the market.


23 Product and technology definitions according to ENTR Lot 3 Draft Task 1-5.

24 [ENTR Lot 3, ongoing] EuP study on sound and imaging equipment www.ecomultimedia.org



Modes and use patterns similar to the reference year 2010. General energy consumption

improvement per mode is assumed to be20%.










Table 25: Simple Player/Recorder – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Simple Player Recorder 2010


Power (W) 20,0 16,0 0,0 0,0 4,5 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 30,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 11,0 49,0



LoNA Simple Player Recorder 2010


Power (W) 20,0 16,0 0,0 0,0 4,5 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 30,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 99,0 0,0 0,0 137,0



MeNA Simple Player Recorder 2010


Power (W) 20,0 16,0 0,0 0,0 4,5 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 30,0 8,0 0,0 0,0 99,0 0,0 0,0 137,0



HiNA Simple Player Recorder 2010


Power (W) 20,0 16,0 0,0 0,0 4,5 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 22,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 30,0 360,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 390,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 26: Simple Player/Recorder – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Simple Player Recorder 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,8 0,0 0,0 3,6 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 6,4 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 8,8 39,2



LoNA Simple Player Recorder 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,8 0,0 0,0 3,6 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 6,4 0,0 0,0 79,2 0,0 0,0 109,6



MeNA Simple Player Recorder 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,8 0,0 0,0 3,6 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 0,5 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 6,4 0,0 0,0 79,2 0,0 0,0 109,6



HiNA Simple Player Recorder 2020


Power (W) 16,0 12,8 0,0 0,0 3,6 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 1,5 22,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 288,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 312,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 25: Simple Player/Recorder – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

11,0 11,0 11,0 11,0

2,9 2,9 2,9

131,4

36,1 36,1

4,0

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Simple Player Recorder - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

8,8 8,8 8,8 8,8

2,3 2,3 2,3

105,1

28,9 28,9

3,2

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 26: Simple Player/Recorder – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

2,6 2,6 2,6 2,6

0,7 0,7 0,7

30,6

8,4 8,4

0,9

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5

0,4 0,4 0,4

18,3

5,0 5,0

0,6

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


This product group is to some extend fading out due to more media center-type devices and

other media recording/storage options in the market. That said, the energy consumption of

the low power modes at approximately 5 TWh in 2020 is still considerable. If this product

would be left in idle (very unlikely) considerable energy consumption in an order of 10 to 20

TWh would result.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 14 – Complex Player/Recorder A - 109


Annex 14 Environmental Assessment: Complex Player/Recorder

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 14 –

Complex Player/Recorder

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A Complex Player/Recorder is a new product group incorporating a TV receiver and media

player/recording capability including DVD, BluRay, HDD or SDD. Stock based on [TREN Lot

18, 2008]25. The data was given for 2010, 2015 and 2020 in the report. In the long term we

assume a different trend than the one assumed in Lot 18. We assume that complex STBs

and so called Media Centre or Digital Media Receiver are merging. This new converging

product group will have a high market penetration. The Complex Player/Recorder connects

to a home network using either a wireless or wired connection. It includes a user interface

that allows users to navigate through a digital media library, search for, and play back media

files. The device is connected to a TV using standard cables.26


Stock assumptions are based on TREN Lot 18, 200827. The data was given for 2010, 2015

and 2020 in the report. In the long term we assume a different trend than the one assumed in

Lot 18. We assume that Complex STBs and so called Media Centre or Digital Media

Receiver are merging to the new product group, Complex Player/Recorder. This new

converging product group will have a high market penetration.


The Complex Player/Recorder could feature five modes:

• Active mode wherein the devices is receiving, recoding or playing content. We

assume that such a device is more actively used in comparison to single media

player/recorder. Active and idle duration is, in total, similar to daily TV use.

• Idle mode is an active mode where the product is ready but no content is played or

recorded.

• LowP2 is equivalent to active standby with fast play/quick start option and/or remote

activation over network capability. Power consumption level reflects status of current

devices in the market.

• LowP3 is equivalent to passive standby where a timer is running. The passive

standby reflects already legal compliance with the standby regulation.

25

[TREN Lot 18, 2007] EuP study on Complex Set Top Boxes, 2008. www.ecocomplexstb.org 26

Modified from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_media_receiver. Accessed 22 Jan 2010. 27

[TREN Lot 18, 2007] EuP study on Complex Set Top Boxes, 2008. www.ecocomplexstb.org



• LowP5 is equivalent to off-mode with losses.


Mode and use pattern is similar to reference year 2010. General power consumption

improvement per mode is 20%. We assume that product stock could increase more quickly

(10% of European households may use such a device in 2020).










Table 27: Complex Player/Recorder – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2010


Power (W) 35,0 30,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 105,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 145,0



LoNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2010


Power (W) 35,0 30,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 105,0 30,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 30,0 0,0 165,0



MeNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2010


Power (W) 35,0 30,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 105,0 30,0 0,0 200,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 335,0



HiNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2010


Power (W) 35,0 30,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 105,0 630,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 735,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 28: Complex Player/Recorder – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2020


Power (W) 28,0 24,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 8,0 116,0



LoNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2020


Power (W) 28,0 24,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 24,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0 0,0 132,0



MeNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2020


Power (W) 28,0 24,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 1,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 24,0 0,0 160,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 268,0



HiNA Compl. Player/Recorder 2020


Power (W) 28,0 24,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 3,0 21,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 84,0 504,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 588,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 27: Complex Player/Recorder – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

38,3 38,3 38,3 38,3

11,0 11,0 11,0

230,0

73,0

11,03,7

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Complex Player/Recorder - All Scenarios

2010 (TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

30,7 30,7 30,7 30,7

8,8 8,8 8,8

184,0

58,4

8,82,9

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


2020 (TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 28: Complex Player/Recorder – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8

0,2 0,2 0,2

4,6

1,5

0,20,1

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


2010 (EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5

0,7 0,7 0,7

15,1

4,8

0,70,2

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


2020 (EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


This new product group, with its growing stock, is potentially relevant for networked standby,

depending on its functional configuration and actual utilization. Due to the fact that medium to

high network availability could become a likely scenario, annual energy consumption could

have with 5 to 15 TWh per year a significant impact. In this case, controlling idle-mode power

levels and auto-power down would be a necessary requirements in support of energy saving.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 15 – Game Console A - 117


Annex 15 Environmental Assessment: Game Console

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 15 – Game Console

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Game console is a standalone computer-like device whose primary use is to play video

games. Game consoles use a hardware architecture based in part on typical computer

components (e.g., processors, system memory, video architecture, optical and/or hard

drives, etc.). The primary input for game consoles are special hand held controllers rather

than the mouse and keyboard used by more conventional computer types. Game consoles

are also equipped with audio visual outputs for use with televisions as the primary display,

rather than (or in addition to) an external or integrated display. These devices do not typically

use a conventional PC operating system, but often perform a variety of multimedia functions

such as: DVD/CD playback, digital picture viewing, and digital music playback. Current and

future high-consuming game consoles such as Xbox360 and PS3, contains increasing

internal storage and removable media (e.g. DVD, Blu-Ray). It gives the opportunity to stream

A/V-media and data to other devices, such as TVs, displays or HiFi-systems and therefore

uses wake-up functionality and networked standby.

Handheld gaming devices (Nintendo DS, Sony PSP), typically battery powered and intended

for use with an integral display as the primary display, are not covered by this specification.28


Based on the market data available from the new ENTR Lot 3 study on audio and video

equipment, the XBOX 360 and PS3 account 2010 for about 25 million units in the European

market.

Note: For the purpose of this study we assume a highly average product which represents a

mixture of the XBOX 360 and PS3. We are therefore under-representing smaller, standard

definition systems such as the PS2 (about 25 Watt active) and the Nintendo Wii (about 20

Watt active).


Change in performance increase power consumption while technology improvements reduce

power consumption from one generation to the next. The game consoles feature effectively

only two modes – active and off. Power consumption in active is not constant. It varies

according to the technical (chip) generation and supported applications. Video games

consume more power than watching a movie on DVD, but the difference is not much. Idle

mode is only about 85 % of active mode.

28

Check ENTR Lot 3 http://www.ecomultimedia.org



The selected power consumption values are based on the results on the NRDC issue paper

(2008): “Lowering the cost of play – Improving the Energy Efficiency of Video Game

Consoles”. There are also individual measurements available on Tech Blog pages on the

internet.

• Active mode is assume to be on average 150 W (190 W to 120 W) for playing 2h per

day video games or watching movies.

• Idle mode is an active mode while the device is ready but not running an application

(e.g. games or movie). Power consumption is on average 125 W (100 W to 140 W).

• LowP4 is a low power standby/soft-off mode with an average power consumption of 2

W. We assume that devices have a programmable auto-power-down (APD), but on

delivery it is not turned on and hard to find in the menu. Our network availability

scenarios reflect different type of settings for fast reactivation.



power consumption per mode: 20%.








The stock data is based on ENTR Lot 3 study in combination with the pragmatic assumption.



Table 29: Game Console – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Game Console 2010


Power (W) 150,0 125,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 300,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 44,0 0,0 344,0



LoNA Game Console 2010


Power (W) 150,0 125,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 300,0 250,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 40,0 0,0 590,0



MeNA Game Console 2010


Power (W) 150,0 125,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 12,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 300,0 1500,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 1820,0



HiNA Game Console 2010


Power (W) 150,0 125,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 300,0 2750,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 3050,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 30: Game Console – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Game Console 2020


Power (W) 120,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 240,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 35,2 0,0 275,2



LoNA Game Console 2020


Power (W) 120,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 2,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 20,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 240,0 200,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 32,0 0,0 472,0



MeNA Game Console 2020


Power (W) 120,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 12,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 240,0 1200,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 16,0 0,0 1456,0



HiNA Game Console 2020


Power (W) 120,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,6 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 2,0 22,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

365 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 240,0 2200,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 2440,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 29: Game Console – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

109,5 109,5 109,5 109,5

91,3

547,5

1.003,8

16,1

14,6

7,3

0,0

200,0

400,0

600,0

800,0

1.000,0

1.200,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Game Console - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

87,6 87,6 87,6 87,6

73,0

438,0

803,0

12,8

11,7

5,8

0,0

100,0

200,0

300,0

400,0

500,0

600,0

700,0

800,0

900,0

1.000,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 30: Game Console – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7

2,3

13,7

25,1

0,4

0,4

0,2

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

3,0 3,0 3,0 3,0

2,5

14,9

27,3

0,4

0,4

0,2

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The annual energy consumption of game consoles is considerable due to the performance in

active and therefore also in mode. The development scenario MeNA 2020 is with 18 TWh a

considerable impact. In comparison to computers, current game consoles do not feature

much scaled power management. The devices are active/idle or standby/off. If the products

are kept idle in “Pause” or for faster reactivation then improvement potential is clearly in the

reduction of idle mode duration or an advanced power management.

If we take the whole spectrum of game consoles – the smaller products such as Nintendo Wii

– the standby power consumption will increase in total. The “WiiConnect24” standby mode

indicates a higher level of network availability and consumes about 9.5 Watts in comparison

to regular standby of about 1.3 Watts. Let’s assume in a worst case scenario that the 22.5

million Wii consoles in the European market would be in WiiConnect24 standby for 24/7/365.

The resulting annual energy consumption would be 1.8 TWh.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 16 – Office Desktop A - 125


Annex 16 Environmental Assessment: Office Desktop PC

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 16 – Office Desktop PC

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Desktop PC is a computer where the main unit is intended to be located in a permanent

location, often on a desk or on the floor. Desktops are not designed for portability and utilize

an external computer display, keyboard, and mouse.29

This product group also contains Integrated Desktop Computer, a desktop system in which

the computer and computer display function as a single unit which receives its ac power

through a single cable.30


Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]31 and [ICTEE, 2008].32 The

forecast assumes a slow increase over time due to increasing number of office work places

in the EU-27 (mostly in new member states). In terms of office penetration we assume a

decline due to the increasing use of notebooks and thin clients.


Desktop PCs are considered to have an integrated power management on the basis for

ACPI. The implementation of these power management options are supported by the

requirements of the Energy Star Program for Computers. We assume that Desktop PCs are


start transitioning into low power sleep modes S3 and S5 according to a default delay time

setting. In support of network availability the equipment is utilization Wake-on-LAN in the

respective sleep modes.




idle power.



29













G1/S4 (hibernate) is not used for Desktop Computers, because it offers only minor savings in

energy consumption while increasing the booting times significantly. For Desktop Computers

it is more likely being shut down (soft off with/without WOL).













Table 31: Office Desktop PC – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 420,0 150,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,5 592,5



LoNA Office Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 420,0 150,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 33,0 0,0 603,0



MeNA Office Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 420,0 150,0 0,0 70,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 640,5



HiNA Office Desktop PC 2010


Power (W) 70,0 50,0 25,0 4,7 4,0 2,2 1,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 420,0 900,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1320,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 32: Office Desktop PC – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office Desktop PC 2020


Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 2,0 0,0 15,0 26,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 336,0 120,0 0,0 0,0 6,4 0,0 18,0 480,4



LoNA Office Desktop PC 2020


Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 336,0 120,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 26,4 0,0 482,4



MeNA Office Desktop PC 2020


Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 336,0 120,0 0,0 56,4 0,0 0,0 0,0 512,4



HiNA Office Desktop PC 2020


Power (W) 56,0 40,0 20,0 3,8 3,2 1,8 1,2

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 336,0 720,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 1056,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 31: Office Desktop PC – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

100,8 100,8 100,8 100,8

36,0 36,0 36,0

216,0

16,97,95,4

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0

350,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office Desktop PC - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

80,6 80,6 80,6 80,6

28,8 28,8 28,8

172,8

13,56,34,3

0,0

50,0

100,0

150,0

200,0

250,0

300,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 32: Office Desktop PC – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

6,0 6,0 6,0 6,0

2,2 2,2 2,2

13,0

1,00,50,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

5,6 5,6 5,6 5,6

2,0 2,0 2,0

12,1

0,90,40,3

0,0

2,0

4,0

6,0

8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The office Desktop PC scenario is to some extent comparable to the home Desktop

scenario. The utilization of the product is more intense and results in combined higher

active/idle energy consumption. The standby modes are still significant but most important

aspect for improving energy efficiency is a fast transition from idle into a medium network

availability standby. The HiNA scenario indicates the worst case situation and the

considerable environmental impact that would result on the economy level. The scenarios

are also based on highly averaged power consumption value per mode. Individual computers

could have significantly higher energy consumption in active and idle.

That said, we also need to consider that with Thin Clients and Zero Clients new product

energy the market which will shift energy consumption into centralized computing (data

center) and necessary networks (WAN and LAN). Most experts assume that this new

architectures will improve overall energy efficiency in computing. However, the correlation

between centralized computing, increase utilization of networks and resulting Quality-of-

Service (QoS) requirements are not well analyzed yet. Particularly the last aspect (QoS)

could lead to potential increase in energy consumption due to higher redundancy



requirements. The office Desktop PC market is changing. The new concepts will require a

focus on overall energy efficiency including end-user devices and large computing and

network infrastructures. Advanced power management on all levels as well as networked

standby modes on the end-user level are important aspects that need to be addressed.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 17 – Office Notebook A - 135


Annex 17 Environmental Assessment: Office Notebook

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 17 – Office Notebook

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A Notebook is a computer designed specifically for portability and to be operated for

extended periods of time either with or without a direct connection to an ac power source.

Notebooks must utilize an integrated computer display and be capable of operation off of an

integrated battery or other portable power source. In addition, most notebooks use an

external power supply and have an integrated keyboard and pointing device. Notebook

computers are typically designed to provide similar functionality to desktops, including

operation of software similar in functionality as that used in desktops.33

Note: Thin clients and zero clients are not considered under this product category. Industry

and commercially available market surveys suggest that zero clients and thin clients are a

fast growing product segments which will impact not only the enterprise market but also the

end-user market. The utilization of such products is to some extent different from Notebooks

and Desktop PCs due to the necessary software-as-a-service platforms.


Stock data are considering only to some extent [TREN Lot 3, 2007]. The numbers provided

by the older study are not fully plausible. We therefore considered a moderate office

penetration rate of 60% for the reference year 2010 and further increase.


Notebooks are considered to have an advanced integrated power management on the basis

for ACPI. They are optimized for mobile (battery) use and therefore reduce power (e.g.

display dimming, shut down devices) whenever possible. The implementation of these power

management options are supported by the requirements of the Energy Star Program for

Computers. We assume that Notebooks are utilizing the existing hardware and software

options for reducing idle power and duration and start transitioning rapidly into low power

sleep modes S3, S4 or S5 according to a default delay time setting. In support of network

availability the equipment is utilization Wake-on-LAN in the respective sleep modes.




idle power.

33

Definition according to Energy Star Program Requirements for Computers (Version 5.0)








LowP4: Mode is equivalent to G1/S4 hibernate with WOL [LoNA]





Recent data suggest that power consumption might further improve depending on the

performance, configuration, and selected technologies of an individual product. It is feasible

to assume that a combination of LoNA and MeNA is the most realistic real life scenario.










Table 33: Office Notebook – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 180,0 60,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 12,0 252,0



LoNA Office Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 180,0 60,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 22,5 0,0 262,5



MeNA Office Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 180,0 60,0 0,0 40,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 280,5



HiNA Office Notebook 2010


Power (W) 30,0 20,0 10,0 2,7 2,0 1,5 0,8

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 180,0 360,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 540,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 34: Office Notebook – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 144,0 48,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 9,0 201,0



LoNA Office Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 144,0 48,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 18,0 0,0 210,0



MeNA Office Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 3,0 0,0 15,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 144,0 48,0 0,0 33,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 225,0



HiNA Office Notebook 2020


Power (W) 24,0 16,0 8,0 2,2 1,6 1,2 0,6

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 144,0 288,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 432,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 33: Office Notebook – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

43,2 43,2 43,2 43,2

14,4 14,4 14,4

86,4

9,75,42,9

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office Notebook - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

34,6 34,6 34,6 34,6

11,5 11,5 11,5

69,1

7,94,32,2

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 34: Office Notebook – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

1,9 1,9 1,9 1,9

0,6 0,6 0,6

3,9

0,40,20,1

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4

0,8 0,8 0,8

4,7

0,50,30,1

0,0

1,0

2,0

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


Similar to the home notebooks this product group shows in the low and medium network

availability scenarios a high level of energy efficiency. The general improvement assumption

leads on the unit level to an overall improvement from LoNA 2010 (63 kWh/a) to MeNA 2020

(54 kWh/a). Networked standby relevant energy consumption is on an aggregated economy

level about 1 TWh per year and slightly increasing due to the still growing product stock.

HiNA is an unrealistic scenario for this product group.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 18 – Office Display A - 143


Annex 18 Environmental Assessment: Office Display

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 18 – Office Display

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

A display screen and its associated electronics encased in a single housing, or within the

computer housing (e.g., notebook or integrated desktop computer), that is capable of

displaying output information from a computer via one or more inputs, such as a VGA, DVI,

Display Port, and/or IEEE 1394.34

We consider mostly LCD-based displays with CCFL or LED backlight. OLED displays are an

emerging technology with better energy efficiency.


Stock assumption has been based on [TREN Lot 3, 2007]35 and [ICTEE, 2008]36.


The display features an active mode and two low power modes.

Active: Mode in which the equipment provides a picture according to the input from

the computer. Energy consumption could vary according to the display

technology, dynamic backlight adjustment and selected brightness setting.

LowP2: Mode is equivalent to sleep with wake-up over network.

LowP5: Mode is equivalent to soft off.

Product mode assumptions are similar to the home computer displays. The active-mode

duration (daily use pattern) correlates to the average use of office desktop PCs.


The general mode and use assumption is similar to the reference year 2010. General

improvement of power consumption per mode: 20%

Further reduction in on-mode power (W/cm²) is feasible. However, we assume that the

average screen size will increase over time and compensate the improvement to some

extent.

34







Table 35: Office Display – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,5 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 4,5 0,0 0,0 7,5 162,0



LoNA Office Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,5 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 9,0 0,0 0,0 9,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 13,5 0,0 0,0 4,5 168,0



MeNA Office Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,5 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 27,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 177,0



HiNA Office Display 22" 2010


Power (W) 25,0 0,0 0,0 1,5 0,0 0,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 150,0 0,0 0,0 27,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 177,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 36: Office Display – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 3,0 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 3,6 0,0 0,0 6,0 129,6



LoNA Office Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 9,0 0,0 0,0 9,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 10,8 0,0 0,0 3,6 134,4



MeNA Office Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 21,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 141,6



HiNA Office Display 22" 2020


Power (W) 20,0 0,0 0,0 1,2 0,0 0,0 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 6,0 0,0 0,0 18,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 120,0 0,0 0,0 21,6 0,0 0,0 0,0 141,6



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 35: Office Display – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

36,0 36,0 36,0 36,0

1,1

3,2

6,5 6,5

1,8

1,1

32,0

34,0

36,0

38,0

40,0

42,0

44,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office Display 22" - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

28,8 28,8 28,8 28,8

0,9

2,6

5,2 5,2

1,4

0,9

26,0

27,0

28,0

29,0

30,0

31,0

32,0

33,0

34,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 36: Office Display – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

2,2 2,2 2,2 2,2

0,1

0,2

0,4 0,4

0,1

0,1

1,9

2,0

2,1

2,2

2,3

2,4

2,5

2,6


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4

0,1

0,2

0,4 0,4

0,1

0,1

2,2

2,3

2,4

2,5

2,6

2,7

2,8

2,9

3,0

2020 NoNA 2020 LoNA 2020

MeNA

2020 HiNA

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

Datenreihen7

Datenreihen6

Datenreihen5

Datenreihen4

Datenreihen3

Datenreihen2

Datenreihen1


The further growing utilization of PCs (stock increase) results in an overall increase in energy

consumption related to office displays. In the future this would include Thin and Zero Clients.

The considerable improvements in display technologies are (LED/OLED) have a positive

impact of the energy efficiency. Nevertheless, the screen size is an important aspect with

respect to energy consumption. That means that with larger displays the overall energy

consumption could increase again. The low power energy consumption on the economy level

is about half a TWh per year. This seems rather small. It indicates the however the

importance of an advanced power management. Prolonged active phases (display on) would

result in significant energy impact.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 19 – Office Inkjet Printer/MFD A - 151


Annex 19 Environmental Assessment: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 19 –

Office Inkjet Printer/MFD

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:



multifunctional devices with Ink-Jet (IJ) marking technology. In support of network availability

the equipment is utilization different network options including wired (LAN, USB) and as a

growing application wireless (WLAN, Bluetooth).



order to distinguish between home and office use.


Imaging equipment such as IJ-Printer/MFD is considered to have an integrated power


requirements of the Energy Star Program for Imaging Equipment although the so called

functional added approach seems to be less ambitious. We assume that IJ-Printer/MFD are












capable (MeNA).



37







Product mode assumptions are similar to the home IJ Printer/MFDs. The average utilization

is more intensive.







The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 to MeNA 2020. This selected


(about 80% of products fulfill Energy Star Program Requirements). The MeNA scenario (e.g.

the assumption that the equipment is use with wireless LAN interface) would increase overall

energy consumption considerably. Again, we try to show a tendency in the market. For an

individual environmental assessment the reader should consider mixed scenarios including

prolonged medium network availability phases.



Table 37: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 17,0 34,0 0,0 26,0 0,0 0,0 7,5 84,5



LoNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 17,0 34,0 0,0 26,0 0,0 22,5 0,0 99,5



MeNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 17,0 34,0 0,0 86,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 137,0



HiNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2010


Power (W) 34,0 17,0 0,0 4,0 0,0 1,5 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 17,0 34,0 0,0 86,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 137,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 38: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 13,6 27,2 0,0 20,8 0,0 0,0 6,0 67,6



LoNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 13,6 27,2 0,0 20,8 0,0 18,0 0,0 79,6



MeNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 13,6 27,2 0,0 68,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 109,6



HiNA Office IJ Printer/MFD 2020


Power (W) 27,2 13,6 0,0 3,2 0,0 1,2 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 13,6 27,2 0,0 68,8 0,0 0,0 0,0 109,6



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 37: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

4,1 4,1 4,1 4,1

8,2 8,2 8,2 8,2

6,2 6,2

20,6 20,6

5,4

1,8

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office IJ Printer/MFD - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

3,3 3,3 3,3 3,3

6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5

5,0 5,0

16,5 16,5

4,3

1,4

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 38: Office Inkjet Printer/MFD – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4

0,3 0,3

0,9 0,9

0,2

0,1

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3

0,2 0,2

0,8 0,8

0,2

0,1

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The environmental assessment of office IJ-Printer/MDF considered the implementation of

power management, more intense use in comparison to home equipment, as well as a

further general 20% improvement of power consumption per mode. A mix of LoNA and

MeNA should be also in this case considered a real life scenario. The MeNA scenario is

insofar realistic due to the growing application of wireless network technology. Against that

background economy level energy consumption could increase again. Active use is not

dominant. Idle could be underestimated talking into account that some of the devices are

used in front desk environments (e.g. reception desk) with disabled power management. This

type of application indicates the importance of power management and the utilization of low

power modes. The LowP2 energy consumption is with about 1 TWh per year the single most

important energy consumption (MeNA scenario). New network options (wireless) in

conjunction with larger data volumes could easily increase the overall energy consumptions.

The product group should be considered for networked standby.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 5: Annex 20 – Office EP Printer A - 159


Annex 20 Environmental Assessment: Office EP Printer

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 20 – Office EP Printer

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:



multifunctional devices with Electro-Photography (EP) marking technology. In support of

network availability the equipment is utilization different network options including wired

(LAN, USB) and as a growing application wireless (WLAN). This product group represents a

typical workgroup laser printer with output of about 40 images per minute.



order to distinguish between home and office use. The installed base seems again a little bit

low.


Imaging equipment such as EP-Printer/MFD is considered to have a highly advanced power


requirements of the Energy Star Program for Imaging Equipment based on the Typical

Energy Consumption (TEC) approach. We assume that EP-Printer/MFD are utilizing the

existing hardware and software options for reducing idle power and duration immediately and











capable (MeNA).


38








During the investigation of exemplary products we observed that products featuring Energy

Star Label or the Blue Angel Label have considerably lower ready and sleep mode power

consumption and feature strict power management settings. For example idle mode for a

similar product could be 50 Watt or 120 Watt. Such differences are influencing the impact of

this product group to a large extent.







The selected scenarios for the base case are LoNA 2010 to MeNA 2020. This selected


(about 80% of products fulfill Energy Star Program Requirements). The MeNA scenario

assumes an increasing utilization of the wireless LAN interface for data input. With the

selected scenario we try to show a tendency in the market. For an individual environmental

assessment the reader should consider mixed scenarios including prolonged medium and

high network availability phases. A consequent HiNA scenario with prolonged idle mode is

not considered.



Table 39: Office EP Printer – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 800,0 80,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 400,0 160,0 0,0 65,0 0,0 0,0 7,5 632,5



LoNA Office EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 800,0 80,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 400,0 160,0 0,0 65,0 0,0 105,0 0,0 730,0



MeNA Office EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 800,0 80,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 400,0 160,0 0,0 215,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 775,0



HiNA Office EP Printer 2010


Power (W) 800,0 80,0 0,0 10,0 0,0 7,0 0,5

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 400,0 160,0 0,0 215,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 775,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 40: Office EP Printer – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 640,0 64,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 0,0 15,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 320,0 128,0 0,0 52,0 0,0 0,0 6,0 506,0



LoNA Office EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 640,0 64,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 6,5 0,0 15,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 320,0 128,0 0,0 52,0 0,0 84,0 0,0 584,0



MeNA Office EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 640,0 64,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 320,0 128,0 0,0 172,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 620,0



HiNA Office EP Printer 2020


Power (W) 640,0 64,0 0,0 8,0 0,0 5,6 0,4

Use hours (h/d) 0,5 2,0 0,0 21,5 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 320,0 128,0 0,0 172,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 620,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 39: Office EP Printer – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

96,0 96,0 96,0 96,0

38,4 38,4 38,4 38,4

15,6 15,6

51,6 51,625,2

1,8

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0

180,0

200,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office EP Printer - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

76,8 76,8 76,8 76,8

30,7 30,7 30,7 30,7

12,5 12,5

41,3 41,320,2

1,4

0,0

20,0

40,0

60,0

80,0

100,0

120,0

140,0

160,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 40: Office EP Printer – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

1,7 1,7 1,7 1,7

0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7

0,3 0,3

0,9 0,90,5

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0

3,5

4,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5

0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6

0,2 0,2

0,8 0,80,4

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5

3,0


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


The overall energy impact of this product groups (about 3 TWh/a) depends on the actual

utilization. Active mode and ready (idle) are highly considerable. The industry has displayed

in the past years great awareness for power management. This resulted in an improvement

of the product’s overall energy efficiency. A mix of LoNA and MeNA should be considered a

real life scenario. The MeNA scenario is insofar realistic due to the growing application of

wireless network technology. The LoNA 2010 to MeNA 2020 scenario displays good practice

leading to an overall reduction in energy consumption including networked standby of about

1 TWh per year.



Annex 21 Environmental Assessment: Office Phones

EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 5

Annex 21 – Office Phones

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Input Data

Product definition:

Office phone is a commercially available electronic product with a base station and a handset

whose purpose is to convert sound into electrical impulses for transmission. Most of these

devices require an external power supply for power, are plugged into an AC power outlet for

24 hours per day, and do not have a power switch to turn them off. To qualify, the base

station of the cordless phone or its power supply must be designed to plug into a wall outlet

and there must not be a physical connection between the portable handset and the phone

jack.39

The product group is represented by an average DECT telephone.


Stock based on ICTEE, 2008. Data given for 2010 and 2020, interpolated for 2015


The telephone is ether active or idle. Own measurements indicate that some telephones

actually consume more power in idle, because the display is on when the device is in the

cradle. Product is always online (HiNA). We therefore made no use distinction in the

scenarios. The utilization of the phones in the office environment is more intensive in

comparison to home use.


Energy consumption per mode is assumed to decrease by 20% across all modes.








39 Product and technology definitions according to Energy Start Program Requirements for Telephony.



Table 41: Office Phones – Input data for scenarios of reference year 2010

NoNA Office Phones 2010


Power (W) 6,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 124,0



LoNA Office Phones 2010


Power (W) 6,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 124,0



MeNA Office Phones 2010


Power (W) 6,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 124,0



HiNA Office Phones 2010


Power (W) 6,0 5,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 24,0 100,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 124,0



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Table 42: Office Phones – Input data for scenarios of forecast year 2020

NoNA Office Phones 2020


Power (W) 4,8 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 19,2 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 99,2



LoNA Office Phones 2020


Power (W) 4,8 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 19,2 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 99,2



MeNA Office Phones 2020


Power (W) 4,8 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 19,2 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 99,2



HiNA Office Phones 2020


Power (W) 4,8 4,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

Use hours (h/d) 4,0 20,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 24,0

240 d/a Mode Power (Wh/d) 19,2 80,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 99,2



Stock

Stock

Stock

Stock



Figure 41: Office Phones – Comparison of all scenarios TEC

5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8

24,0 24,0 24,0 24,0

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

30,0

35,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a

Office Phones - All Scenarios 2010

(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6

19,2 19,2 19,2 19,2

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0


TE

C in

kW

h/a


(TEC Unit in kWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active



Figure 42: Office Phones – Comparison of all scenarios EU total

0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4

1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active

0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4

1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6

0,0

0,5

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,5


An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a


(EU Total in TWh/a)

LowP 5

LowP 4

LowP 3

LowP 2

LowP 1

Idle

Active


As the device is always on, there is no change in annual energy consumption at the EU-27

level across the different scenarios. The overall energy consumption is decreasing form 2.2

TWh in 2010 to 2.0 TWh in 2020 due to the assumed general improvement scenario. The

idle mode dominates the overall energy consumption in all scenarios presenting a possible

target for improvement.

The 2020 scenarios show slightly increasing overall energy consumption due to growing

number of devices, despite increasing efficiency.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 6: Technical Analysis 6-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 6

Technical Analysis BAT

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents

6 Task 6: Technical Analysis BAT .................................................................................. 6-4

6.1 Industry Best Practice .......................................................................................... 6-6

6.1.1 Personal Computers and Displays ................................................................ 6-6

6.1.2 Imaging Equipment ....................................................................................... 6-8

6.1.3 Networking and Customer Premises Equipment ........................................... 6-9

6.1.4 Consumer Electronics ................................................................................. 6-11

6.1.5 Mobile Communication ................................................................................ 6-12

6.2 Standardization for Energy Efficiency ................................................................. 6-13

6.2.1 Energy Efficient Ethernet ............................................................................. 6-13

6.2.2 Network Proxying ........................................................................................ 6-13

6.3 Best Available Products ..................................................................................... 6-15

6.3.1 Computer Products ..................................................................................... 6-15

6.3.2 Display ........................................................................................................ 6-18

6.3.3 Home NAS .................................................................................................. 6-18

6.3.4 Imaging Equipment (Printer) ........................................................................ 6-19

6.3.5 Home Gateway ........................................................................................... 6-19

6.3.6 Television .................................................................................................... 6-20

6.3.7 Complex Set-Top-Boxes and Player/Recorder ............................................ 6-21

6.3.8 Smart Phones ............................................................................................. 6-24

6.3.9 Summary ..................................................................................................... 6-25

6.4 Conclusion ......................................................................................................... 6-26



6 Task 6: Technical Analysis BAT

General objective: The subsequent analysis has been modified from the given methodology

in order to serve the particular purpose of this horizontal study on networked standby. The

objective of this task report however remains and is to identify and describe Best Available

Technology (BAT), their technical and environmental performance parameters, as well as the

state-of-the-art in technology and product implementation.1

Introduction: The results of the technical analysis (task report 4) and the environmental

assessment (task report 5) support the conclusion that networked standby modes are very

beneficial – and against the background of growing network capability of products –

necessary instruments for saving energy. Networked standby only achieves an improvement

of energy efficiency when implemented within an advanced and consequent power

management. Technically, this includes a specific selection or development of hardware (e.g.

System-on-Chip), circuitry design (e.g. power supply), and corresponding software (e.g.

power policy of operating system in conjunction with firmware). The improvement is not only

related to the single product’s design. The computing and network infrastructure, in which the

product is implemented, also have a considerable influence with respect to an effective

power management. The following analysis of BAT will consider these product- and system-

specific aspects.

Existing best practice: Power management is not a novelty for many product sectors

although networked standby and dedicated networked standby modes are quite a new

concept. The starting point is the existing best practice in the computer and mobile device

industry. The technical assessment indicated that there are some driving and limiting factors

for an advanced power management.

Driving factors:

• Battery-powered devices (limited energy budget, convenience of use)

• Form factor and noise (thermal limits of small devices, avoid active cooling/fans)

• Customer (user’s energy / cost awareness in conjunction with convenience of use)

Limiting factors:

• Products with mostly passive utilization

(Consumer electronics are basically used passively and with limited input/interaction

1 While the MEEuP would tend to include an analysis of Best-Not-Available-Technology (BNAT) in this section,

the technologies which are involved in the networked standby issue are developing so quickly that it is very

difficult to determine what is BNAT or BAT at present, and only more difficult when looking to 2020. As such,

this report focues primarily



options in comparison to a computer, which is more actively used and allows due to

constant feedback from the user a simpler detection of application demand.)

• Cost of hardware and software options

(Good power management and low power modes are mostly achieved through

dedicated design of components. With respect to network interfaces, system large

scale integration (system LSI or system-on-chip) provide advantages in terms of

power consumption per function, but might limit the freedom of design (also with

respect to software) and could have a considerable cost factor.)

• Missing standardization of interoperability and power mode schemes

(The advantage of ACPI has been discussed already, but there are some limits.

Suspend-to-RAM and suspend-to-disk are important concepts in the power

management of computers. It is based on the availability of enough memory capacity

and read/write speed. In the discussion with consumer electronics manufacturer the

following argument was presented. Suspend-to-disk is not a feasible concept e.g. for

TVs due to the limited technical lifetime, reliability, and noise associated to HDD. It is

not simple to agree or disagree with such an argument, but the study will address

these issues in the discussion of best available technology.)

Content of chapters: In the first chapter an overview on existing best practice in different

product groups is provided. We start with a general assessment of the “state-of-the-art”.

Then we investigate the driving and limiting factors for the implementation of power

management (see short discussion above). Finally, we are listing existing technology

solutions. Again, this approach of investigating the driving and limiting factors for power

management in individual product groups is designed to support the identification of general

improvement options and the evaluation of the necessity for individual solutions.

The second chapter briefly takes up the standardization activities for energy efficient

networks, as these are also considered best practice approaches.

In the third chapter best available products and their technical parameters are listed in order

to provide examples and orientation for improvement options. We focus on power

consumption in conjunction with certain levels of network availability and respective resume

time to application (e.g. sleep modes with WOL).



6.1 Industry Best Practice

6.1.1 Personal Computers and Displays

General assessment:

• The personal computer, imaging equipment, and to some extent the mobiles industry,

applying ACPI standardized technology platforms and operation systems have to be

considered as best practice.

• With ACPI an open standard for device interoperability and power management exists

that supports the equipment designer in the creation of energy saving solutions. The

combined effort of the computing industry over the past 15 years warrants positive

recognition.

• The industry is featuring capable and mature local area network standards including

Ethernet (IEEE802.3), USB, and WiFi (IEEE802.11). Within these standards

interoperability, recently energy efficiency and wake-up procedures have been

addressed. With Energy Efficient Ethernet (IEEE802.3az) and Proxying (ECMA 393)

two major efforts have been undertaken to improve the energy efficiency of networks

and networked equipment.

• The draw-back is the relative openness (still not always full interoperability) and

indirect limitation in design options (architectures) and technologies. With the

digitalization of media new copyright issues occur as it becomes trivially inexpensive

to reproduce content. Customer Premises Equipment, Complex STB/TVs and Media

Player/Recorder currently feature firmware with the intention of limiting the user’s

option for downloading, copying and storing media content. This conflict is to some

extent relevant in the context of network availability as providing such copy protection

may require increased power levels or inhibits power management.

Driving factors and limitations:

• The Energy Star Program has addressed computers and computer peripheral devices

for a long time. The industry supported this effort of the US EPA. With the

introduction of TEC (typical energy consumption) test methodology the energy

consumption under dynamic use conditions has been addressed. This type of

product testing (and respective energy requirements for different products) resulted

in an implementation of advanced power management featuring multiple sleep

modes, and automatic power-down through preset default delay times.



• Battery-powered portable or mobile products (e.g. notebooks) require advanced low

power components, circuitry and power supply design, and an ambitious system

power management.

• Small form factor (flat, light) and thermal constraints (less active cooling) are

considerable incentives to reduce power consumption in mobile, portable and all-in-

one products.

Technology solutions:

• Display technology and setup:

o Short default delay times for screen-off,

o LED technology supporting adaptive brightness adjustment,2

o Sensor-based user detection for screen-off (e.g. Philips Brilliance 225P1)

• Low power modes (ACPI):

o Idle mode power reduction: Reducing functionality, clock speed adjustment,

multi-core management, active cooling adjustment, adaptive network control

o Multiple sleep modes: S3 Suspend-to-RAM (with WoL option) and utilization of

fast read & write memory (Flash, SSD, HDD) for saving status of RAM and

processor (S4 with WoL), fast and reliable reactivation possible (this

increased user acceptance)

o Manual and automatic activation of power management: Optional default delay

times, application and device deactivation (e.g. WLAN), reliable power-down

routines including user interaction (pop-ups for saving content etc.)

• Efficient power supply:

o Conversion efficiency supporting feasible low power modes,

o High efficiency external power supplies

o Improved battery systems for longer use time and lifetime

• Energy efficient networks (see details in Task 4):

o IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet)

2 In some cases, the energy-saving potential of adaptive brightness appears to be overstated. See the study by

the UK Defra MTP: http://efficient-products.defra.gov.uk/spm/download/document/id/950



o ECMA 393 (Proxying)

o Wake-on-LAN (Magic packet)

o Wake-on-Wireless

6.1.2 Imaging Equipment

General assessment:

• The imaging equipment sector features two main and at least six other imaging

technologies with different power requirements ranging from a few watts up to a few

hundred watts and even kilowatts. Electro-photography (EP) is a main imaging

technology, which requires high thermal energy for the printing process. Thermal and

power management is an essential consideration in the design of these products.

• It was this high power EP-printer and EP-copier industry that introduced a multi-tiered

power management. Functionality and through that power consumption is reduced

step-by-step after a preset time duration. The reactivation capability (and resume time

to application) has been a critical factor in all solutions.

• The energy saving efforts made by the industry have to be recognized in a positive

way. In conjunction with energy efficiency the industry addressed the improvement of

reliability with respect to the power-down routines, the development of fast

reactivation technologies, as well as the improvement of the Digital Front End and

respective network interface for controlled wake-up routines (avoid faulty wake-ups).

• There are many technical lessons learned. However, most important is the growing

customer acceptance for power management settings and its utilization.

• This generally good assessment of best practice in the imaging equipment sector is

limited by the fact that a considerable number of low priced inkjet products do not

feature such advanced power management and consume significant energy in ready

or sleep. The Energy Star’s Functional Adder Approach for these products seems to

be suboptimal and needs attention in future setting of requirements.


• Similar to the computer industry and in conjunction with tightening energy

consumption requirements under the Energy Star® Programme, the imaging

equipment industry has been, for the past ten years, a best practice example for

implementing functional power management schemes into a technically very

heterogeneous market segment.



• The cascaded power-down concept has been developed deliberately in order to meet

the resume-time-to-application demand of the customers as best as possible, while at

the same time reducing overall energy consumption.

• Public awareness of the high power consumption (in ready) has been a strong

incentive. The awareness raised by energy labeling and public information campaigns

of governmental and non-governmental organizations.

Technology solutions (basically similar to computers):

• Fast fuser technologies for electro-photography imaging machines3

• Automatic device deactivation (e.g. scanner lamp)

• Adaptation of ACPI and respective component development

• Strict default delay time for power-down (typically only a few seconds or minutes, no

long ready modes anymore)

• Power management options on the top-level of the menu (eco-menu)

• Manual power saving options (some products feature soft switches and hard offs)

• Detailed product information (power consumption per modes)

6.1.3 Networking and Customer Premises Equipment

General assessment:

• Telephones, home gateways (modem/router), LAN switches/routers, WLAN access

points, and “headed” complex set-top-boxes (tuner/decoder with integrated modem)

in home and office environment are products (small equipment) with an average

power consumption of mostly under 20 Watt (Note: There are of course exceptions

when the gateway becomes a home/media server-type product). This situation is the

result of the business models related to customer premises equipment. The service

provider (telecom, tv-cable, etc) is interested in providing price-oriented equipment to

the customer. That means that the products are not “overloaded” with high

performance functionality.

• The resulting design requirement for the product includes a small form factor and

passive cooling. The product designer will focus on reliable performance (get all

3 The energy-saving effectiveness of fast-fuser technologies requires additional support from a full duty-cycle

analysis.



those new technologies and network options running) while at the same time

demanding low power components and better power supply designs. The cost factor

(low price) is limiting the availability of highly integrated (low power) devices.

• The semiconductor industry providing higher integrated components (system on chip)

are becoming aware of the “energy efficiency” demand by the equipment

manufacturers. However, component costs are still a considerable limitation to best

practice.

• The power-down of networking equipment and CPEs is currently limited by network

availability demand of the service providers. This demand results from frequent

service downloads and updates of the CPEs including firmware, application, and

electronic program guide updates. A particular concern is the updates by TV service

providers. The problem in this case is the limited bandwidth capacity of digital video

broadcast resulting in the active state of tuners and decoders over the long durations

of the downloads.


• The small form factor is supporting energy efficient product design (thermal

management, low/no noise, this limits the integration of HDD).

• Customers are less aware of the power consumption (however, there are some nice

blogs in the internet that prove otherwise). The situation might change in the near

future.

• IPTV options and the utilization of more efficient network architectures (Ethernet) are

potential drivers for new TV solutions or at least efficient program updates.


• System-on-Chip (highly integrated, energy efficient network interfaces in conjunction

with e.g. IEEE 802.3az)

• Energy Efficient Ethernet (IEEE 802.3az) in conjunction with low-power design of the

network protocols, e.g. energy efficient routing protocols)

• Support of Proxying (ECMA 393) solutions

• Support of ADSL/VDSL low power options (improved interoperability with network

service provider, not limited to DSL but also passive optical networks, DOCSIS)

• Selected power management and deactivation of functionality (e.g. WLAN module,

signal processor, adaptive link rate)



• Smart antenna technology (MIMO multiple-input and multiple-output in WiFi IEEE

803.11n, and cellular 4G wireless Long Term Evolution)

• Night switch off (timer, not only during the night)

• Broadband access network utilization (e.g. Fibre-to-the-home)

6.1.4 Consumer Electronics

General assessment:

• Similar to the PC, IE, and NE industry the audio/video (AV) and consumer electronics

(CE) industry is featuring large product portfolios with the trend to hybrid equipment.

Coming from long-time analogue technology the consumer electronic equipment is

typically not based on computer architectures (there are exceptions). The resulting

diversity of system designs, specifically designed hardware and software solutions

including network technologies leads to a lack of interoperability.

• Power consumption has been a big issue in the past few years with respect to lowest

power standby/off on the one hand, and the reduction of average active power

consumption (e.g. large TVs) on the other hand. The power management was limited

(mainly to the remote control standby) due to the more passive utilization of such

equipment (you turn it on and it runs as long as you like to hear or see the content).

• With more complex, network, and storage capable devices active power management

is a necessity. But at the present no standards comparable to ACPI are available. CE

industry should focus on standardization of interoperability and power management.


• Most CE products will be network-capable (wired or wireless). PC industry network

standards (LAN, WLAN) and computing architectures are strong competitors. Power

management could be a competition factor.

• Stakeholders from the TV industry indicated that the technical lifetime of non-volatile

memory (HDD/SDD) to save RAM and processor states is not long enough

(sufficient) for the more than 10 years expected lifetime of their products. This would

presumably apply for constantly writing the system state into non-volatile storage.

Nevertheless, HDD have been integrated in TV-sets already in order to facilitate

program recording functionality such as Time Shift Viewing.




• Introduce or adapt power management when product architectures reach “booting

required” complexity,

• Top-level eco-menu (dimmer settings, smart interface deactivation),

• Light sensors, display dimming, presence detection (where applicable)

• Sleep function (auto-off timer)

• HDMI network signalling which could power down connected equipment when the

display is switched off

6.1.5 Mobile Communication

General assessment:

• The mobile phone and smart phone industry had to take extreme power saving

approaches in order to extend functionality on a fixed energy budget. Even though

the type of network connections and the wake-up behaviours differ from the non-

mobile products, enough technical overlap exists to draw BAT conclusions.

• Apart from UMTS and GSM, which play a smaller role for the other product groups

under investigation, many smart phones feature wireless LAN, Bluetooth and USB

interfaces, which are also features of non-mobile products.

• Processor, memory and graphics capacity of smart phones are surpassing older PC

equipment, while maintaining “few chip” system architectures with low power demand.


• Limited battery storage capacity versus small form factor and maximum functionality

all of the time. Recharge as seldom as possible.

• Interoperability with peripheral or host devices (mainly through Bluetooth and USB so

far).

• Combining more expensive mobile network internet access with wireless LAN access,

when available

• Using wireless LAN to realize universal remote control at home

• Cell phone and wireless LAN technologies are also incorporated into many ebook

readers, so these are effectively part of the mobile phone architecture family.




• Smallest scale, smallest power integrated communication chips (or all-in-one)

• Interface modules to allow upgrades or market customization (usually for the

manufacturer, not accessible for the user)

• All current wireless technologies adapt signal strength to save energy.

6.2 Standardization for Energy Efficiency

6.2.1 Energy Efficient Ethernet

IEEE standard 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet) has been introduced in Task Report 4

(Chapter 4.4.1.4).

Energy Efficient Network Interface Controller by Broadcom4

According to a current white paper of Broadcom network equipment of all types can benefit

from lower power consumption, which reduces energy costs and lowers overall operating

costs for IT organizations. Broadcom® EEE-compliant products offer additional energy

savings and provide customers with end-to-end silicon and software solutions that enable

faster deployment of energy efficient networks.

As part of the EEN initiative, Broadcom has developed its proprietary AutoGrEEEn™

technology to facilitate the adoption of EEE and provide a faster migration path for legacy

networking equipment. AutoGrEEEn technology implements the EEE standard directly into

Broadcom PHYs and allows them to be in EEE mode when interfacing with non-EEE

enabled MAC devices, without requiring changes to those devices. This innovation allows

customers to make existing network equipment EEE-compliant by simply changing the PHY

devices.

6.2.2 Network Proxying

ECMA-393 (ProxZzzy™) Standard has been introduced in the Task Report 4 (Chapter

4.4.1.5).

Implementation is already ongoing, as the growing support in mainstream operating systems

shows. The two prominent examples are covered in short.

Apple’s Wake-On-Demand (WOD) is a proprietary technology that supports ECMA-393

network proxying on the base of Apple’s latest Operating System (OS X 10.6).5

4 Broadcom white paper (October 2010): http://www.broadcom.com/collateral/wp/EEE-WP101-R.pdf

5 Apple’s website: Mac OS X v10.6: About Wake on Demand: http://support.apple.com/kb/HT3774

(downloaded 26.08.2010)



The WOD technology allows properly enabled and configured Macintosh computers to

provide network services (like file, music or printer sharing) in low power sleep states with a

WOL-type wakeup. This is done in conjunction with the Apple airport base station or time

capsule, running the new “bonjour sleep proxy” (BSP) service, which then acts as a proxy for

the sleeping Macintosh computer offering the network service.

The BSP handles requests for the Macintosh’s network service (e.g. occasional synchs to

the server) while it sleeps and then wakes it up when it is required e.g. access a file, stream

song/movie or print a file to a network printer. When Wake on Demand is enabled, any Mac

on your network running Snow Leopard will automatically register itself and its shared items

with the Bonjour Sleep Proxy. This is in larger networks (with multiple routers) somehow

problematic. When a request is made to access a shared item on a Mac running Snow

Leopard, the Bonjour Sleep Proxy asks that Mac to wake and handle the request (that

happens with all requests). Once that request is complete, the Mac will go back to sleep at its

regularly-scheduled interval as set in the Computer Sleep section of the Energy Saver

preferences pane.

This technology has some advantages but could lead in larger networks to false wake-ups.

Windows 7 incorporates ECMA-393 network proxying and adds support for Address

Resolution Protocol (ARP) and Neighbour Solicitation (NS) offloads, which allows a proxy

service to maintain a Windows 7 computer offering network services to sleep while a proxy

server maintains its presence on the network.



6.3 Best Available Products

The selection of Best Available Products has been done according to the following criteria:

• The product examples feature power management options with low power modes

similar to networked standby. Power consumption values are available and have

been published (e.g. in test magazines).

• The low power consumption should not be related to an under-configured product.

The product selection considers state-of-the art functional performance, including

considerable computing power, storage capacity, latest (multiple) network

configuration, and good display performance.

• The product selection also considers customer convenience. This includes time-shift

functionality, internet access and media streaming capability (of non ICT products),

sensors etc.

For the following study of best available products only a few products have been selected.

There are a large number of products in different configurations available on the market. We

do not attempt in this study a complete performance benchmark.

6.3.1 Computer Products

The active and idle power consumption of personal computers including desktop, all-in-one,

notebook, tablets as well as thin and zero clients are varying largely in relation to its data

processing, memory and network performance (display size if applicable). The complexity of

the operating system as well as the application programs are influencing memory and

processing and through that the power consumption as well. In terms of network availability

(networked standby) the power consumption is mostly influenced by the type and number of

network interfaces. The resume time, however, is determined by the individual configuration

and the performance parameters of the equipment. Battery-powered devices feature already

an advanced power management. In conjunction with a somewhat reduced performance the

power consumption is in general much lower. Against that background it is difficult to provide

uniform examples of best available products. A selection of examples highlighting differing

aspects of available low power modes follows.

Acer Veriton N260G (Nettop):

• Configuration: Intel Atom N280 (1x1.6 GHz), Onboard VGA, 2 GB RAM, 160 GB

HDD, GB-LAN, 6xUSB, VGA, HDMI



• Power: Active (max 22.8 W, Idle (max) 15.6 W, Sleep (WOL) 3.8 W, Standby (S5 with

WOL) 1.4 W6

Lenovo Thinkpad X100e (Notebook):

• Configuration: AMD Athlon Neo MV-40 (1x1.6 GHz), Mobility Radeon HD 3200, 2GB

RAM, 250 GB HDD, GB LAN, 3xUSB, WLAN, Bluetooth, UMTS, VGA

• Power: Active (max 35.4 W, Idle (max) 14.3 W Idle (min) 9.8 W, Standby (S5) 0.5 W7

INTEL Corporation provided the following test results for new products as input to the Lot 26

Study. Systems under test (partially identified by the internal platform names) and test results

are listed below.

Desktop platform examples:

• Sugar Bay CRB (SandyBridge+CougarPoint, Mainstream)

• Dell OptiPlex960 (Penryn Core 2 Duo+EagleLake, Low cost VPro)

Notebook platform examples:

• Huron River CRB (SandyBridge+CougarPoint)

• HP EliteBook 2540p Notebook (Arrandale i5+IbexPeak, Business Notebook)

The results are summarized in table 1.

Table 1: Test results of desktop and notebook PC (provided by Intel)

System Type S3 PWR

S3 WOL

Pwr

S3 WOL

AMT Pwr S4 Pwr

S4 WOL

Pwr S5 Pwr

S5 WOL

Pwr

Idle (disp

on)

Idle (dis

off)

ARP S3

WOL Res

time

ARP S3

AMT Res

time

ARP S3

WOL Res

Energy

ARP S3

AMT Res

Energy1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W]

1[W] [Sec] [Sec] [W*Sec] [W*Sec]

SugarBay CRB DT 1.28 1.4 1.65 0.87 1.08 0.87 1.08 28.77 28.31 8 342

Dell Optiplex 960 DT 1.62 1.62 2.23 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 32.42 31.94 11 0.1 412 8.23

Huron River CRB NB 0.84 1.06 1.3 0.57 0.78 0.57 0.78 8.32 11.42 9 230

HP Elite 2540p NB 0.66 0.978 1.25 0.5 0.84 0.5 0.84 8.47 12.67 10 170

6 Source: http://www.pcwelt.de/produkte/Acer-Veriton-N260G-Business-Nettop-Verbrauch-und-Lautstaerke-

Idealer-Arbeitsplatz-PC-452884.html

Please notice: DEA suggests different values for these computers (Idle: 19.1 W – Sleep: 2.4 W – Standby/Off:

1.4 W with WOL enabled) 7 Source: http://www.notebookcheck.com/Test-Lenovo-Thinkpad-X100e-Subnotebook.25522.0.html

DEA suggests different values for Idle: 11.4 W – Sleep: 1.5 W – Standby/Off: 0.9 W.



Figure 1: Comparison of test results for desktop and notebook PC (provided by Intel)

The results of these test measurements show the low power performance with medium

network availability (S3 WOL).

The desktop PC power consumption in sleep S3 WOL (+Intel AMT) is below 2.5 Watts and in

the best case 1.65 Watts.

The notebook PC power consumption in sleep S3 WOL (+Intel AMT) is below 1.5 Watts and

in the best case 1.25 Watts. The lowest sleep (S4/S5 Base plus WOL) is under 1 Watt.



S4 and S5 states with WOL would be considered low network availability, and are shown

with 1.2 and 1.08 W for the desktop PC examples and 0.78 and 0.84 W for the notebooks.8

6.3.2 Display

Display energy consumption including standby has been optimized in the past years due to

new technologies (e.g. LED) and in conjunction with power saving measures (e.g. dimming,

default delay time settings, user detection sensors).

LG W2286L:

• Configuration: 22 inch-Display with LED-Backlight, 2xHDMI, DVI-D, VGA

• Power: Active 19 W, Standby and Off <0.1 W

In standby the product will still reactivate, when signal changes are detected on the inputs,

so this is a networked standby implementation at below 0.1 W.

6.3.3 Home NAS

This product group is again quite diverse. Power consumption is mainly influenced by the

memory capacity, chip set family and types/number of network interfaces (interoperability).

The products presented below are good examples (providing power consumption

specification) but not necessarily best available products.

Buffalo LS-WSX500L/R1EU

• Configuration: 2x250 GB HDD, Raid 0/1/JBOD, DLNA-Server, i-Tunes-Server,

Torrent-Client, LAN, USB

• Power: 8 W Active, 5.5 W Idle, 2.3 W Standby (with WOL)

LG N2R1

• Configuration: 2x1TB HDD, RAID, DLNA-Server, Gigabit LAN, eSATA, 3xUSB

• Power: 22 W Active, 19 W Idle, 9.3 W Standby (10 sec. reactivation), 2.3 W Hibernate

(40 sec. reactivation)

8 The UK MTP has suggested that in WOL enabled sleep mode 0.9W is possible for desktop PCs, and 0.7W for

laptops.



6.3.4 Imaging Equipment (Printer)

Imaging equipment has been the focus for power management in the past years. There is a

high diversity of products on the market.

Canon Pixma MG 6150

• Configuration: IJ-MFD, 9-12 ipm, USB, LAN, WLAN, Duplex, CD/DVD-Print

• Power: 25 W Active, 7.4 W Idle, 3.72 W Sleep (USB: Active, Wireless LAN: Active,

Wired LAN: Inactive) 2.0 W Sleep (USB: Active; LAN (Wireless / Wired): Inactive), 0.5

W Off

Ricoh Aficio SP 3400SF

• Configuration: EP (laser) All-in-One: A4; black and white

• Power: Max. 850 W, Active 475 W, Idle 68.8 W, Standby 9.7 W (15 sec. reactivation)

Although the standby value might seem high, the reactivation time is actually quite

low for this type of equipment, showing once more the relation between the two

parameters. Additionally, the UK MTP has evidence suggesting that for an inkjet

printer, 0.6W is possible in sleep and 0.2W in off mode, and for a large format EP

printer 4.6W is possible in sleep.

6.3.5 Home Gateway

Power consumption of home gateways are determined by the type(s) of modem, VoIP, LAN,

WLAN and other network configuration. The product examples below are not the simplest

products on the market.

Conceptronic C300GBRS4

• Configuration: 1xWAN, Router (4xLAN), W-LAN (n), WOL

• Power: with 1xWAN, 1xLAN and 1WLAN client registered, 4W Idle,

Sitecom WL-351

• Configuration: 1xWAN, Router (4xLAN), W-LAN (n), Multi-SSID

• Power: with 1WAN, 1xLAN and 1WLAN client registered, 3.3W Idle,

AVM FritzBox 7270

• Configuration: DSL Modem, Router (4xLAN FE), W-LAN (n), 3 Antenna, 1xUSB host,

2 TAE



• Power: Active 6.3 Watt, (Internet: Idle-timeout, auto reconnect), UPnP deactivation,

Night timer)

AVM FritzBox Phone WLAN 7390

• Configuration: VDSL- und ADSL2+ Modem, Router (4xLAN), W-LAN (n), VoIP, ISDN,

analogue Telephone (2), 2x USB

• Power: 9.3 W Active, 8.1 W Idle, WLAN-off-switch

6.3.6 Television

Most simple and complex TVs feature very low <<1W standby/off due to the EC1275/2008

regulation requirements. Complex TVs are just starting to enter the market. The problem is

the considerable booting time. These products therefore increasingly feature idle modes (fast

play, quick start), which can coincide with added network availability. The following products

are not necessarily best available products in terms of networked standby power. They

however show the current situation in the market.

Panasonic TX-L37GW20

• Configuration: 37-inch-Display, Full-HD, DVB-C, DVB-T, DVB-S2, analog, recording

functionality (on USB), DLNA-Client, VIERA-CAST Web-Services, LAN, USB, HDMI,

CI+

• Power: 98 W Active, 20 W (Recording), 0.25 W (Standby)

Sony KDL-52LX905

• Configuration: 52-inch-Display, Full-HD, DVB-C, DVB-T, DVB-S2, analog, DLNA-

Client, LAN, W-LAN, USB, HDMI, 3D, presence-detector

• Power: 130 W Active, ca. 60-80W Eco-Mode, 20 W Fast-Reactivation-Mode, 0.2 W

Standby

According to a comment from the Danish Energy Agency the following two TV’s from

Samsung have a very low consumption in standby mode with quick start. The information is

based on results from the independent Danish consumer magazine TÆNK.

http://www.taenk.dk/test/fladskaerm/testresultater/

Samsung UE40C7705:

• Configuration: 40-inch-Display, Full HD, 4 x HDMI 1.4, 2 x USB, Ethernet, Wi-Fi (via

dongle), Internet@TV med Twitter, YouTube, Facebook, Skype, Google Maps.

• Standby with quick start 0.15 watt



Samsung LE40C775:

• Standby with quick start 0.30 watt

6.3.7 Complex Set-Top-Boxes and Player/Recorder

The differentiation of complex Set-Top-Box and Media Player/Recorders is difficult, as these

product groups are merging regarding the functionality options. There are many hybrid

products in the market featuring integrated TV-tuner/decoder (with and without pay-tv),

media recording/storage (integrated HDD, or USB-connected), DVD, Blu-Ray, server-

functionality (e.g. with PC hardware) and defined internet capability (mostly firmware

solution).

Sat-Receiver SL HD-100 S

• Configuration: HD-DVB-S-Receiver without Pay-TV, HDMI, SCART, USB

• Power: 8.5 W Active, 3.2 W Standby with timer (networked), <0.2 W Standby

Sat-Receiver WISI Or 187 HDTV-CI plus

• Configuration: HD-DVB-S-Receiver with Pay-TV, CI+, HDMI, SCART, USB,

Recording via USB

• Power: 11.5 W Active, 0.2 W Standby (incl. timer)

Samsung Blu-Ray Player BD-C5500

• Configuration: Blu-Ray-, DVD-, CD-Playback, HDMI, USB, LAN, Internet@TV,

AllShare (DLNA)

• Power: 9.2 W Active (Blu-Ray), 7.8 W Active (DVD), 0.1 W Standby

AVM FRITZ!Media 8260 (Maxdome MediaCenter HD-TV)

• Configuration: HD-DVB-S2-Receiver with Pay-TV, CI, DLNA/UPnP-AV-Streaming,

Video-On-Demand, Web-Services, LAN, USB, HDMI, external HDD (optional)

• Power: 14 W Active, 11 W Standby incl. streaming access, 1.7 W “Deep Standby”



Stakeholders from the CSTB industry have remarked that this list of products may not be

entirely representative of the current CSTB market. That said, no better data on example

cases was provided.

For reference, the following tables provide the limit values as specified in the Complex Set

Top Box Voluntary Agreement (as discussed in Task 1).The VA specifies the maximum

energy consumption for compliant devices (expressed in kWh/year) with two tiers, one

effective from 2010 until 2013, the other from 2013 onwards. The limit values are calculated

by taking a base value for the type of device (Tier 1 limits are given in Table 6-2, Tier 2 limits

are given in Table 6-3), and adding a functional allowance for any additional functionalities

present (Tier 1 limits are given in Table 6-4, Tier 2 limits are given in Table 6-5).

Table 6-2: Base Functionality Annual Energy Allowance for Tier 1 of the CSTB VA

Base Functionality Tier 1 Annual Energy Allowance (kWh/year)

Cable 45

Satellite 45

IP 40

Terrestrial 40

Thin-Client/Remote 40

Table 6-3: Base Functionality Annual Energy Allowance for Tier 2 of the CSTB VA

Base Functionality Tier 2 Annual Energy Allowance (kWh/year)

Cable 40

Satellite 40

IP 35

Terrestrial 35

Thin-Client/Remote 35



Table 6-4: Additional Functionalities Annual Energy Allowance for Tier 1 of the CSTB VA

Additional Functionalities Tier 1 Annual Energy Allowance (kWh/year)

Advanced Video Processing 20

High Definition 20

Access to additional RF Channels 20

DVR 20

Return Path 60

Multi-Decode/Trans-code and Display 38

VDSL or DOCSIS 3.0 7

Table 6-5: Additional Functionalities Annual Energy Allowance for Tier 2 of the CSTB VA

Additional Functionalities Tier 2 Annual Energy Allowance (kWh/year)

Advanced Video Processing 0

High Efficiency Video Processing 20

High Definition 0

Full High Definition 20

Ultra High Definition 30

3DTV 20

Access to Additional RF Channels 15

DVR 20

Return Path Functionality 2



6.3.8 Smart Phones

Smart phones exemplify the ability to stay connected to a network at low power levels.

Although no direct power measurements are available, some aspects of the power

consumption can be calculated from technical base data and use tests.

iPhone 4

• Configuration: 3.5-inch-display (LCD, multitouch), 16-32 GB memory,

GSM/UMTS/HSDPA/W-LAN, 2x camera, photolight, different office-, internet- and

entertainment-software

• Calculation input: Battery: 1600 mAh @ 3.7 V; Runtime: 6 h (internet via W-LAN), 300

h (standby with GSM/UMTS)

• Calculated power consumption:

o Internet via W-LAN: approx. 1 W (average)

o Standby GSM/UMTS: approx. 20 mW (average)

Samsung I9000 Galaxy S

• Configuration: 4-inch display (AMOLED, multitouch), 8-16 GB memory,

GSM/UMTS/HSDPA/W-LAN, 2x camera, different office-, internet- and entertainment-

software

• Calculation input: Battery: 1500 mAh @ 3.7 V; Runtime: 4.5 h (internet via W-LAN),

750 h (standby GSM)

• Calculated power consumption:

o Internet via W-LAN: approx. 1.2 W (average)

o Standby GSM: approx. 7.5 mW (average)

The GSM standby is possible with an averaged power consumption of just 7.5 mW. With

wireless LAN the calculated value is not a minimum value for only keeping the connection,

but rather for full internet operation. Hence W-LAN network availability is possible at below

1 W with smart phone architectures.



6.3.9 Summary

The following table shows a summary of the current product data.

Table 6: Summary of product data

Product Network Types

Idle (current),

HiNA equiv.

LowP2/MeNA

equiv.

LowP4/LoNA

equiv.

Desktop PC 10.0 - 85.0 1.4 - 4.7 1.1 - 3.2

Notebook PC 10.0 - 45.0 1.0 - 3.7 0.8 - 2.2

IJ Imaging Eqp. 6.0 - 20.0 1.5 - 4.0 0.4 (off)

EP Imaging Eqp. 40.0 - 140.0 6.0 - 9.7 0.4 (off)

Networked Storage 5.5 - 27.0 2.3 - 17.5 -

Game Console 20.0 - 125.0 - -

Complex Recorder 15.0 - 30.0 3.2 - 16.6 1.7 - 16.6

Complex TV 15.0 - 45.0 - -

Complex STB WAN, HDMI, local 8.0 - 14.5 2.5 - 14.5 -

Home Gateway WAN, LAN, WLAN 6.0 - 15.0 1.9 - 13.0 -

Mobile Phone GSM, UMTS, WLAN 7.5 - 20 mW (GSM standby); 1 - 1.2 W (web via WLAN)

LAN, WLAN, local

HDMI, LAN + tbd

Current (2010) Power Range (Watts)



6.4 Conclusion

Should all products with network capabilities use mobile and PC technologies? That is one

possible conclusion from looking at the possible low power states still allowing reactivation

over a network. Without prescribing architecture, chip sets or interface components this is an

available baseline for all further developments – making development time, and not the

technical or cost issues, the main obstacle.

PC and mobile computing devices show, that low network availability can be delivered at

about 1 W (slightly more for desktops and slightly less for notebooks). Medium network

availability can be implemented at below 2 W – even including additional remote

administration support (in this case AMT). The computing examples also show that the

influence of the power supply size is not major or can technically be managed, since some of

these products are in the 300-500 W power supply range. That is why these products serve

as the exemplary case: strong functionality (even in the low power modes), large power

supply size (hence applicable to other larger products), and stringent power management

implementation (hence all players of the supply chain know how to contribute).

As an extension of that analysis low network availability at below 2 W should certainly be

possible for many other products, which

• are smaller regarding active power and the power supply size

• have less computing and memory demands

• have leaner architectures (SoC) and fewer interfaces

Medium network availability has been shown to be possible at below 2 W as well, but this

might be harder to transfer to all product types and configurations. Nevertheless, it is a clear

BAT case for “fat” non-mobile devices with resume times below 10 seconds and still only

1.4 W power consumption (1.65 W with AMT enabled). Mobile architectures deliver the same

functionality at 1 W (0.978 W in the data table) or 1.25 W (with AMT).

Some special cases deliver medium network availability at below 0.5 W, such as monitors

still detecting signals even at 0.1 W, which is effectively the soft-off level of the product. In

the monitor case the signal detection is much simpler, or even purely analogue in the VGA

case, so this does not transfer to complex networks, where keeping network integrity is a

must.

Mobile phone based architectures however show that even keeping an active network

presence with wireless technology is possible at well below 1 W. For the growing section of

wireless LAN capable smart phones and eBook readers reliable power measurements are



hard to find, but calculating average power consumption from battery capacity and tested use

times is possible. Keeping the connection to the mobile phone network during “standby” is

certainly close to the lowest possible power consumption at 7.5 mW, yet near instantaneous

reactivation is possible. Comparable values with wireless LAN enabled during standby are

not available, but even with wireless LAN (and most of the phone) fully active during internet

activity, only 1 W is consumed on average. The actual power consumption of the WLAN

connection would therefore be a fraction of 1 W.

Thus, a relaxed upper BAT for keeping a wireless LAN connection open would be 1 W (with

energy supplied from battery, so excluding power supply losses, which would arise when

integrated in other products).

For high network availability the spread of product features and requirements is even less

uniform, but BATs do exist. When summarizing “low idle”, “energy efficiency modes” or

“active standby” for a generic “IT or CE box” with potentially more than one interface active,

candidates are:

• 6.3 W for idle home gateway (fully available, and with many features active)

• 3.2 W for network availability of a complex set-top-box (usually also classified as high

network availability)

We conclude that indeed PC and notebook examples serve as a kind of generic BAT for

many other products. “If the PC can do it, why can’t the other products?” At the same time

we acknowledge that the transfer of these accomplishments to other products and sectors

can be lengthy, requiring a reorientation of the whole product value chain and – as one

enabling path – further progress in standardization. The mobile phone examples show

additionally, what power levels can be reached while keeping a two-way connection to the

network open.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 7: Improvement Potential 7-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 7

Improvement Potential

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents

7 Task 7: Improvement Potential .................................................................................... 7-4

7.1 Options ................................................................................................................. 7-6

7.1.1 Implementation of power management ......................................................... 7-6

7.1.2 Power-down routine, target modes, and energy budgets ............................... 7-9

7.1.3 Manual and automatic power-down ............................................................. 7-13

7.1.4 Power management needs support along the value chain .......................... 7-14

7.1.5 Option 1: Manual and automated activation of standby/off .......................... 7-16

7.1.6 Option 2: Manual activation of power-down routine ..................................... 7-17

7.1.7 Option 3: Automatic activation of power-down routine ................................. 7-18

7.1.8 Option 4: Individual power management settings ........................................ 7-19

7.1.9 Option 5: Power-down target for networking equipment .............................. 7-20

7.1.10 Option 6: LowP1 average power consumption limit ..................................... 7-21

7.1.11 Option 7: Power-down routine for all other products .................................... 7-22

7.1.12 Option 8: LowP2 energy budget .................................................................. 7-24

7.1.13 Option 9: LowP4 average power consumption limit ..................................... 7-25

7.2 Impacts .............................................................................................................. 7-26

7.2.1 Overall Improvement Scenario .................................................................... 7-26

7.2.2 Improvement potential of individual product groups ..................................... 7-29

7.3 Analysis of LLCC and BAT ................................................................................. 7-34

7.3.1 Electricity costs of the improvement scenario .............................................. 7-34

7.3.2 Cost Benefits ............................................................................................... 7-34



7 Task 7: Improvement Potential

The general objective of this task report is the identification of eco-design options for

improving energy consumption related to networked standby, as well as their monetary

consequences in terms of additional costs and revenues from energy savings. The

improvement options are basically drawn from well established and best available

technology, as introduced in Tasks 4 and 6. This existing best practice indicates achievable

development targets with a mid-term time horizon for transfer to other products and

manufacturers.

In this report we will argue that the main improvement potential derives from the

implementation of an integrated power management. There are actually no real singular

improvement options. It is always the combination of measures that will result in

improvement. The improvement options for many individual product groups are in effect not

entirely new. Mobiles, computers, and imaging equipment are featuring well implemented

power management schemes. Product tests however indicate that the implementation of

given power management options is not achieved in the market. For other product groups

particularly consumer electronics, streaming clients and some networking equipment

advanced power management seems to be still something new.

The implementation of the improvement options will require great efforts in conjunction with

standardization and the development of integrated hardware and software solutions that

support the energy saving objective. We are also arguing that improvement is a collaborative

effort along the value chain starting with the component and software suppliers, followed by

the equipment manufacturers, and finally ending with the access network and application

service providers. Policy making needs to find a way to address this value chain.

Against that background the quantification of the improvement potential is inherently difficult.

There are many assumptions and variables involved. Our approach is nevertheless

straightforward: We are going to compare for selected examples business-as-usual

scenarios (BAU scenario) against scenarios considering improvement options (ECO

scenario). Again, it is not possible within the framework of this horizontal study to evaluate

single improvement options for their potential for all product types covered, nor would the

recipients of this study benefit from such an exercise. Hence the selection of the examples

(representative of other networks and products) and the formulation of the worst case

approach (if this improvement is possible for a product group, then others should be able to

reach similar levels) is the backbone of the pragmatic approach. The same consideration

applies to the financial benefit and burdens assessment (LLCC).

Despite these challenges with the assessment of the improvement potential there is good

news as well. As a matter of fact, we have no problem with defining advanced best available

technology. There are very strong product segments, which have developed power



management due to necessity. The main driver is the mobile devices industry. Being limited

in energy supply, form factor, and thermal specifications, the designers of mobile products

developed a vast technical portfolio and became proficient in reducing energy consumption.

This is the benchmark. It indicates without doubt the improvement potential of an integrated

power management.



7.1 Options

7.1.1 Implementation of power management

The basic concept for improving the energy efficiency of products that require network

availability (networked standby) is the step-by-step reduction of functionality and respective

power consumption while maintaining certain resume-time-to-application levels. Such

approach secures convenience in the use of the equipment as well as required quality-of-

service. The final objective is to reach a minimum level in energy consumption while

maintaining the remote reactivation capability via a network connection for a specific level of

network availability (high, medium, or low network availability) depending on the application.

2W

4W

6W

8W

10W

Power

Time1h 2h 3h 4h

medium

network availability

Act ive

Low network availability

high

network availability

Improvement st rategy and opt ions

Idle Power-down targets & limits

Energy budget for f lexibility

Automat ic power-down

Figure 1: Improvement strategy and options (scale not representative)

This improvement strategy reflects directly the second-tier eco-design requirements of the

Commission Regulation (EC) No 1275/2008 implementing “Eco-design requirements for

standby and off mode electric power consumption of electrical and electronic household and

office equipment”. In the Annex II, § 2d, power management has been outlined as a basic



concept including automatic power down of equipment when the equipment is not actively

used. This generic eco-design requirement takes effect in the year 2012. The ENER Lot 26

study in a way provides specifications for such required power management, but now for a

differing functional scope including the network availability.

EC 1275/2008, Annex II, § 2d “Power Management”

When equipment is not providing the main function, or when other energy-using product(s)

are not dependent on its functions, equipment shall, unless inappropriate for the intended

use, offer a power management function, or a similar function, that switches equipment after

the shortest possible period of time appropriate for the intended use of the equipment,

automatically into:

— standby mode, or

— off mode, or

— another condition which does not exceed the applicable power consumption

requirements for off mode and/or standby mode

when the equipment is connected to the mains power source. The power management

function shall be activated before delivery.

The improvement options in this report are reflecting existing power management schemes

deriving from the mobile, computer, and imaging equipment industry as well as a couple of

other best practice examples.

There is a “chicken or the egg” causality dilemma involved at this point.1 Many options that

we discuss are not only useful for products with networked standby capability. These options

are generally applicable for improving energy efficiency of products. We have already

discussed in Tasks 4 and 6 that there are some product groups with well established

(standardized) power management routines and other product groups that are missing this

level of standardization and therefore widespread advanced power management capabilities.

So requiring advanced power management in the networked product states could also lead

to significant savings in the non-networked states, even though they are not in the scope of

the study.

1 Hans-Paul Siderius commented on this the following way: “This is not a dilemma … It can be better

characterized by a “win-win situation”: several options are not only beneficial for reducing power

consumption in networked standby but also in other modes”. (comment received on 2011-01-05)



There is a second dilemma, which also addresses the complexity of power management.

This dilemma has to do with “weighing convenience versus energy consumption”. The

following examples explain some of these aspects in more detail.

Example 1: A very straightforward option for networked standby would be a power

management that powers down the equipment without long delay from active/idle into a low

network availability mode (aka LowP4 in our technical analysis). The critical aspect of such

an option is not how this could be done. The critical aspect is that the user might lose a lot of

convenience (fast resume time) due to a missing step in-between idle and the low network

availability mode. A cascaded power down using an intermediate step such as medium

network availability mode (LowP2) for a limited time before eventually going into the most

energy efficient (but less convenient) low power mode seems to be a more acceptable and

therefore practical option.

This example shows an option in the style of ACPI power management. Personal computers

shift from idle-mode into S3 sleep-mode after certain delay and eventually down into S5 off-

mode (or S4 hibernate). The sleep-mode in the case of the PC is a very useful instrument to

save energy while maintaining a high level of convenience for the user. This cascaded power

management increases not only energy efficiency. It also increases the acceptance of power

management measures by the user. This understanding is critical for the successful

implementation of an automatic power management.

Example 2: The trend analysis showed that more and more complex consumer electronics

(TVs, Media Server) are entering the market. With more complex hardware these products

more often require boot times considered inconvenient for the user. They introduce a power

management “feature” that provides convenience but not necessarily better energy

performance. These options in new products are called “Fast Play” or “Quick Start” options,

which have the task of reducing the considerably long booting times of about 20 to 30

seconds to an acceptable resume time of about 10 seconds. In order to achieve that, they

keep many functional components in idle. Such features, let’s call them convenience modes,

could be misunderstood as low power sleep mode, and may even be accessible in the setup

menu in the power management section. But the energy consumption is not 2 to 5 Watts as it

is the case of S3 sleep mode. The respective power consumption is 10, 20, 30 or even 40

Watts depending on the equipment type and configuration.2 The problem with this example is

2 Comment by German Federal Environmental Agency: "Since this interpretation may be questioned,

the consultants should indicate their argumentation. Assuming that the quick-start mode of Complex

TVs and Media Server are considered Standby as defined in (EC) 1275/2008, do the data given in

chapter 6.3.6 indicate that the devices are not compliant: A complex TV – reflecting the market -

consumes 20 W for Fast-Reactivation-Mode? This could lead to a considerable violation, at least when



also that although most of these new CE products feature the capability for remote wake-up

via network connection, not all products are capable of it and would not qualify for network

standby.

So while fast play or quick start may coincide with network availability (in which case new

requirements could apply), such user enabled convenience features do not depend on an

active network. If no network is active and no network service is offered, then a product in

fast play configuration could be argued to fall under the existing standby regulation, since

“faster reactivation” is not a function recognized as an exemption from 1275/2008 standby.

Regardless of that, the power management requirement of 1275/2008 could apply from

2012.

Conclusion: The well established power management scheme of the personal computer

industry (ACPI) with the best practice of mobile equipment in particular is the benchmark for

all other product groups. Product groups which do not have such means available are

strongly recommended to start or re-establish respective standardization activities.

7.1.2 Power-down routine, target modes, and energy budgets

With the introduction of the “Network Availability” concept we have recognized certain

product specific requirements in terms of user-demanded functionality (usability) and

respective resume time to application. The following network availability conditions have

been defined:

• HiNA - High network availability (resume time to application: milliseconds)

• MeNA - Medium network availability (resume time to application: <10 seconds)

• LoNA - Low network availability (resume time to application: >10 seconds)

This concept includes the understanding that different resume times to application require

different levels of energy for maintaining necessary components in an (re)active state. The

faster the reactivation has to be, the more functional components are active, and the higher

the resulting energy level of the equipment will be. The technical analysis also indicated that

the functionality and the complexity of a specific product need to be considered, because of

the power demand of certain functional components. A home gateway with an integrated

WLAN module (activated) requires somewhat more energy than a comparable product

without this wireless interface.

the second stage of (EC) 1275/2008 enters into force! If “quick start” is neither considered falling under

(EC 1275/2008) nor networked standby the risk of a loop hole exists. "



The improvement options outlined in this report are reflecting this network availability concept

and the related understanding of product-specific energy demand. The basic improvement

approach however works horizontally for all products. It is the implementation of a smart

power management.

In the following paragraph we are going to explain the instruments and terminology we use in

conjunction with the improvement options. There are two main terms:

• Power-down routine: Basic power management structure (e.g. delay times, modes)

• Power-down targets: Final network availability level to be reached (e.g. LowP1 or

LowP4 incl. suggested average power consumption or energy budgets)

The power-down routine is initiated manually or automatically (default delay time setting)

and starts from an “idle” condition. In idle condition the equipment is activated with all

essential logic, memory, and power supply ready to process signals or data. This includes

the network components and interfaces as well. The equipment maintains network integrity

communication but there is no signal transmission or active traffic in the idle state.3 The

average power consumption of home and office equipment in “active” varies largely from

about 15 Watts for a home gateway (modem/router) to about 150 Watts for a PC and up to

1500 Watts for a larger laser-copier/printer. In “idle” the power consumption is still

considerable raging from about 5-10 Watts for the home gateway, about 50 Watts for the PC

and over 100 Watts for the laser-copier/printer.

The reduction of this significant energy consumption is the main objective of the power

management. Energy is saved by cutting the “idle” duration. Consecutively functionality is

reduced to a minimum. Assuming an automatic power management, the power-down routine

is initiated by means of a default delay time set-up. The selection of the default delay time

needs to consider the energy consumption necessary for the reactivation of the equipment.

An overly short default delay time might compensate the energy saving from the low power

mode in case of an instant reactivation. However, a few minutes delay is usually sufficient

and achieves energy savings, even if frequent reactivation occurs.

3 Comment by Bruce Nordman: There is the mention in Task 7 (7/10) and elsewhere that when a

device is idle “there is not signal transmission or active traffic”. Networked devices have a

considerable amount of routine network traffic for various applications, and so some of this will occur

when a system is merely idle. Some of this is generated by the device itself, and some of it is traffic

from elsewhere that must be monitored and sometimes responded to. This is a feature of modern

networks and not something likely to change.



With the initiation of the power-down routine the equipment is designed to makes a transition

into a specified low power mode. This low power mode (LowP) is a networked standby mode

reflecting a specific level of network availability (see Task 5). The power-down routine might

end there, if this mode is the defined power-down target. If not, the power-down routine

continues until the power-down target is reached.4

The Power-down target is a necessary power management instrument, indicating the final

networked standby mode of the power-down sequence. The power-down target is therefore

a mode with specified average power consumption (Watt hours per hour). The mode

provides a defined level of minimum network availability without specifying the functionality.

This means that low level duty cycles are possible, if the average power consumption (Wh/h)

is maintained over time.

Power-down targets in conjunction with networked standby are:

• High network availability mode (LowP1)

• Low network availability mode (LowP4)

With respect to improvement options we consider only these two power-down targets.

High network availability mode (LowP1) is the power-down target basically for stand-alone

(non-rack) networking equipment. This includes typical customer premises equipment (CPE)

such as home gateways featuring wide area network (WAN) access modems (e.g. different

types of DSL modem, DOCSIS modem, FTTH modem, cellular-wireless UMTS or LTE

modem) and local area network interfaces (e.g. different types of LAN, WLAN, USB, HDMI,

etc.). LowP1 is also applicable to non-rack networking equipment without modem such as

LAN-switch or WLAN-repeater. Another product segment could be non-rack servers. The

network service of this type of equipment could be time-critical. In this case however the

4 Comment by German Federal Environmental Agency: "This concept needs further explanation. It will

be crucial to define an appropriate time for individual appliances to be in individual modes. How and

using which parameters will this duration be determined? Could the consultants suggest a procedure?

Regulation (EC) 1275/2008 requires appliances (placed on the market after 7th January 2013) to

power down „after the shortest possible period of time appropriate for the intended use of the

equipment“. It is obvious that the word “appropriate” allows for interpretation.

The concept of “energy budgets” suggested by the ENER26 consultants might contribute to a

meaningful implementation of (EC) 1275/2008. Thus, we would appreciate if the consultants would

suggest policy options in the light of the current standby-regulation.

"



product should not get necessarily a permanent power consumption limit. Embedded in a

power-down routine LowP1 could be designed as an energy budget similar to LowP2. With

respect to power consumption level of LowP1 the best available technology would suggest a

range of 5 to 8 Watts. The results of Tasks 4 and 6 clearly show that high network availability

on the LAN-side can be design with about 2Watts. The critical point is the average idle power

consumption and power-down capability (in conjunction with the WAN link) of the modem.

DSL modems require about 2 Watt, DOCSIS modems considerably more with 4 Watt.

Low network availability mode (LowP4) is the basic power-down target for all other home

and office equipment including stand-alone data and media server. This consequent

targeting of lowest power networked standby takes of course a long resume time to

application into consideration. We argue that there is no “network service” in the typical home

and small office use environment, which require a permanent immediate (milliseconds) or

fast (<10sec.) reactivation. Even with remote VPN wake-up request it cannot be argued that

a general fast reactivation is essential. However, we recognize the request for a more

elaborate power management routine in order to support usability, convenience and overall

system efficiency. At this point we introduce the medium network availability mode (LowP2),

an intermediate step improving service quality and convenience for the customer.

Medium network availability mode (LowP2) is not considered a power-down target. This

mode functions as a flexible instrument for achieving usability and energy efficiency. How

does it work? Whereas the power-down targets (LowP1 and LowP4) are defined by limit

values for average power consumption (Wh/h) the LowP2 is defined as an energy budget.

The energy budget (Watt hours) is a flexible limitation, which allows a higher power

consumption over a shorter period of time or a lower power consumption over a longer

period of time. As an example you can utilize a 5 Wh energy budget by designing a mode

which runs ½ hour at 10 Wh/h or 2 hours at 2.5 Wh/h. After the energy budget is used the

power management needs to ensure that the equipment transfers automatically into the

power-down target LowP4. The energy budget is functioning as a flexible limitation. The

energy budget is designed to overcome medium-length periods of inactivity.



2W

4W

6W

8W

10W

Power

Time1h 2h 3h 4h

medium

netw ork availability

Act ive

LowP2 energy budget for f lexibility

Idle

Product # 3Product # 2Product # 1

Figure 2: Energy budget for LowP2

7.1.3 Manual and automatic power-down

Power management including the automatic transition into cascaded low power states are

known from the computer and imaging equipment industry. Such automatic power

management routines work quite well, because computers and imaging equipment are

utilized by means of frequent user interaction (input commands). The user’s inactivity (no

input) results in an idle state and starts a timer. After a certain delay time the equipment

transfers from idle into the cascaded low power routine.

An automatic power management routine is more difficult to implement for passively used

equipment such as TV or AV media player. The consumer electronics (CE) have less

frequent input commands. One typical application is the audio or video display of Radio/TV

broadcasts. Once set this can run indefinite. Automatic power-down is therefore a challenge.

It would require an active detection of the user’s presence and an adequate feedback loop

from the user before a power-down routine starts. There are products getting into the market

that feature “presence sensors” in conjunction with other automatic power management

options. Nevertheless, it seems necessary that “passively used” products (e.g. consumer

electronics) need special attention with respect to manually and automatically initiated power



management. This includes the “fast play” issue. The improvement options will reflect these

aspects.

7.1.4 Power management needs support along the value chain

We like to emphasize again that networked standby modes are in the first place instruments

for saving energy. This objective is only achieved, if the industry collaborates along the whole

value chain including upstream component suppliers and downstream service provider.

Standardization of power management schemes in all product categories: In order to

achieve energy efficiency without losing convenience and functionality networked standby

has to be designed properly on a hardware and software level. The ACPI example of the

personal computer industry shows that good results are achieved when standards for

interfaces and power management routines are developed in a collaborative effort. This

includes the collaboration of all major component manufacturers (chip maker) and software

houses along the supply chain of OEMs. If system chips, dedicated processors, network

interfaces, and other electronic components are not supporting the low power strategy of the

system, the equipment manufacturer has little room for improvement.

Infrastructure and service provider interaction: There is another support effort necessary.

That effort has to be made by the access network provider. Customer premises equipment is

limited in its energy efficiency efforts by the wide area network link. It is known for instance

that ADSL (G.992.3) and ADSL2+ (G.992.5) recommendations define a power management

feature including power trim steps in L2 (reduced power) and transition into L3 (idle). These

features can be initiated on the central office (CO) or remote unit. Due to the several seconds

transition time (L2) and the potential of losing data and connectivity (L3) most network

provider are not using this power management feature. Their experience with unhappy VoIP

(Voice over IP) customers cannot be denied. That does not mean however that the idea is

wrong. The provider of the access network is influencing (with the technology, network

topology, node configuration, and system setup) the energy consumption of the customer’s

equipment. If there is no traffic in the loop, the system should support low power modes.

The actual internet and TV service provider located downstream in the value chain are also

influencing the energy efficient utilization of the customer’s equipment. The known example

from the TV/STB sector is the update of the Electronic Program Guide (EPG). This download

requires energy for network availability and for the slow download due to the bandwidth

limitations. There are obviously better ways to update the EPG, but that’s not the subject of

this study. However, the service provider should develop and support more energy efficient

options for EPG and other system updates.

Interoperability and copyright issues: Power management in the PC industry works fine

because this is quite an open system. PCs need to collaborate with other devices. This



“interoperability” and “networking” necessity is just starting gaining ground in the CE industry

due to the transition from analogue to digital media. With this transition signal and data

processing got more complex and network options increased. The CE industry is in the

process of migrating from firmware solutions to more open software solutions. This

development creates certain dangers. Important issues are “media copyrights” and “on-

demand services”. It has been argued that firmware solutions provide more security. Why is

that a power management issue? It is difficult to standardize interoperability and power

management against the background of hundreds of firmware solutions. Our point is that

standardization is an important improvement option but requires feasible development time.

Conclusion: In this section we argued that energy efficient network availability and

respective power management is system-dependent and requires a collaborative effort along

the value chain including the hardware and software suppliers as well as the network

infrastructure and application service provider.



7.1.5 Option 1: Manual and automated activation of standby/off

Option: Manual and automated activation of standby/off (soft-off <1W)

Scope: All equipment

Reasoning: It is necessary to provide the user with a direct option for saving energy,

even if it means that he/she is losing functionality (e.g. network availability).

Specification: Hardware:

• Standby/off button (soft switch)

• Sensor pad on the equipment

Software aspects include:

• Appropriate shutdown routine

• Required user interaction such as instruction for file saving, etc. via respective top-level-menu

• Optional timer settings

Problems: In the past additional costs, stability of handling, and optical design

considerations have been the arguments for not implementing a soft-off

button.

Example: Best practice example is the soft-off switch and menu-based shutdown

routine of mobiles, personal computers, imaging equipment, and some

home gateways.



7.1.6 Option 2: Manual activation of power-down routine

Option: Manual activation of the power-down routine (power management)


Reasoning: The user should have the option to initiate directly and anytime a power-

down routine for saving energy but without losing a certain level of network

availability (see power down-targets). This option provides the user with a

direct capability for starting the power management. This is a new option for

more passively used products such as TVs or AV systems.

Specification: Hardware:

• Power-save button on the remote control or equipment (additional switch to the standby/off-button)

• Direct input via keypad or touch screen panel

Software:

• Top-level-menu: This indicates that user interaction (input/activation) is provided on the highest level in the menu (top-level)

• Shipment setting must allow instant use of this option

Problems: Harmonization of the software menu (top-level) including terminology,

sequence, icons, activation feedback (display), colouring, etc.5

Example: Best practice example is the menu-based power management options of

mobiles, personal computers, and imaging equipment.

5 Comment by Bruce Nordman: For electronics, the user interface is a topic researched extensively

several years ago (see: http://www.energy.ca.gov/reports/2003-10-31_500-03-012F_APP.PDF), and

the results of that work are embodied in an international standard. This can provide the basis of any

policy in this area. For example, colour meaning is clearly important for power control, and is covered

by this research and standard. For electronics products with a network connection, having the device

power down to a sleep mode (that retains connectivity) is much more likely to be acceptable to the

user than to an off mode which does not. For devices other than electronics, there is a need for

attention to user interfaces, and this likely will show the need for further standards development.



7.1.7 Option 3: Automatic activation of power-down routine

Option: Automatic activation of the power-down routine based on a specified default

delay time of 15 minutes maximum for the idle mode duration.


Reasoning: The best power management provides a smart system (the user might be

the weakest link in the chain). In times of inactivity (no traffic, data and signal

processing, etc.) the equipment should save energy by powering down

automatically. The power-down routine varies according to the network

availability specification of individual equipment.

Specification: The power-down is typically initiated out of an idle mode. The option includes:

• Shipment setting with automatic power down activated.

• 15 minutes maximum default delay time for shifting from idle to first low power mode. More ambitions settings 5 or 10 minutes recommended (if resume time to application is fast). However, exemptions are also possible, if overall energy efficiency is prohibited by too ambitious settings. The selection of an appropriate default delay time needs to consider the average energy demand (watt hours) for the reactivation of the system out of a particular low power mode.

• Power management menu on the top of the setup-hierarchy. Provide simple and easy access, clear instructions for the user.

Problem: Products such as game consoles and media player feature “Pause” modes.

We suggest that such “Pause” mode is considered an idle state.

Development of conformity testing and measurement procedures necessary.

For products that are typically tested according to a TEC methodology

(Energy Star) such as IE, PCs should consider modification of test method.

The TEC is in general a good approach for measuring typical energy

consumption and should be considered also for other product groups.

Suggested time to implementation 3 years.

Example: Best practice examples are mobiles, personal computers, and imaging

equipment.



7.1.8 Option 4: Individual power management settings

Option: The equipment should provide the means for an individual power

management set-up by the user. The individual set-up options have to be

more ambitions than the power-down requirement. Setup deactivation of

functions and ports.


Reasoning: The user should have the alternative for more ambitious power management

routines such as shorter default delay time settings, specific deactivation of

functions or ports (e.g. WLAN and other interfaces), and timer-based night

routines.

Specification: Top-level menu setting for more ambitious power management:

• Deactivation of functions or ports (e.g. ensure that user understands impact on network availability). Possibly smart deactivation could be offered (auto-detect links, deactivate all other interfaces).

• Timer-based night routines (e.g. soft-off at night with timer, automatic activation of certain network availability during daytime)

• Installation / first initialization set-up

Eco-rating of power management options:

• Menu (slide) button: Green – best, Yellow – sufficient, Red – critical

• Provide average power consumption value as information in the menu

Problem: Address the issue of “Fast Play” or “Quick Start”, and reactivation of game

consoles.6

Example: Best practice examples are mobiles, personal computers, and imaging

equipment.

6 Nintendo comment: Reactivation time is not an appropriate indicator for network availability cause it

can highly differ depending on the game that is currently played. In this case, Nintendo support the

proposal made in the Lot ENTR 3 preliminary study.



7.1.9 Option 5: Power-down target for networking equipment

Option: Power-down target for networking equipment is LowP1, a mode that

supports high network availability. The power down routine starts from an

idle state and is triggered manually or automatically with default delay time.

Scope: Stand-alone networking equipment (non-rack), consider mission critical

server as well.

Reasoning: Although networking equipment requires the highest network availability

there are phases during the day and particularly at night when no traffic

occurs. In order to save energy during these periods networking equipment

should reduce functionality (power) to a minimum without losing high

network availability.

Specification: Technical considerations:

• Default delay time setting for idle mode duration: 15 minutes max.

• Specifications for Idle and LowP1 (product-specific)

• Design product with LAN components according to IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet)

• Deactivate unused ports / wireless interfaces

• Adaptive clock speed, adaptive link rates (longer intervals)

• Consider out-of-band signalling

• Focus on power supply design

• But support Proxying for system efficiency7

Problem: Networking equipments are potential hosts for plug-in devices such as Zero

Clients and Streaming Clients. The network connection may also supply

power. Power-over-Ethernet and Power-over-USB devices have to be

addressed in conjunction with design of power management (of the host).

7 Comment by Bruce Nordmann: Options 5 and 6 propose low-power modes for network equipment

which is not a good idea. In addition, Proxying (Ecma-393) is not "interoperability with links"; rather it is

about the protocols going to devices at the edge of the network, not about the link. In any case, it is

not clear that proxying should require any more power on network equipment. Apple wireless access

points added proxying capability in 2009 through adding software, not hardware.



7.1.10 Option 6: LowP1 average power consumption limit

Option: The high network availability mode LowP1 should not exceed an average

power consumption of 8 Wh/h.

Scope: Stand-alone networking equipment with modem (non-rack)

Consider other networking equipment and mission critical server (non-rack)

Reasoning: We consider 8 Wh/h as sufficient average power consumption for providing

high network availability. This value is based on a minimum functionality for

maintaining high network availability (signal detection and processing) at the

modem, local wired and wireless interfaces. We expect that power saving

measures need to be implemented in order to achieve this level.

Specification: The level of power consumption is influenced by the overall product configuration and various technical aspects including:

• Number, types an standard of access network modem (e.g. DSL standards, DOCSIS standards, FTTX standards, Wireless)

• Number, types an standard of local network interfaces (e.g. LAN, WLAN, USB, HDMI)

• Power supply design (e.g. switching frequency)

• IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet) implementation

• Distance of network connections (network topology)

• Interoperability with links (Proxying)

Problem: Products with integrated modems / USB modems

Product with more than 4 active LAN or 4 telephone interfaces

Example:



7.1.11 Option 7: Power-down routine for all other products

Option: The power-down routine for all other products consists of the power-down

target LowP4 with an intermediate step LowP2 (optional) for convenient use.

The power-down routine starts from an idle state and is triggered manually

or automatically with default delay time (15 minutes maximum).

Scope: All products (excl. networking equipment covered above)

Reasoning: A “one-step” power management would be an auto-power-down routine from

active/idle into standby/off. This approach loses efficiency and convenience.

Following the well established power management approach of the

computer industry we suggest a multi-step power-down routine with the final

target LowP4. The LowP2 provides medium network availability with fast

resume time to application (with a goal below 10 seconds, but up to 15

seconds may also apply). An energy budget is considered a flexible

instrument (conformity testing needs to be addressed).

Specification: LowP2:

• Power-down from idle (pause) mode after 15 minutes maximum8

8 Comment by DigitalEuope: Idle times need to be set based on the industry and product, and the 15

minute delay times used in the PC industry may not be appropriate for other products. A fundamental

portion of this calculation is what is the energy required to enter and exit the power-down routine. This

transition energy will give you the minimum amount of time the equipment must stay in the low power

mode to justify the transition energy (divide by the average power of the low power mode). If the idle

time is too short, then the overall energy may raise because transition energy dominates the low

power state energy. Given equipment with high energy transitions (e.g. printers) should be allowed to

optimize this idle timeout.

Comment by Sony Computer Entertainment: 2 hours by default with current PS3. We can not say 15

minutes is appropriate as default settings for products, game. We would like to handle game consoles

in New Lot3 and set appropriate time for APD in consideration of merchantability of game."Sony

suggests that the automatic power down time should be 1h instead of 15min, which is too low and not

realistic.

Comment by Nintendo: Auto power mode in 15 minutes is too low for the pause mode, which is

considered as an idle mode. In addition, switching on and off the console can cause soldering points



• Medium network availability with about 10 seconds reactivation

• Typically suspend to RAM

LowP4:

• Power-down from LowP2 or if applicable from idle

• Low network availability with more than 10 seconds reactivation

• Typically suspend to disk, or full reboot after reactivation

• Low level duty cycle possible

Problem: Product with no hard disk drive or large flash memory: CE industry argues

that suspend to disk is not feasible due to limited lifetime of non-volatile

memory, reliability, form factor and sound (moving parts). In our view this

would only apply for very extreme scenarios, see Task 6 report. 9

Example: Best practice examples are mobiles and personal computers.

to fracture. For these reasons, Nintendo believe that a longer time period prior to APD is necessary. It

would be preferable for game consoles to be regulated by a product-specific measure.

9 Comment by Sony Computer Entertainment: "PS3 support WOL condition but power consumption

limit and actual value are worlds apart. We can not accept it as we need to fundamentally overhaul

architecture to comply with the limit, and the cost for it would be just about the cost of establishing new

platform. (Also the limit value is quite hard to meet, we don't think it is not the value that every product

category can meet.) We would like to handle game consoles in New Lot3 and make the requirements

relevant to its merchantability."



7.1.12 Option 8: LowP2 energy budget

Option: Medium network availability mode LowP2 energy budget of 5 Watt hours

Scope: All products (excl. networking equipment)

Reasoning: The energy budget of 5 Wh for LowP2 is based on computer sleep mode S3

with WoL. This energy budget should allow fast reactivation over a period of

about one hour. Depending on the actual set-up higher average power

consumption is possible but over shorter time duration and vice versa.

Assuming that reactivation occurs within this time high user convenience is

maintained.


• Power-down from idle (pause) mode after 15 minutes maximum

• Medium network availability with about 10 seconds reactivation

• Power budget 5Wh (Note: The actual average power determines default delay time for the transition into LowP4.)

• Typically suspend to RAM

Problem: See option 7

Example: See option 7



7.1.13 Option 9: LowP4 average power consumption limit

Option: Low network availability mode LowP4 should not exceed an average power

consumption of 2 Wh/h.

Scope: All products (excl. networking equipment)

Reasoning: We consider 2 Wh/h as sufficient average power consumption for providing

low network availability. This value is based on a minimum functionality for

maintaining signal detection at a local network wired or wireless interface.

We expect that power saving measures need to be implemented in order to

achieve this level.


• Power-down form LowP2 or if applicable from idle

• Low network availability with more than 10 seconds reactivation

• Average power consumption of 2Wh/h (no time limit)

• Typically suspend to disk mechanism

• Low level duty cycle possible (peaks above 2 W permitted)

Problem: See option 7

Example: See option 7



7.2 Impacts

7.2.1 Overall Improvement Scenario

In order to assess the improvement potential an improvement scenario 2020 (ECO 2020)

was created including the following mode assumptions:

Active: Same duration and power consumption as in selected base scenario for 2020

Idle: Adjusted, 10 minutes idle per 1 hour active mode (rounded to a quarter hour),

power consumption same as in base scenario for 2020

LowP1: High network availability standby mode, 8 Wh/h

LowP2: Medium network availability mode, 2 x 5 Wh per day energy budget (this

assumption indicates two full phase of medium network availability per day)

LowP3: NoNA, not considered in the scenario

LowP4: Low network availability mode, 2 Wh/h continuously for the remaining use

phase per day

LowP5: NoNA, not considered in the scenario

The following ten product cases have been modified in the 2020 improvement scenario (ECO

2020). The other products have been not considered yet or already have multi-level power

management.

1. Home Gateway

2. Home Desktop PC

3. Home Notebook PC

4. Home NAS

5. Game Console

6. Complex TV

7. Complex STB

8. Complex Player/Recorder

9. Office Desktop PC

10. Office Notebook PC



The Figure 3 shows the results of the improvement scenario 2020 in comparison to the

business as usual scenario 2010 and 2020. In the improvement scenario 2020 the overall

energy consumption decreases substantially from 204 TWh (BAU 2020) to 164 TWh (ECO

2020). This is an overall improvement by about 40 TWh. The main impact comes from a

significant reduction of idle duration and the utilization of the energy budget in medium

network availability mode LowP2 as a transition phase down to LowP4. The LowP4 (low

network availability standby) increased to some extent through shifting energy consumption

from other low power modes.

The comparison of the reference year scenario (BAU 2010) with the improvement scenario

(ECO 2020) also indicates an overall improvement by 8.1 TWh. This result indicates a

general positive development through the adoption of power management including low

power targets, even though device numbers and functionality offered increase.

120,34113,40 113,40

23,46

61,23

13,28

10,35

5,15

17,33

6,67

8,42

5,03

5,03

14,82

6,99

15,62

Sum: 172,48

Sum: 203,98

Sum: 164,36

0,00

50,00

100,00

150,00

200,00

250,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Energy consumption in comparison (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 3: Improvement scenario 2020 in comparison to business as usual scenario 2020



Figure 4 below is indicating the improvement in direct comparison of BAU 2020 with ECO

2020 (all modes) with ranking of impact by products. Due to our assumption that simple

products (e.g. Simple TV, Simple STB, and Simple Player/Recorder) do not change the use

patterns, it is not surprising that some of these products are still high in the ranking.

Interesting to notice however is the positive development with respect to the Complex TV,

the Home and Office Desktop PC, and particularly the Game Consoles.

The home gateway is in the ranking of products in third place. It needs to be noticed that the

annual energy consumption of this group remains the same in both scenarios (BAU and

ECO). This is due to our general improvement assumption of 20% already in the BAU 2020

(compared to 2010 performance levels). The idle mode power consumption (as an average

2020 level) and LowP1 power consumption are practically the same with 8W in both 2020

scenarios. This coincidence does not mean that the proposed improvement option (power-

down target LowP1 for networking equipment) will not have a positive impact in the future. It

rather indicates two aspects. Firstly, home gateways with higher idle mode power

consumption (>8W) will still show improvement. Secondly, lower levels or more advanced

power management might be considered for this product group.

0,00

50,00

100,00

150,00

200,00

250,00

2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

Comparison: 2020 vs. 2020 with improved Power Management

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Simple TV

Complex TV

Home Gateway

Home Desktop PC

Office Desktop PC


Complex STB

Home Notebook

Home Phones

Home Display


Simple STB

Game Consoles

Office Notebook

Office Display

Office EP Printer

Home NAS

Office Phones

Home IJ Printer


Home EP Printer

Figure 4: Comparison of BAU 2020 with ECO 2020 with ranking of impact by products



7.2.2 Improvement potential of individual product groups

The previous discussion of results already indicated the different impacts of the improvement

options on individual products. Figure 5 below shows a comparison of BAU 2020 and ECO

2020 without active mode. This figure provides a more detailed overview on the energy

saving with respect to all products. According to our scenarios, the most considerable

improvement potential comes from complex products (e.g. Complex TV, Complex

Player/recorder, Complex STB) and Desktop PCs, and Game Consoles.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

Comparison: 2020 vs. 2020 with improved Power Management, without

active mode (EU Total in TWh/a)

Home Gateway


Home Phones

Complex TV

Home Desktop PC

Simple TV

Home Notebook

Complex STB


Office Phones

Home IJ Printer

Office EP Printer

Simple STB

Office Desktop PC

Home Display

Home NAS


Game Consoles

Office Notebook

Home EP Printer

Office Display

Figure 5: Comparison of BAU 2020 and ECO 2020 without active mode (incl. Ranking)



The following Figure 6: Comparison of product according to improvement potential provides

a ranking of product groups with the largest improvement potential.

0,00

10,00

20,00

30,00

40,00

50,00

60,00

70,00

80,00

90,00

100,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved Improvement potential

Ele

ctri

city

co

nsu

mp

tio

n E

U t

ota

l in

TW

h/a

Comparison of products according to improvement potential

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Game Consoles

Complex TV

Home Desktop PC


Complex STB

Figure 6: Comparison of product according to improvement potential

Game Consoles and Complex TV show an improvement potential of more than 10 TWh

each. Both scenarios reflect a critical business-as-usual scenario (BAU) with 12h idle per

day. The consideration was that these products do not feature a dedicated power

management including low power modes with fast resume time to application. For details on

Game Consoles see Figure 7 and for Complex TV see Figure 8.

Home Desktop PCs, although assumed to have good power management already, still show

an improvement potential. For details on Home Desktop PCs see Figure 9. Figure 10 and

Figure 11 show the individual improvement potentials of Complex Player/Recorder and

Complex Set-Top-Boxes.



2,74 2,98 2,98

2,28

14,89

0,31

0,37

0,20

0,49

Sum: 5,38

Sum: 18,07

Sum: 3,90

0,00

2,00

4,00

6,00

8,00

10,00

12,00

14,00

16,00

18,00

20,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Game console - improvement potential (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 7: Game Console improvement potential

4,38

28,73 28,73

14,37

1,080,60

0,29

0,96

2,07

Sum: 4,67

Sum: 44,06

Sum: 32,47

0,00

5,00

10,00

15,00

20,00

25,00

30,00

35,00

40,00

45,00

50,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Complex TV - improvement potential (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 8: Complex TV improvement potential



10,048,77 8,77

4,78

4,18

1,04

3,77

0,52

2,00

1,93

Sum: 16,82 Sum: 16,71

Sum: 12,27

0,00

2,00

4,00

6,00

8,00

10,00

12,00

14,00

16,00

18,00

20,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Home Desktop PC - improvement potential (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 9: Home Desktop PC improvement potential

0,77

2,51 2,51

0,22

0,720,36

4,79

0,30

0,22

1,11

Sum: 1,20

Sum: 8,02

Sum: 4,28

0,00

1,00

2,00

3,00

4,00

5,00

6,00

7,00

8,00

9,00

10,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Complex Player/Recorder - improvement potential (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 10: Complex Play/Recorder improvement potential



4,494,95 4,95

3,13

0,25

0,41

1,14

0,63

1,34

Sum: 5,63

Sum: 8,71

Sum: 6,95

0,00

1,00

2,00

3,00

4,00

5,00

6,00

7,00

8,00

9,00

10,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Comples Set-top-box - improvement potential (EU-27 in TWh/a)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 11: Complex STB improvement potential

Note: We encourage all stakeholders to provide comments on the scenario assumptions and

improvement options.



7.3 Analysis of LLCC and BAT

7.3.1 Electricity costs of the improvement scenario

The cost assessment mirrors the assessment of annual energy consumption in the individual

scenarios (see Figure 12).10

24,0722,68 22,68

4,69

12,25

2,66

2,07

1,03

3,47

1,33

1,68

1,01

1,01

2,96

1,40

3,12

Sum: 34,50

Sum: 40,80

Sum: 32,87

0,00

5,00

10,00

15,00

20,00

25,00

30,00

35,00

40,00

45,00

50,00

2010 2020 2020 Improved

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

ost

s in

Bil

lio

n E

UR

Electricity costs for the selected scenarios 2010, 2020 and 2020 with

improvements (EU-27 in Billion Euro)

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 12: Electricity costs for selected scenarios

7.3.2 Cost Benefits

In order to calculate least life cycle costs (LLCC) specific component prices would be

necessary. Such data are not only difficult to obtain, the representative character of

components and their integration in products is questionable. We are taking a different

10 Following the publication of the draft final report and respective comments, we changed our

assumptions for the electricity costs: In 2010 the assumption is 0.17 €/kWh, in 2020 0.22 €/kWh.

According to this new assumption the cost factor in 2010 changes to 29.3 billion €/a, in 2020 to 44.9

billion €/a and in the improved scenario 2020 36.2 billion €/a.



approach by calculating cost benefits. Cost benefits result from the comparison of annual

energy consumption for certain power levels and daily utilization. Figure 13 below shows this

approach. We have calculated the energy consumption of different power levels (from 2W to

26W) for a daily period of 12 hours (daily use) and multiplied by 0.2 EUR per resulting kWh.

This value has been multiplied by 365 days (annual use) and mapped for an overall life time

of 5 years.

If we assume that a home gateway is 12h per day at 12W idle the resulting cost after 5 years

are 52.5 EUR. If we now assume that the same product utilizes a high network availability

mode LowP1 with 8W the resulting energy costs are only 35 EUR. The cost benefit is

therefore is 17.5 EUR. This amount of money could be invested into an energy saving

LowP1 solution without increasing the life cycle costs for the customer.

This simplified approach provides us with an order of magnitude with respect to improvement

costs. In reality we have to consider R&D investments, market price development and other

risk factors. Nevertheless, the example calculation indicates a single product benefit.

Following expected feedback after publication of this draft report, we will provide on the

example of the selected product case studies a matrix of resulting cost benefits from the

improvement options.

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

1 2 3 4 5

Elec

tric

ity

Co

sts

in E

UR

(€

)

Annual electricity costs per power level over a daily period of 12h

2 W 4 W 6 W 8 W 10 W 12 W 14 W

16 W 18 W 20 W 22 W 24 W 26 W

Power Level:

[12h/day]

Lifetime (years)

Figure 13: Annual electricity costs per power level for 12h/day use

Data for Figure 13 are given below.



Table 1: Annual electricity costs per power level for 12h/day use

Power

12h/day 1 2 3 4 5

2 W 1,75 3,50 5,26 7,01 8,76

4 W 3,50 7,01 10,51 14,02 17,52

6 W 5,26 10,51 15,77 21,02 26,28

8 W 7,01 14,02 21,02 28,03 35,04

10 W 8,76 17,52 26,28 35,04 43,80

12 W 10,51 21,02 31,54 42,05 52,56

14 W 12,26 24,53 36,79 49,06 61,32

16 W 14,02 28,03 42,05 56,06 70,08

18 W 15,77 31,54 47,30 63,07 78,84

20 W 17,52 35,04 52,56 70,08 87,60

22 W 19,27 38,54 57,82 77,09 96,36

24 W 21,02 42,05 63,07 84,10 105,12

26 W 22,78 45,55 68,33 91,10 113,88

Lifetime in years / Electricity Costs in EUR

As a simplification the numbers in the table can also be used to extract the cost benefit

directly, by using the power saving as the input on the left hand. A product saving an average

of 4 W over 12 hours for three years would achieve a cost benefit of 10.51 €, for example.

ENER Lot 26 Final Task 8: Policy Options 8-1


EuPLot 26


TREN/D3/91-2007/Lot 26





Final Report Task 8

Policy Options

Contractor:





Contact: Tel.: +49-30-46403-132

Fax: +49-30-46403-131





Authors:









Disclaimer





Contents

8 Task 8: Policy Options ................................................................................................. 8-5

8.1 Policy Recommendation ....................................................................................... 8-5

8.1.1 Reasoning for policy recommendations ......................................................... 8-5

8.1.1.1 Product scope ........................................................................................ 8-5

8.1.1.2 Improvement of power management ...................................................... 8-7

8.1.1.3 Technical assessment ............................................................................ 8-8

8.1.1.4 User interaction and aspects ................................................................ 8-10

8.1.2 Specific policy recommendations ................................................................ 8-11

8.1.2.1 Horizontal approach ............................................................................. 8-11

8.1.2.2 Two tiers of requirements ..................................................................... 8-12

8.1.2.3 Tier 1 requirements .............................................................................. 8-13

8.1.2.4 Tier 2 requirements .............................................................................. 8-16

8.1.2.5 Information disclosure and user options ............................................... 8-17

8.1.2.6 Test procedure for measuring power consumption ............................... 8-18

8.1.2.7 Additional options and recommendations ............................................. 8-21

8.2 Impact Analysis .................................................................................................. 8-23

8.2.1 Changes to base data ................................................................................. 8-23

8.2.2 Scenario types ............................................................................................ 8-24

8.2.3 Scenario results .......................................................................................... 8-24

8.2.4 Cost calculations ......................................................................................... 8-29

8.3 Sensitivity Analysis ............................................................................................. 8-30

8.3.1 Increase of energy prices ............................................................................ 8-30

8.3.2 Variability within product groups .................................................................. 8-31

8.3.3 Products not covered, but intended to fall into the scope ............................. 8-32

8.3.4 Time dependencies of the scenarios ........................................................... 8-33



A note on the Wh/h unit:

This recommendation uses the “watt-hours per hour” (Wh/h) unit for when describing power

consumption levels. While mathematically equivalent to watts, this unit is used to express

average power consumption over time, which must not be exceeded, rather than a strict

power threshold level. As such, if the requirement is “12 Wh/h”, then devices could exceed

12 W temporarily as long as that consumption is offset by periods below 12 W. A power

threshold of “12 W” in contrast would demand that at each point in time the measured power

consumption is below 12 W. This additional flexibility is important for networked devices,

which may need to periodically increase power consumption so as to maintain network

integrity. The Wh/h unit, a measure of average power over time, should not be confused with

Wh, a measure of energy.1

1 According to Hans-Paul Siderius this issue is addressed in EN50564 (EN62301 second edition),

which also deals with cycling loads and measures the average power over a certain period.



8 Task 8: Policy Options

The general objective of this task report is to present a clear recommendation to the

Commission, concerning which of the several different policy options should be put in place

to address networked standby energy consumption. This recommendation is supported by

introductory remarks, which lay out the principal arguments in support of this approach.

8.1 Policy Recommendation

8.1.1 Reasoning for policy recommendations

8.1.1.1 Product scope

The principal advantage of maintaining a "horizontal" approach of Commission Regulation

(EC) No 1275/2008 is to capture new “converged” products, which often blur the lines

between traditional product categories in home and office application. This is a continuing

trend in the case of network-connected devices, where more and more non-networked

devices are gaining this functionality. Anticipating future product configurations (incl. network

technologies), and especially those “winners”, which will gain considerable market share, is

very difficult and risks missing devices with significant aggregate consumption.

Products that would need networked standby modes are in general products that offer a

networked service to a user (see Task 1). On the technical level this means that such

products provide media/file storage or player capability (e.g. considerable solid state

memory, hard disk drives, and other media disk drive options). The product also features

network technology and operation system, which supports a wake-up and activation of the

network service (e.g. start a video file from a hard disk drive or other integrated/attached

memory).

Conclusion: A horizontal approach is preferable as it would cover those products, which may

fall into the “gaps” between several existing and future vertical measures. Nevertheless,

"vertical" product-specific implementing measures could specify, where appropriate, a stricter

requirement for the networked modes of a particular product.

The product scope of a potential ecodesign implementing measure for networked standby

operating conditions could be based on the scope of Commission Regulation (EC) No

1275/2008, including the distinction between EMC classes for IT equipment. The product

scope of Regulation EC 1275/2008 does not include equipment that is not dependent on



energy input from the mains power source.2 Battery powered products that intermittently run

connected to mains (e.g. Notebooks) should be part of a new regulation as market trends

continue to shift towards mobile devices with chargers.

Considering sources of power, the regulation should anticipate devices which receive “power

over network” such as Power over Ethernet or Power over USB. Though this technology has

relatively limited use at present, it is expected to become increasingly common as

consumers continue to seek convenience of new features added to an existing system. Also

other DC powered devices are principally in scope, should a separate DC power distribution

in home and office buildings ever catch on.345

While falling within the announced scope of this study, it was not possible to obtain specific

market and significant product data for home automation products and "white goods"

2 DIGITALEUROPE (comments from 31 may 2011) disagreed with this statement by arguing that

mobile devices have a totally different AC energy consumption model by referring to charging the

battery. While this is correct, our concern is related to portable products (such as large configured

notebooks) that are at times used with the external power supply unit connected to mains. In this

configuration the equipment should follow power management requirements same as a non-mobile

product.

3 DIGITALEUROPE further believes that: “Devices which receive their power from another device

whose primary job is not to provide power to the original device should be out of scope. However, if

the primary function of the parent USB or POE host is to provide power, then the device could be

considered in scope. For example, an Ethernet switch which receives power from a USB AC brick

would be in scope. A mouse which receives power over a USB cable connecting to a computer would

be out of scope.”

4 The Danish Energy Agency (comment from 13 May 2011) notes in that respect: “We think it will be

important to extent the scope to cover products which receive power over network (for instance

Ethernet and USB). However, mobile products which are solely operated by battery could still be

excluded. Refrigerators, freezers and air-condition equipment is not included in the scope of (EC)

1275/2008. In a medium term perspective it will probably be more common to design this kind of

equipment with network interfaces. It should therefore be considered to make network standby

requirements for white goods and similar products, when revising the regulation.”

5 This issue is also closely linked to the issue of what is a “remote trigger”, and what is an “internal

trigger”. Mr. Siderius (NL Agency) remarked in a contributing document from 31 May 2011 that

respects: “An internal counter to trigger an event does not constitute a remotely initiated trigger, nor

does a signal from a remote control that is part of the product as put on the market. Another example

of an internal trigger is a wake-up signal from the mouse or keyboard of a PC”



providing network functionality. The conclusions of the study remain nevertheless valid for

such products, as they will use similar hardware components as other networked products.

For sensor-type products analysed in this study, it is not always apparent (for the individual

product) whether such products have external wake-up capability, or whether in most cases

they only keep the network connection and send their data on own initiative from time to

time. In any case the concepts and power consumption levels are still valid, if the basic

definition of networked standby applies (see Task 1).

8.1.1.2 Improvement of power management

On the EU total level more than 30 TWh of energy demand per year could be allocated to the

issue of network availability. This is considered a substantial energy consumption, which

potentially will increase even further. The technology trend and the “always connected”

mentality is likely to lead to an increase of such products, which potentially remain in a high

“network aware” state all of the time, despite only occasional active use.6 In particular, new

networked hybrid products and feature enhanced products not covered vertically or by

EC 1275/2008 are to be targeted. The study has outlined an accelerating market trend

towards medium to high network availability (e.g. complex products, networked services,

interoperability). Some product groups meanwhile show suboptimal technical solutions for

network availability (e.g. products remain in relatively high power “idle”, or constantly shift

into active for the wireless solutions).

The impact and benefit of an ecodesign implementing measure will depend largely on the

effective integration of networked standby mode(s) into advanced power management

schemes. The power management must not only address networked standby mode(s) with

respect to the network interface but the total hardware/software system including data

processing and respective operation system.

Some summarised findings of the study:

• Network availability and therefore networked standby is a horizontal issue. Due to the

technology progress (e.g. hardware and software) and standardized operational

principles (e.g. protocols and power management rules) network functions including

report reactivation can now be implemented in all products universally.

6 If for instance every European household (approx. 200 Million) would add only one divice, and if that

device would stay for 12 h per day (365 d/a) in a networked mode with 10 W, then we would add about

9 TWh per annum to the European energy bill.



• Individual configuration and resulting performance of a product in conjunction with

actual services and service requirements (QoS) however may demand specific

energy conditions for providing certain functionality.7

• The key to energy efficiency nevertheless is an advanced power management for all

power states (incl. active and low power modes).

• The basic improvement strategy is to power down such system components or

functions, which are not actively required by the user (at the moment). Note that the

aspects of actively used and passively used products have been discussed at various

occasions of the study.

• The study concludes that it is not required to provide/define an exhaustive list of

functions, which are “on” or “off” in certain product states.

8.1.1.3 Technical assessment

If power management were to become mandatory for products to enter into networked low

power modes, the power down target values and in addition possibly the sequence of

powering down should be defined. Some of the arguments about power down targets and

procedures are summarised in the next paragraphs:

• The personal computer, portable computing and mobile devices industry has

developed solutions (see Task 4 and power management according to ACPI) to

provide medium network availability (MeNA) at low energy consumption. They have

introduced power management and interoperability rules that distinguish certain

active, idle and sleep states. The study indicated in that respect the close relationship

between “idle” and “networked standby” and the necessity to distinguish both power

modes (see Task 4 and 6).

• Based on the provided BAT from the computing industry we argue that considerable

networked services (e.g. file/media uploads, product status information, activation of

AV components) can be resumed from a 5 W suspend/sleep level in time of about 10

seconds. This performance is a current benchmark (see fast booting OS examples)

7 There have been various comments on this statement. DIGITALEUROPE for instance elaborates on

the issue of servers and argues that multi-client servers should be out of scope. According to CLASP

(comments from 13 May 2011): “The draft Task 8 report acknowledges this in a number of ways, but

does not take the next step of assigning power/energy to these functions. To do so would require

identifying, measuring, and rewarding these functions, and note critical technology standards relevant

to their efficient operation.”



and indicates two things: First, smaller applications (e.g. email down load, open a

browser) should be resumed in shorter time or from lower power levels. Second,

larger applications such as media up-loads (e.g. which require readout of large

storage, complex programs, and security features to synchronize) may need longer or

more energy to maintain the resume time to application.

• Performance improvement is in that respect strongly related to chip and system level

functional integration (incl. processing, memory performance) as well as software.

Highly efficient solutions are mostly VLSI solutions with respective cost factor, which

is estimated to be 2 to 20 Euro per unit.8 As a consideration, industry should work out

a technical Roadmap showing how to deal with necessary improvement of network

standards, respective components and software (interoperability).

• High network availability (HiNA) is a feature of general network equipment and

customer premises equipment including modems, small routers, switches, and

telephone systems. Under certain conditions it could be argued that set-top-boxes

with conditional access and small server equipment with certain quality of service

requirements are HiNA.

• Technical progress provides already highly individual product configurations. It is

possible to integrated CPE functionality in any type of end-user-product. Multiple

network architectures and topologies are possible, where network options offered by

a product are under real life conditions not accessed by the user.

• The market and BAT assessment indicated that most CPE could handle high network

availability with 8 W. However, industry indicated that certain – more capable

products – with currently energy inefficient wide area network interfaces (e.g.

DOCSIS) will require considerably more energy at a range of 15 W.

• Best not yet available technology (BNAT) is a wild card. A considerable potential for

supporting advanced power management are further improved non-volatile memory

to save and restore the system state. Although existing in a large variety non-volatile

memory is still not fulfilling all necessary requirements for high speed read/write in

conjunction with high memory capacity.

8 DIGITALEUROPE remarks in that respect: “The price impact should be calculated for each device

type, and compared to the current price of the product. For some product types, the price impact may

be as high as 70 Euro per unit.” This comment by DIGITALEUROPE seems to exaggerate the cost

issue and should be based on provision of more substantial data. Industry stakeholders should prove

the financial impact on their products.



• Network technology and interoperability standardization has a great potential for

implementing networked standby mode(s). The study concludes that current and

future standardization (including codes of conduct) needs to address power

management issues and networked standby in particular. Roadmaps addressing

technical barriers, stakeholder interaction (e.g. software updates by provider

services), and other interoperability issues are recommended as an instrument to

reduce future market risks.

• Standard test procedures for measuring the mode-specific or performance-specific

power consumption is still at a beginning. Although some activities are in progress

such as EPA Energy Star Programme on Small Networking Equipment (see Task 1)

dedicated test standards need to be defined.

8.1.1.4 User interaction and aspects

Energy efficient utilization of products with functional benefit for the user is the main objective

while networked standby has been investigated in this study. The study concludes that (the

partially existing) inefficient technical solutions for providing networked standby mode(s) will

lead to a considerable increase in overall energy consumption in the European Union. There

are legitimate networked services provided by networked standby mode(s). But the study has

also argued that in many cases (specifically in home multimedia network environment) a

remote, network-based wakeup is a technical option that provides some convenience service

for a high energy price. Against that background networked standby mode(s) has been

evaluated from both perspectives – as part of a problem and as part of a solution (see Task

4).

In conclusion, the user needs transparency with respect to the energy consumption of

networked services (networked standby mode(s)). Consumer stakeholder groups have

strongly argued that the user needs options to clearly recognize the power state and

respective power consumption. The user also needs the option to change the power

management setting so that the equipment can be put into EC1275/2008 standby or off.

Finally, changes to power management settings (whether in the eco-menu or in deeper

levels of the menu structure) must be made transparent to the user (e.g. with colour codes,

or with exemplary power consumption values) in the case they are leaving the requirement

levels of networked standby. There have been various improvement options described in

Task 7 that are linked to user choices and user interface options (see also comments by

CLASP).



8.1.2 Specific policy recommendations

Based on the study’s findings documented in the task reports, the constant stakeholder

feedback received, the input from the stakeholder meeting, and the above considerations,

the recommendation of the study contractors follows. Note the original disclaimer in particular

for this part: this is the view and recommendation of the contractors and not of the European

Commission. Although parts of this recommendation may be taken up by the Commission for

drafting further documents, the Commission is in no way bound to endorse this proposal. It is

nevertheless the basis for a valuable feedback round (to the contractors and to the

Commission), even if this feedback may not be integrated in the final published study report.

8.1.2.1 Horizontal approach

It is recommended that a horizontal implementing measure be established covering the

power management and minimum requirements necessary for efficient networked standby.

The main intention is to ensure power management, automatic power down routines and

power down targets as broadly as possible.

It is recommended to integrate networked standby as an amendment into existing

Commission Regulation (EC) No 1275/2008 and through that maintaining the horizontal

approach and scope of Commission Regulation (EC) No 1275/2008, including the distinction

between EMC classes for IT equipment. It is recommended to differentiate specific energy

requirements primarily between:

• High Network Availability (HiNA) equipment,

• Non-HiNA equipment.

HiNA equipment is characterized by its main networking functionality, which requires

millisecond response time and instant resume of application. It is recommended to consider

100 ms as a resume time to application, meaning the time from receiving the trigger signal

until the start of output of the required task.

Stakeholder comments indicated various problems with this definition of resume time in

general (due to different types of products and their main functionality and respectively the

method to time the resumption of at least one application). DIGITALEUROPE and other

stakeholder suggested the “resume time” is the duration until the product acknowledges the

receipt of the trigger at the session level (OSI layer 5). Such a definition is, however, not

supporting the “customer perspective” – the main criteria argued throughout the Lot 26 study.

It is recommended to specify “resume time” in conjunction with test procedures and

respective standardization.



As an orientation for the scope for HiNA equipment it is recommended to consider the

Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) definition in the current Broadband Equipment Code

of Conduct Version 4.0 published February 2011.

According to this definition, the consumer end-user CPE comprises:

• Home Gateways

• Simple Broadband Access Devices

• Home Network Infrastructure Devices

• Other Home Network Devices

Further equipment not covered by this Code of Conduct may also qualify for HiNA. Rack-

mounted, modular, provider-grade configured network equipment (see Task 1) is

recommended to be out of scope.

With respect to the non-HiNA equipment scope, it is recommended not to distinguish

product-specific energy requirements based on a specific product category (vertical

approach) but on the actual “resume time to application”. This means, that due to different

configuration and respective technical performance, one product must conform to MeNA

requirements while another product within the same product category must conform to LoNA.

8.1.2.2 Two tiers of requirements

So far, not all products with network capability have power management. In order to make

the transition manageable for industry, yet maintain a clear reduction goal also with respect

to future products, a two tiered or even three tiered (as proposed by DEA) implementation is

proposed. Tier 1 of networked standby could possibly be aligned in timing with tier 2 of the

EC 1275/2008 regulation (year 2013), which will require power management in all products

covered, with auto power down to a standby or off state (unless technical considerations,

such as a “live” network connection, prevent this). Stakeholder comments indicated that this

is too short a time period for making software and hardware design adjustments. Lot 26

takes these arguments into consideration and agrees that a feasible date for the tier 1 should

rather be the year 2014.

Tier 1 would therefore concentrate on establishing the power management for networked

products with a power down sequence, which effectively is allowed to stay in networked

standby, rather than powering down to standby or off.



Tier 2 would then enforce stricter levels of power thresholds for the networked standby

states, corresponding to levels, which are already now achieved by many products, but not

all product types.

8.1.2.3 Tier 1 requirements

Tier 1 of the regulation is suggested to enter into force in 2014 as an amendment to the

EC 1275/2008.9 At this stage, power management would be required for all products falling

within the scope of the regulation.

It is recommended that products offering networked standby modes (i.e. reactivation over

one or more network connections), are excluded from the requirement of EC 1275/2008 to

power down into a standby or off mode. Instead, it will be allowed to remain in a defined

networked standby mode, potentially for an unlimited duration, so long as it achieves the

power consumption levels detailed below. The threshold for power consumption in networked

standby modes will depend on the classification of Network Availability and respective

resume time to application.

The power consumption values are defined in “Wh/h” to indicate that fluctuations in power

draw even above the threshold value are temporarily permitted. See measurement proposal

section for more details. The recommended threshold values are targeted at currently less

energy efficient products. Industry should be encouraged to continue the improvement of

energy performance and implement an even more ambitious power management.

It is recommended that a power down sequence will have to be activated by default, when

the equipment remains “idle” (e.g. the system stops executing any type of instruction or

applications, no active input occurs for a defined period of time, no payload traffic is

processed, a connected devices ceases to send a signal, sensors detect absence of

operator).10 This principle applies to all products including a media player that finished a

program and shifts back to the main menu.

9 This approach was first recommended by Hans-Paul Siderius (NL Agency) in the 30 May 2011 draft

document “Amending regulation 2008/1275/EC to accommodate for network standby”.

10 The definition of idle is very product specific and had been an issue throughout the study. However,

idle definitions are available in various standards and should be applied accordingly for the different

product groups. In case of passively used TV and AV products a certain delay time should be defined

after which the product switches from active into idle and then into respective low power modes. For

instance the TV regulation allows for continuous broadcasts a 4h time duration. Other products such

as media players (e.g. DVD, BluRay) can detect when the media has been played or put into “pause”.



In order to allow for convenient use the default setting requirements for LoNA has two

phases with a total of 40 minutes, twice as long as for HiNA and MeNA. This two phase

approach is similar to the energy budget option outlined in Task 7. It is intended to create an

active power management while providing flexibility and convenience in the use of the

equipment.

Passively used products such as TVs and AV streaming clients may require a further

clarification of the start to power down. These types of products (e.g. TV, distributed

speakers and video displays) receive a broadcast signal, video or audio stream that could

run infinitely. In order to provide convenient use the power down routine should start after a

longer delay time. The TV regulation allows currently a 4 hour transition phase to auto power

down. This is a considerably long period of time and individual product set-ups should allow

for shorter periods.

In the case of products featuring a “pause” option (e.g. media player, game consoles), a 1

hour “pause” period seems to be sufficient, before the power down routine should start.

HiNA equipment requirements:

• Maximum default delay time 20 minutes

• Power down target ≤ 12 Wh/h

• Resume time to application < 100 millisecond

MeNA equipment requirements:



• Resume time to application ≤ 15 second (10 seconds intended resume, but with

additional time for the short introductory phase of tier 1)

LoNA equipment requirements (in two phases):

• Phase 1: Maximum default delay time 20 minutes

• Phase 1: Power down target not specified, value should however be clearly lower

than idle mode power consumption (consider 12 W as orientation)

• Phase 2: Maximum default delay time 20 minutes after start of phase 1

The countdown into Idle should start at this point and 1h period seems to be sufficient before the

products powers down into a standby mode.



• Phase 2: Power down target ≤ 3 Wh/h

The proposed power-down routine and targets for Tier 1 (2014) are summarised in Table

8-1.

Table 8-1: Tier 1 (2014) power-down targets

Tier 1 (2014) Scope Resume Time Power Down Target Default Delay Time

Mandatory HiNA 100 milliseconds 12 Wh/h 20 Min.

Mandatory MeNA 15 seconds 6 Wh/h 20 Min.

Mandatory LoNA (Phase 1) no requirement < idle 20 Min.

Mandatory LoNA (Phase 2) no requirement 3 Wh/h 20 Min.

Further recommendations for ecodesign and standardization:

It is recommended that individual ecodesign measures focus firstly on the design of a “self

aware product” and secondly on a “network aware product”. In the first case that means that

the product should feature an operation system and components that supports power

management (e.g. demand-based wake-up and power down routines). The computer

industry has developed and implemented power management on software and hardware

level including all aspects of the product including the network technology (see technical

description in Task 4 and Best Available Technology in Task 6). The second task is to enable

the product to communicate its own status and perceive the status of the connected

products. For instance, a TV should signal a STB that it goes to standby. Thus the STB could

assume “idle” condition and also power down after 10 minutes. The same principle applies

for all networked products.

It is recommended that those network standards are implemented that already support not

only the power management of the device (e.g. ACPI and DASH) but also the interaction with

connected equipment within a network (e.g. Energy Efficient Ethernet, WiFi Power Save,

HDMI CEC). The industry should further improve reliability and interoperability of these

technologies. The problem of legacy technologies particularly in the CE sector needs to be

addressed as well.

The European Commission should therefore trigger respective standardization activities. The

task is to make power management a mandatory requirement in all network technologies and

interoperability standards. It is recommended to initiate roadmaps. Roadmaps are an

established management instrument in many industry sectors (e.g. electronic components

and manufacturing). Roadmaps improve technology planning and risk management. It helps

to evaluate technical opportunities and barriers.



8.1.2.4 Tier 2 requirements

Tier 2 of the regulation would come into effect two years after the introduction of Tier 1,

potentially entering into force in 2016. Tier 2 defines more challenging minimum

requirements including shorter resume times to application, default delay times, and power

down target values, which could require for some product groups inter-market collaboration

and standardization efforts to a larger extent.

Current trends in technology, and specifically the BATs identified in the course of this study,

show that these stricter values are possible even for larger, full-featured products that require

fast resume time to application.

HiNA equipment requirements:



• Resume time to application < 100 millisecond

MeNA equipment requirements:



• Resume time to application ≤ 10 second

LoNA equipment requirements (in two phases):

• Phase 1: Maximum default delay time 10 minutes

• Phase 1: Power down target not specified, value should however be clearly lower

than idle mode power consumption (consider 8 W as orientation)

• Phase 2: Maximum default delay time 10 minutes after start of phase 1

• Phase 2: Power down target ≤ 2 Wh/h

The proposed power-down targets for Tier 2 (2016) are summarised in Table 8-2.



Table 8-2: Tier 2 (2016) power-down targets

Tier 2 (2016) Scope Resume Time Power Down Target Default Delay Time

Mandatory HiNA 100 milliseconds 8 Wh/h 10 Min.

Mandatory MeNA 10 seconds 4 Wh/h 10 Min.

Mandatory LoNA (Phase 1) no requirement < idle 10 Min.

Mandatory LoNA (Phase 2) no requirement 2 Wh/h 10 Min.

8.1.2.5 Information disclosure and user options

It is recommended that manufacturers disclose in the user manual:

• Mandatory: the power consumption values and functionality of different modes in the

settings and configuration as shipped (out of the box),

• Not mandatory but recommended: Additional information on possible power

consumption for optional settings including information of the possible influence of

software updates and interoperability issues (e.g. if my device powers down does the

linked equipment acknowledge this change in status).



It is recommended that policy measures also include the following requirements:

• Users should – except where this is inappropriate for the intended use – have the

possibility to activate a standby or off mode conforming to EC 1275/2008.

• Even though products are allowed to stay in networked standby indefinitely, users

should be able to change power management settings so that after a predefined time

networked standby mode ends and the power down sequence of EC 1275/2008 is

entered.

• Users should have the option to disable individual network interfaces such as WLAN

and others (this might be also important in conjunction with test procedures).

• Products offering at least one networked standby mode and featuring a setup menu

of some kind should offer one top level menu for eco-settings. These settings should

in particular offer access to disabling unneeded interfaces or hardware modules, and

to return to “EuP conforming” settings, if changes have been made.11

8.1.2.6 Test procedure for measuring power consumption

If a regulation specifies a specific level of energy consumption, then it must also include at

least a rudimentary explanation of the conditions, in which energy consumption should be

measured. While an international standard for such measurements is a desirable, long-term

goal, it is also a long process, which would likely not be complete before the implementation

of any regulation (see Task 1). As such, some form of “simplified measurement” is required

in the interim, between the implementation of the regulation and the creation of an

international standard.

This simplified measurement should be based on the product as it is delivered “out-of-the-

box” and following any initial (necessary) configuration required by the user. Such a

measurement would not include later changes/options to the configuration of the device nor

later changes to the hardware configuration, including the addition or removal of network

interfaces.

A simplified procedure could therefore progress along the following steps:

• Remove from packaging and connect to power source (mains, battery, power-over-

network)

11 Bruce Nordman recommended the consideration of the industry standard IEEE 1621 "Standard for

User Interface Elements in Power Control of Electronic Devices Employed in Office/Consumer

Environments“.



• Basic configuration, until network interface is known to work

• Record pre-settings of power management

• If applicable, additionally wait until battery fully charged (fast or standard charging

should not be active during measurements)

• Put device under test into networked standby mode(s), if manually possible, else wait

beyond the maximum delay times

• Trigger external wake-up and measure resume time to application (check at least

once that external wake-up is possible)

• Measure power and timing profile without link or actual active network connection

(compare this part to CoC Broadband equipment; see proposal by Mr. Siderius

below)

• Compare power down sequence (levels and timing) with requirements

• Check documentation, user interface and other potential generic requirements

• Requirements for measurement equipment, ambient conditions etc. should be as

defined in the new "standby" measurement standard.

If a simplified procedure as outlined above would not be used, then for each network

interface kept active a controlled network environment would be needed. This would have to

ensure defined times of activity, no activity and possible duty cycles. Through this,

reproducibility could be achieved and false wakeups could be avoided. This approach would

however mean massive testing capabilities for the various network types.

In addition to the data acquisition procedure a pass / fail procedure (verification) needs to be

defined, regarding dealing with measurement uncertainty, and potential sequence of more

than one test device for borderline cases. This part would principally be aligned with the

existing EC 1275/2008 approach.

Test method for compliance testing proposed by Hans Paul Siderius:

The test method for compliance testing is crucial to deal with the issue of products having

multiple ports for different type of networks. In order to avoid dealing with multiple network

connections by allowances, which would very quickly become a very long list, the following

is proposed.

The product should comply with the required value for all types of network connection when

one network connection is present. Current types of network connections are defined in

the Lot 26 report. If one type of network connection can have various characteristics, e.g. in

speed (100 Mb vs 1000 Mb Ethernet), the product should comply in all these situations, but

may be tested only for the situation with the highest power consumption level.



It is expected that if the product has different (types of) network connections, the other

connections/ports apart from the one that is receiving the remote trigger, will be power

managed (i.e. switched off because the connection is not used) so that the product meets

the requirements.

Wired network ports, e.g. Ethernet, USB, can easy detect whether there is a connector

attached. For wireless connections, the connections that are not used may be switched off

during the test. Since the ability to switch (wireless) connections off is a requirement for the

product, this should be no problem.

In the technical product documentation (Annex II, point 4 of the Siderius document) the

manufacturer shall indicate for each network connection the network availability, the

maximum specifications (worst case) and the (maximum) power consumption when 1 port of

this type of network connection is used. The declared power consumption need not be the

actual value when measured, it might be a value based on engineering calculations, but

when tested for compliance this value should not be exceeded (and should of course not

exceed the requirements).

Note that a port can be classified as networked port if and only if the product can be

reactivated through this port by a remotely initiated trigger (and this can be confirmed by a

test).

The compliance testing goes as follows.

1. The authorities shall test 1 single unit as follows. For each type of network

connection according to the categorization of NA in HiNA, MeNA and LoNA, where

the product has more than one port available, one port is randomly chosen (i.e. the

manufacturer can not specify which port to measure) and that port is connected to

the appropriate network complying with the maximum specification of the port. If for a

certain type of network connection only one port is available, that port is connected

to the appropriate network complying with the specification of the port. The other

ports are not connected (in case of wired connections) or switched off (in case of

wireless connections). The unit is put in the on mode and once the proper working of

the unit in the on mode is established, the unit is allowed to go into a mode with the

networked standby condition as specified for that type of connection by the

manufacturer. If no networked standby condition is specified by the manufacturer,

the product is assumed to be in a mode having the LoNA network availability after 1

hour the latest. The power consumption is measured according to the appropriate

harmonized standard (i.e. EN50564). After measuring the power consumption a

trigger signal is sent to the unit via the connected port and the resume time is

measured. If the unit meets the requirements regarding power management, power

consumption requirement (tolerance 5 %) and resume time (tolerance 10 %) in any

of these tests, the model is deemed to comply.

2. If the unit fails regarding the requirements on any of the tests under 1, the authorities

shall test another 3 units according to the procedure under 1.

If in the 3 tests the unit meets the requirement regarding power management and if



the average value of the 3 power consumption measurements does not exceed the

power consumption requirement by more than 5 % and if the average value of the 3

resume time measurements does not exceed the specified time by more than 10 %,

the model is deemed to comply.

3. Otherwise the model shall be considered not to comply.

Example: a product with 4 Ethernet ports, 2 WiFi connections and 2 USB ports, where for

the Ethernet and USB ports the manufacturer has specified the LoNA condition, whereas for

the WiFi connections the specification is HiNA, the project is subjected to 2 tests, one for a

port with a HiNA condition and one for a port with a LoNA connection. The product shall

comply with the requirements for the various networked standby conditions relevant for each

test.

In this way the testing burden is limited whereas because in principle each port must comply

with the target value (the manufacturer does not know which port will be tested), overall

compliance is ensured.

8.1.2.7 Additional options and recommendations

Self-regulation pursuant to Annex VIII of the Ecodesign Directive 2009/125/EC appears to be

no option, as the large number of manufacturers from very different sectors placing on the

market products with networked standby operating conditions makes it difficult to fulfill the

requirements for self-regulation. In fact to date no initiative for self-regulation was suggested

by operators.

Nevertheless, a further improvement of overall energy efficiency could be achieved in the

field of customer premises equipment, if the service provided would coordinate the power

management of the equipment on the end-user-side with the service up-date profiles on the

provider side. One improvement option in Task 7 had been the utilization of timers in

conjunction with service updates. Against that background, it is recommended to develop a

Code of Conduct for network and content provider services that specifies the power

management in conjunction with remote networked services (i.e. EPG).

For some product groups integration of the energy consumption in networked standby mode

into a Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) could be considered, in order to exploit

improvement potential beyond "minimum" ecodesign requirements. Although TEC

approaches offer the best way to balance between all modes of a product (at least for one

averaged user profile) this is not viewed as a replacement for an implementing measure, but

possibly for a limited number of products as a complimentary approach (e.g. imaging

equipment and small services).



A dedicated energy labeling measure for networked standby conditions is not considered to

be as effective for realising energy efficiency improvement potentials, as the absolute energy

consumption and energy savings per product related to such conditions is often

comparatively small, and therefore may not be an important purchasing criterion. Integration

into other labels would encourage however improvements beyond the minimum

requirements. But again, a separate new label is not proposed.



8.2 Impact Analysis

8.2.1 Changes to base data

Following from the feedback received and the discussions in the stakeholder meeting a few

localized changes have been made to the base data assumptions. Therefore the 2010 “base

case” and the 2020 “business as usual” scenario data are slightly different in the Task 8

policy analysis from the Task 5 base case assessment.

Game Consoles

For 2010 LoNA is still considered as the dominant case. Active mode duration is assumed

with 2 hours, idle mode also with 2 hours and the remainder of the day is spent in LowP4

with a slow reactivation possibility at 12 W. The 12 W were proposed by industry

stakeholders (or 11 W in the actual proposal). 1.4 hours of idle per day were also brought up

in the feedback, but for now not entered into the calculation as this is sufficiently close to the

current 2 hours.

For 2020 MeNA is considered the dominant use, even though not all game consoles are

moving in the direction of becoming part-time multi-functional media centres. To consider this

mix of “media centre” and “gaming only” characteristics, the idle time has been reduced from

12 to 6 hours per day (compared to the original MeNA base case). The remainder of the day

is again apportioned to LowP4 with a 20% reduction forecast resulting in 9.6 W on average.

Note that the game consoles covered are already capable of media centre functionalities

(such as HD video), and this trend may increase, even though other types of game consoles

do not follow this trend.

Home Gateways

A general adjustment of the power consumption values for active, idle, and LowP1 mode was

necessary, because the study had not sufficiently considered the ongoing trend towards

high-speed broadband network access technology including FTTH, DOCSIS 3.0, and LTE.

According to the current “CoC Broadband Equipment power consumption targets for Home

Gateways” this increase in symmetric bandwidth is not leading to a continuous reduction in

power consumption (20% reduction in the previous forecast) but rather to an increase in

some cases. In the midterm, technical progress will compensate this currently negative

development. In conclusion, the assumed improvement in Task 5 has been adjusted for this

product group. In the new 2020 business-as-usual scenario we assume the same power

consumption level for active (12 W) and idle (11 W) as in the 2010 base case. No changes in

the use case have been made.



Complex Set Top Boxes

Due to increased functionality of average complex set top boxes the value for idle mode has

been modified to 15 W. This higher power consumption considers integrated storage

capacity as a standard feature, and assumes that the storage remains powered up in idle. No

changes were made to the use patterns.

8.2.2 Scenario types

Four simplified scenarios have been developed for comparison with the 2010 base case and

are explained in Table 8-3.

Table 8-3: Scenario designations

Short scenario name Scenario description

“2010” or “2010 BC”

Base Case

Synonymous for the 2010 base case, including the

modifications explained above

“2020 BAU”

Business as Usual

2020 projection, which includes a general 20% improvement of

average power consumption levels for all product groups and

all modes

“2020 BAU+20%”

BAU without general

improvement assumption

A 2020 projection without the general 20% improvement in

power consumption. Since use patterns and product numbers

are unchanged this is not yet a worst case scenario, but

serves as an indication for a worst case possibility, if no action

were taken.

“2020 Tier 1”

Only tier 1 considered

A simplified policy effect scenario, by assuming that all 2020

products achieve tier 1 requirements or better. The basis is

“2020 BAU” not “2020 BAU+20%”.

“2020 Tier 2”

Tier 2 considered for all

products

A simplified policy effect scenario, by assuming that all 2020

products achieve tier 2 requirements or better. The basis is

“2020 BAU” not “2020 BAU+20%”.

8.2.3 Scenario results

The following Figure 8-1 is showing the mode-specific power consumption of the four

scenarios (2020 BAU, 2020 BAU+20%, 2020 Tier 1, 2020 Tier 2) in comparison to the 2010

base case.



120,34 114,78

141,75

114,78 114,78

23,89

59,53

70,58

13,30 7,59

18,3414,92

5,15

17,34

21,49

20,98

17,708,42

5,03

6,29

16,65

8,70

10,87

10,31

9,14

Sum: 174,72

Sum: 205,38

Sum: 250,98

Sum: 177,70

Sum: 164,14

0,00

50,00

100,00

150,00

200,00

250,00

300,00

2010 BC 2020 BAU 2020 BAU +20% 2020 Tier 1 2020 Tier 2

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

in T

Wh

/a

Energy consumption in comparison (EU-27 in TWh/a)

Total

LowP5

LowP4

LowP3

LowP2

LowP1

Idle

Active

Figure 8-1 Base case and scenarios annual energy consumption

The 2020 BAU and 2020 BAU+20% scenarios are showing a considerable increase in total

energy consumption in comparison to the 2010 base case. With constant use pattern

assumptions and constant market data assumptions the 2020 BAU+20% scenario consumes

an additional 45 TWh compared to the 2020 BAU scenario (without active mode it is an

additional 19 TWh). This shows the magnitude of increase, which could happen in addition to

the business as usual. However, a “realistic worst case” would have to include some

expected improvements (but not 20% for all products in all modes), which might then be

offset by even more time share of networked standby (“always connected”) and potentially

higher product sales for some network intensive product groups.

In the mix of these effects the 2020 BAU+20% scenario is useful to display what could

happen, if no regulation is implemented and no further efforts are pursued to increase energy

efficiency of the covered product groups.

The Tier 1 and Tier 2 improvement scenarios are showing the effect of an implemented

power management. Although this is a simplification of reality, it nevertheless indicates the

significant effect of the proposed policy measures. When taking the 205 TWh of the 2020

BAU scenario as a benchmark, the Tier 1 measures are reducing the overall energy

consumption by almost 28 TWh and the Tier 2 measures by about 41 TWh. These scenarios



are assuming that all products in stock in 2020 were to comply with the proposed Tier 1

regulation or Tier 2.

Note, that if Tier 2 is in force starting in 2016, not all products will have been exchanged by

2020, so the error is in principle bigger than for the Tier 1 scenario (the values would on

average be achieved later). On the other hand, if Tier 1 does precede Tier 2 as proposed,

then the worst performing products will already have had a few years to work on their

mandatory power management routines.

Figure 8-2 and Figure 8-2 below show the simplified effect of Tier 1 and Tier 2 regulation in

2020 without the contribution of active mode and broken down by product groups. The effect

of the regulation varies according to the selected product groups and in between the Tier 1

and Tier 2. For example, the effects on Home Gateways are show considerably larger effect

in the Tier 2 implementation scenario. For other products the difference between Tier 1 and

Tier 2 is rather small due to the existing good level of energy efficiency. The Game Consoles

show a considerable improvement in this first tier due to the introduction of power

management.

0,00

10,00

20,00

30,00

40,00

50,00

60,00

70,00

80,00

90,00

100,00

2020 BAU 2020 Tier 1

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

All products w/o active mode 2020 BAU vs. 2020 Tier 1

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Home Desktop PC

Home Notebook

Home Display

Home NAS

Home IJ Printer

Home EP Printer

Home Phones

Home Gateway

Simple TV

Simple STB

Complex TV

Complex STB



Game Consoles

Office Desktop PC

Office Notebook

Office Display


Office EP Printer

Office Phones

Figure 8-2 Simplified effect of Tier 1 regulation in 2020 without the contribution of active

mode (broken down by product groups)



0,00

10,00

20,00

30,00

40,00

50,00

60,00

70,00

80,00

90,00

100,00

2020 BAU 2020 Tier 2

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

on

sum

pti

on

EU

to

tal

in T

Wh

/a

All products w/o active mode 2020 BAU vs. 2020 Tier 2

(EU Total in TWh/a)

Home Desktop PC

Home Notebook

Home Display

Home NAS

Home IJ Printer

Home EP Printer

Home Phones

Home Gateway

Simple TV

Simple STB

Complex TV

Complex STB



Game Consoles

Office Desktop PC

Office Notebook

Office Display


Office EP Printer

Office Phones

Figure 8-3 Simplified effect of Tier 2 regulation in 2020 without the contribution of active

mode (broken down by product groups)



Table 8-4: Ranking of product groups according to improvement from 2020 BAU to Tier 2

11 Complex TV 0,29 15,32 19,16 5,42 3,92

15 Game Consoles 4,47 9,35 11,69 2,28 1,23

8 Home Gateway 7,17 15,36 15,36 14,39 9,92

1 Home Desktop PC 6,78 7,94 9,88 6,05 4,68

12 Complex STB 1,14 5,33 6,66 3,12 2,23

14 Compl. Player/Recorder 0,44 5,51 6,88 3,77 2,45

13 Simple Player/Recorder 9,10 5,44 6,80 3,90 2,78

16 Office Desktop PC 2,64 2,97 3,70 2,37 1,64

2 Home Notebook 1,58 3,31 4,10 2,69 2,38

4 Home NAS 0,91 2,23 2,78 2,05 1,69

20 Office EP Printer 1,43 1,37 1,71 1,08 0,92

17 Office Notebook 0,89 1,32 1,64 1,10 0,87

6 Home EP Printer 0,40 0,45 0,56 0,24 0,19

5 Home IJ Printer 1,66 1,47 1,83 1,22 1,22

3 Home Display 0,86 1,26 1,51 1,26 1,26

7 Home Phones 3,96 4,61 5,76 4,61 4,61

9 Simple TV 5,61 2,87 3,59 2,87 2,87

10 Simple STB 2,09 1,36 1,71 1,36 1,36

18 Office Display 0,26 0,44 0,55 0,44 0,44

19 Office IJ Printer/MFD 0,91 1,06 1,32 1,06 1,06

21 Office Phones 1,80 1,63 2,04 1,63 1,63

54,39 90,60 109,23 62,92 49,36

Item No. Product Category

Total:

Total

2010 BC 2020 BAU2020

BAU+20%2020 Tier 1 2020 Tier 2

Table 8-4 above shows a ranking of the product groups with respect to the largest reduction

in power consumption (all modes with active). This ranking is based on the comparison of the

2020 BAU scenario with the 2020 Tier 2 scenario. This direct comparison of individual

product groups indicates that the proposed measures would have an effect with respect to

those products that have been identified in the study as products with improvement potential.

Table 8-5 summarises the scenarios without the contributions from active modes.



Table 8-5: Scenario comparison (without active mode, in TWh for EU-27)

2010 BC 2020 BAU 2020 BAU+20% 2020 Tier 1 2020 Tier 2

Total 54.39 90.60 109.23 62.92 49.36

Difference to 2010 BC +36.22 +54.85 +8.54 -5.03

Difference to 2020 BAU -36.22 +18.63 -27.68 -41.25

8.2.4 Cost calculations

Figure 8-4 shows the electricity costs associated with the non-active power consumption.

29,70

45,18

55,22

39,09

36,11

0,00

10,00

20,00

30,00

40,00

50,00

60,00

2010 BC 2020 BAU 2020 BAU +20% 2020 Tier 1 2020 Tier 2

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

ost

s in

Bil

loin

Eu

ro

Electricity costs with price increase scenario without active mode

(EU-27, in Billion Euros)

Electricity costs

Figure 8-4 Electricity costs for all scenarios (without active mode)

The relevant estimated savings amount to 6 billion Euros for Tier 1 in comparison to 2020

BAU and 9 billion Euros for Tier 2 respectively.



8.3 Sensitivity Analysis

In order to develop a manageable policy scenario, certain assumptions need to be made and

some influences must be excluded from the analysis. In particular, this analysis does not

take fully into account the following factors:

• Increase of energy prices;

• The general economical situation in the EU influencing the capital spending of the

consumers and the price awareness with respect the products full life cycle;

• Variability within product groups;

o in terms of variations in the real use pattern, including the possible changes to

power management settings, or disconnection from the network;

o in terms of differences in features, performance and available modes; the

average power consumption will change accordingly, we need to assume that

energy improvements on the component level will be over-compensated by an

increase in functionality;

o in terms of home and office network architecture including network standards,

physical components, organization and policy rules (configuration)

• Products not covered, but intended to fall into the scope of the regulation;

• The time dependencies of the scenarios, this includes the dynamics of technology

migration on product and provider network infrastructure (e.g. shift to FTTH).

In order to understand the potential impact of these factors, this section will perform a

sensitivity analysis along some of the aspects. This analysis will provide the stakeholders

and the European Commission with a clearer understanding of the factors, which could have

an effect on the efficacy of the proposed policy recommendations.

8.3.1 Increase of energy prices

The base cases calculated in Tasks 7 and 8 assume a fixed energy price. That said, it is

expected that energy prices will continue their gradual trend upwards. The influencing factors

are e.g. the ongoing increase in fuel prices, the discussion on nuclear power, the rollout of

renewable energy and the necessary investments for new and smart energy distribution

networks. A likely scenario is a 25% increase in average energy price. There would be two

principle outcomes of such an increase, which are relevant to this study:



• the cost savings that consumers enjoy as a result of using more efficient products will

increase;

• the potential increase in product prices resulting from redesigns or additional

components would be allowed to be higher without endangering the cost of

ownership net benefit to the consumer.

In order to demonstrate the scale of this impact, Figure 8-5 below illustrates the results of an

increase in 2020 electricity prices from 0.22€ per kWh to 0.25€ per kWh. The scenarios

calculated above in Task 8 showed a savings to consumers of 9 billion € for “2020 Tier 2”

relative to “2020 BAU”, while this scenario, with its higher electricity prices, shows a savings

of more than 10 billion €, an increase of 1.3 billion €.

9,25

19,93

24,03

13,84

10,86

22,65

27,31

15,73

12,34

0,00

5,00

10,00

15,00

20,00

25,00

30,00

2010 BC 2020 BAU 2020 BAU+20% 2020 Tier 1 2020 Tier 2

An

nu

al e

lect

rici

ty c

ost

s in

Bil

loin

Eu

ro

Electricity costs with alternative price increase scenario without active mode

(EU-27, in Billion Euros)

Electricity costs

Electricity costs - alternative

increase

Figure 8-5 Electricity costs for all scenarios with alternative electricity costs in 2020

While the arithmetic is almost trivial (when all 2020 costs rise by 13% then the savings also

increase by 13%), the potential additional savings could be reinvested into the necessary

power saving technologies.

8.3.2 Variability within product groups

The mix of 21 different product groups ensues that a wide range of network technologies,

services, user behaviours, and technical developments are accurately modelled. Within each



product group it is assumed that all products and users are equal. While this is clearly a

simplification of real-world users and behaviours, it is necessary in order to have a

manageable data set and calculations.

It is important that the European Commission takes this variability into account when

developing and implementing a regulation, especially as some of the underlying assumptions

have been challenged by manufacturers and interest groups. In some cases, this has led the

project team to revise its models, though in others the model is not able to integrate

particularly complex (i.e. differentiated) use patterns or highly variable product performance

within a single product group (i.e. imaging equipment). Furthermore, the changes in user

behaviour out to 2020 are particularly difficult to predict and remain a point of uncertainty.

Another uncertainty with respect to the scenario assumptions is the actual design of home

and office network architecture including the applied network standards, physical

components, organization, and policy rules. The dynamic technical development with respect

to network standards (i.e. Ethernet over HDMI), and the option to create multiple parallel

networks or consolidate existing networks into one architecture is increasing options of how

equipment is applied in real life situation.

Despite this general uncertainty, it is possible to make an informed estimation of how use

patterns will likely evolve over time. As such, the scenarios developed in this study use only

modes, which either currently exists or which are assumed to be available in products by

2020. These modes are generally networked standby modes, which would tend to increase

convenience to consumers. Assuming that these modes actually exist in 2020, it is

reasonable to assume that consumers will continue their trend towards higher network

availability, shifting usage patterns towards more connectedness. The projected use patterns

used in the scenarios take into account that a portion of users might defect from the general

trend and power down their devices completely, rather than leaving them in a networked

standby mode. However, the general trend towards “always connected” and “always

available” is nevertheless dominant.

While efficiency improvements will be the primary measure to tackle the increased energy

consumption brought on by these changes in behaviour and expectations, efforts to change

user behaviour and expectations for the network availability of their products should also be

considered complementary to purely technical efficiency increases.

8.3.3 Products not covered, but intended to fall into the scope

The horizontal approach of the ENER Lot 26 study is particularly challenging in terms of

product and market data. The study assumed a hybrid approach by selecting 21

representative product groups. These cover 2 billion products in the market. This approach is

by necessity a simplification of reality. However, the authors like to point out again, that the



EU total product stock is in reality larger than the EU total referred to in the base case

assessment and related scenarios. With respect to future policy measures this means that

more products will eventually be covered increasing the overall energy figures.

For example, white goods were not included in the study calculations as there were not a

sufficient number of examples on the market to be able to create a useful base case. That

said, as these tend to be larger devices with greater levels of energy consumption, there is a

risk that they would find it difficult to meet the requirements. For some product types, where

these products will be relatively new to the market with network capabilities in 2013 and

2016, the designers may not have had the time and experience required to develop an

optimised and efficient product, making compliance more of a challenge. On the other hand

even in the white goods sector many test generations of networked appliances have already

been demonstrated.

Other products wanting to expand into network availability at a later stage will be able to

make use of even more efficient, integrated communication modules, so late hybridisation is

not a reason for not achieving the power level requirements.

For transparency of this study it was decided to elaborate and declare all totals based on the

21 product groups without adding an overhead for networked devices principally in scope but

not covered by the calculations.

8.3.4 Time dependencies of the scenarios

As with other factors, the analytical model developed in this study simplifies factors related to

time as well. For example, the rate at which existing products are exchanged for more

efficient products is a simple linear rate for the base scenario and does not take into account

other rapid advances, which could take place. For the Tier 1 and more specifically for the

Tier 2 scenario the 2020 values assume even faster stock replacement than the standard

linear models. However, as has been discussed with the scenarios above, the numerical

deviation is assumed to be smaller than other uncertainties.